Virgin import of diffutils 2.8.7.

75 files changed, 19417 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/Makefile.am b/contrib/diff/lib/Makefile.am
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dbf8b0f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+# Automakefile for GNU Diffutils library.
+
+# Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+## This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+## it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+## the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+## any later version.
+
+## This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+## but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+## MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+## GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+## You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+## along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+## Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+## 02111-1307, USA.
+
+noinst_LIBRARIES = libdiffutils.a
+
+noinst_HEADERS = cmpbuf.h prepargs.h quotesys.h
+
+libdiffutils_a_SOURCES = $(lib_SOURCES)
+lib_SOURCES = cmpbuf.c prepargs.c quotesys.c
+
+libdiffutils_a_LIBADD = @ALLOCA@ @LIBOBJS@
+libdiffutils_a_DEPENDENCIES = $(libdiffutils_a_LIBADD)
+
+BUILT_SOURCES =
+DISTCLEANFILES =
+EXTRA_DIST = setmode.h waitpid.c
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES =
+
+include gnulib.mk
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/alloca.c b/contrib/diff/lib/alloca.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a580078
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/alloca.c
@@ -0,0 +1,489 @@
+/* alloca.c -- allocate automatically reclaimed memory
+   (Mostly) portable public-domain implementation -- D A Gwyn
+
+   This implementation of the PWB library alloca function,
+   which is used to allocate space off the run-time stack so
+   that it is automatically reclaimed upon procedure exit,
+   was inspired by discussions with J. Q. Johnson of Cornell.
+   J.Otto Tennant <jot@cray.com> contributed the Cray support.
+
+   There are some preprocessor constants that can
+   be defined when compiling for your specific system, for
+   improved efficiency; however, the defaults should be okay.
+
+   The general concept of this implementation is to keep
+   track of all alloca-allocated blocks, and reclaim any
+   that are found to be deeper in the stack than the current
+   invocation.  This heuristic does not reclaim storage as
+   soon as it becomes invalid, but it will do so eventually.
+
+   As a special case, alloca(0) reclaims storage without
+   allocating any.  It is a good idea to use alloca(0) in
+   your main control loop, etc. to force garbage collection.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#ifdef emacs
+# include "lisp.h"
+# include "blockinput.h"
+# ifdef EMACS_FREE
+#  undef free
+#  define free EMACS_FREE
+# endif
+#else
+# define memory_full() abort ()
+#endif
+
+/* If compiling with GCC 2, this file's not needed.  */
+#if !defined (__GNUC__) || __GNUC__ < 2
+
+/* If someone has defined alloca as a macro,
+   there must be some other way alloca is supposed to work.  */
+# ifndef alloca
+
+#  ifdef emacs
+#   ifdef static
+/* actually, only want this if static is defined as ""
+   -- this is for usg, in which emacs must undefine static
+   in order to make unexec workable
+   */
+#    ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
+you
+lose
+-- must know STACK_DIRECTION at compile-time
+/* Using #error here is not wise since this file should work for
+   old and obscure compilers.  */
+#    endif /* STACK_DIRECTION undefined */
+#   endif /* static */
+#  endif /* emacs */
+
+/* If your stack is a linked list of frames, you have to
+   provide an "address metric" ADDRESS_FUNCTION macro.  */
+
+#  if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
+long i00afunc ();
+#   define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) (char *) i00afunc (&(arg))
+#  else
+#   define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) &(arg)
+#  endif
+
+/* Define STACK_DIRECTION if you know the direction of stack
+   growth for your system; otherwise it will be automatically
+   deduced at run-time.
+
+   STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
+   STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
+   STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown  */
+
+#  ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
+#   define STACK_DIRECTION	0	/* Direction unknown.  */
+#  endif
+
+#  if STACK_DIRECTION != 0
+
+#   define STACK_DIR	STACK_DIRECTION	/* Known at compile-time.  */
+
+#  else /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0; need run-time code.  */
+
+static int stack_dir;		/* 1 or -1 once known.  */
+#   define STACK_DIR	stack_dir
+
+static void
+find_stack_direction (void)
+{
+  static char *addr = NULL;	/* Address of first `dummy', once known.  */
+  auto char dummy;		/* To get stack address.  */
+
+  if (addr == NULL)
+    {				/* Initial entry.  */
+      addr = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (dummy);
+
+      find_stack_direction ();	/* Recurse once.  */
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* Second entry.  */
+      if (ADDRESS_FUNCTION (dummy) > addr)
+	stack_dir = 1;		/* Stack grew upward.  */
+      else
+	stack_dir = -1;		/* Stack grew downward.  */
+    }
+}
+
+#  endif /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0 */
+
+/* An "alloca header" is used to:
+   (a) chain together all alloca'ed blocks;
+   (b) keep track of stack depth.
+
+   It is very important that sizeof(header) agree with malloc
+   alignment chunk size.  The following default should work okay.  */
+
+#  ifndef	ALIGN_SIZE
+#   define ALIGN_SIZE	sizeof(double)
+#  endif
+
+typedef union hdr
+{
+  char align[ALIGN_SIZE];	/* To force sizeof(header).  */
+  struct
+    {
+      union hdr *next;		/* For chaining headers.  */
+      char *deep;		/* For stack depth measure.  */
+    } h;
+} header;
+
+static header *last_alloca_header = NULL;	/* -> last alloca header.  */
+
+/* Return a pointer to at least SIZE bytes of storage,
+   which will be automatically reclaimed upon exit from
+   the procedure that called alloca.  Originally, this space
+   was supposed to be taken from the current stack frame of the
+   caller, but that method cannot be made to work for some
+   implementations of C, for example under Gould's UTX/32.  */
+
+void *
+alloca (size_t size)
+{
+  auto char probe;		/* Probes stack depth: */
+  register char *depth = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (probe);
+
+#  if STACK_DIRECTION == 0
+  if (STACK_DIR == 0)		/* Unknown growth direction.  */
+    find_stack_direction ();
+#  endif
+
+  /* Reclaim garbage, defined as all alloca'd storage that
+     was allocated from deeper in the stack than currently.  */
+
+  {
+    register header *hp;	/* Traverses linked list.  */
+
+#  ifdef emacs
+    BLOCK_INPUT;
+#  endif
+
+    for (hp = last_alloca_header; hp != NULL;)
+      if ((STACK_DIR > 0 && hp->h.deep > depth)
+	  || (STACK_DIR < 0 && hp->h.deep < depth))
+	{
+	  register header *np = hp->h.next;
+
+	  free (hp);		/* Collect garbage.  */
+
+	  hp = np;		/* -> next header.  */
+	}
+      else
+	break;			/* Rest are not deeper.  */
+
+    last_alloca_header = hp;	/* -> last valid storage.  */
+
+#  ifdef emacs
+    UNBLOCK_INPUT;
+#  endif
+  }
+
+  if (size == 0)
+    return NULL;		/* No allocation required.  */
+
+  /* Allocate combined header + user data storage.  */
+
+  {
+    /* Address of header.  */
+    register header *new;
+
+    size_t combined_size = sizeof (header) + size;
+    if (combined_size < sizeof (header))
+      memory_full ();
+
+    new = malloc (combined_size);
+
+    if (! new)
+      memory_full ();
+
+    new->h.next = last_alloca_header;
+    new->h.deep = depth;
+
+    last_alloca_header = new;
+
+    /* User storage begins just after header.  */
+
+    return (void *) (new + 1);
+  }
+}
+
+#  if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
+
+#   ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
+#    include <stdio.h>
+#   endif
+
+#   ifndef CRAY_STACK
+#    define CRAY_STACK
+#    ifndef CRAY2
+/* Stack structures for CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, and CRAY Y-MP */
+struct stack_control_header
+  {
+    long shgrow:32;		/* Number of times stack has grown.  */
+    long shaseg:32;		/* Size of increments to stack.  */
+    long shhwm:32;		/* High water mark of stack.  */
+    long shsize:32;		/* Current size of stack (all segments).  */
+  };
+
+/* The stack segment linkage control information occurs at
+   the high-address end of a stack segment.  (The stack
+   grows from low addresses to high addresses.)  The initial
+   part of the stack segment linkage control information is
+   0200 (octal) words.  This provides for register storage
+   for the routine which overflows the stack.  */
+
+struct stack_segment_linkage
+  {
+    long ss[0200];		/* 0200 overflow words.  */
+    long sssize:32;		/* Number of words in this segment.  */
+    long ssbase:32;		/* Offset to stack base.  */
+    long:32;
+    long sspseg:32;		/* Offset to linkage control of previous
+				   segment of stack.  */
+    long:32;
+    long sstcpt:32;		/* Pointer to task common address block.  */
+    long sscsnm;		/* Private control structure number for
+				   microtasking.  */
+    long ssusr1;		/* Reserved for user.  */
+    long ssusr2;		/* Reserved for user.  */
+    long sstpid;		/* Process ID for pid based multi-tasking.  */
+    long ssgvup;		/* Pointer to multitasking thread giveup.  */
+    long sscray[7];		/* Reserved for Cray Research.  */
+    long ssa0;
+    long ssa1;
+    long ssa2;
+    long ssa3;
+    long ssa4;
+    long ssa5;
+    long ssa6;
+    long ssa7;
+    long sss0;
+    long sss1;
+    long sss2;
+    long sss3;
+    long sss4;
+    long sss5;
+    long sss6;
+    long sss7;
+  };
+
+#    else /* CRAY2 */
+/* The following structure defines the vector of words
+   returned by the STKSTAT library routine.  */
+struct stk_stat
+  {
+    long now;			/* Current total stack size.  */
+    long maxc;			/* Amount of contiguous space which would
+				   be required to satisfy the maximum
+				   stack demand to date.  */
+    long high_water;		/* Stack high-water mark.  */
+    long overflows;		/* Number of stack overflow ($STKOFEN) calls.  */
+    long hits;			/* Number of internal buffer hits.  */
+    long extends;		/* Number of block extensions.  */
+    long stko_mallocs;		/* Block allocations by $STKOFEN.  */
+    long underflows;		/* Number of stack underflow calls ($STKRETN).  */
+    long stko_free;		/* Number of deallocations by $STKRETN.  */
+    long stkm_free;		/* Number of deallocations by $STKMRET.  */
+    long segments;		/* Current number of stack segments.  */
+    long maxs;			/* Maximum number of stack segments so far.  */
+    long pad_size;		/* Stack pad size.  */
+    long current_address;	/* Current stack segment address.  */
+    long current_size;		/* Current stack segment size.  This
+				   number is actually corrupted by STKSTAT to
+				   include the fifteen word trailer area.  */
+    long initial_address;	/* Address of initial segment.  */
+    long initial_size;		/* Size of initial segment.  */
+  };
+
+/* The following structure describes the data structure which trails
+   any stack segment.  I think that the description in 'asdef' is
+   out of date.  I only describe the parts that I am sure about.  */
+
+struct stk_trailer
+  {
+    long this_address;		/* Address of this block.  */
+    long this_size;		/* Size of this block (does not include
+				   this trailer).  */
+    long unknown2;
+    long unknown3;
+    long link;			/* Address of trailer block of previous
+				   segment.  */
+    long unknown5;
+    long unknown6;
+    long unknown7;
+    long unknown8;
+    long unknown9;
+    long unknown10;
+    long unknown11;
+    long unknown12;
+    long unknown13;
+    long unknown14;
+  };
+
+#    endif /* CRAY2 */
+#   endif /* not CRAY_STACK */
+
+#   ifdef CRAY2
+/* Determine a "stack measure" for an arbitrary ADDRESS.
+   I doubt that "lint" will like this much.  */
+
+static long
+i00afunc (long *address)
+{
+  struct stk_stat status;
+  struct stk_trailer *trailer;
+  long *block, size;
+  long result = 0;
+
+  /* We want to iterate through all of the segments.  The first
+     step is to get the stack status structure.  We could do this
+     more quickly and more directly, perhaps, by referencing the
+     $LM00 common block, but I know that this works.  */
+
+  STKSTAT (&status);
+
+  /* Set up the iteration.  */
+
+  trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) (status.current_address
+				    + status.current_size
+				    - 15);
+
+  /* There must be at least one stack segment.  Therefore it is
+     a fatal error if "trailer" is null.  */
+
+  if (trailer == 0)
+    abort ();
+
+  /* Discard segments that do not contain our argument address.  */
+
+  while (trailer != 0)
+    {
+      block = (long *) trailer->this_address;
+      size = trailer->this_size;
+      if (block == 0 || size == 0)
+	abort ();
+      trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link;
+      if ((block <= address) && (address < (block + size)))
+	break;
+    }
+
+  /* Set the result to the offset in this segment and add the sizes
+     of all predecessor segments.  */
+
+  result = address - block;
+
+  if (trailer == 0)
+    {
+      return result;
+    }
+
+  do
+    {
+      if (trailer->this_size <= 0)
+	abort ();
+      result += trailer->this_size;
+      trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link;
+    }
+  while (trailer != 0);
+
+  /* We are done.  Note that if you present a bogus address (one
+     not in any segment), you will get a different number back, formed
+     from subtracting the address of the first block.  This is probably
+     not what you want.  */
+
+  return (result);
+}
+
+#   else /* not CRAY2 */
+/* Stack address function for a CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, or CRAY Y-MP.
+   Determine the number of the cell within the stack,
+   given the address of the cell.  The purpose of this
+   routine is to linearize, in some sense, stack addresses
+   for alloca.  */
+
+static long
+i00afunc (long address)
+{
+  long stkl = 0;
+
+  long size, pseg, this_segment, stack;
+  long result = 0;
+
+  struct stack_segment_linkage *ssptr;
+
+  /* Register B67 contains the address of the end of the
+     current stack segment.  If you (as a subprogram) store
+     your registers on the stack and find that you are past
+     the contents of B67, you have overflowed the segment.
+
+     B67 also points to the stack segment linkage control
+     area, which is what we are really interested in.  */
+
+  stkl = CRAY_STACKSEG_END ();
+  ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
+
+  /* If one subtracts 'size' from the end of the segment,
+     one has the address of the first word of the segment.
+
+     If this is not the first segment, 'pseg' will be
+     nonzero.  */
+
+  pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
+  size = ssptr->sssize;
+
+  this_segment = stkl - size;
+
+  /* It is possible that calling this routine itself caused
+     a stack overflow.  Discard stack segments which do not
+     contain the target address.  */
+
+  while (!(this_segment <= address && address <= stkl))
+    {
+#    ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
+      fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o %011o\n", this_segment, address, stkl);
+#    endif
+      if (pseg == 0)
+	break;
+      stkl = stkl - pseg;
+      ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
+      size = ssptr->sssize;
+      pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
+      this_segment = stkl - size;
+    }
+
+  result = address - this_segment;
+
+  /* If you subtract pseg from the current end of the stack,
+     you get the address of the previous stack segment's end.
+     This seems a little convoluted to me, but I'll bet you save
+     a cycle somewhere.  */
+
+  while (pseg != 0)
+    {
+#    ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
+      fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o\n", pseg, size);
+#    endif
+      stkl = stkl - pseg;
+      ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
+      size = ssptr->sssize;
+      pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
+      result += size;
+    }
+  return (result);
+}
+
+#   endif /* not CRAY2 */
+#  endif /* CRAY */
+
+# endif /* no alloca */
+#endif /* not GCC version 2 */
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/alloca_.h b/contrib/diff/lib/alloca_.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8ed34fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/alloca_.h
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+/* Memory allocation on the stack.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1999, 2001-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+/* When this file is included, it may be preceded only by preprocessor
+   declarations.  Thanks to AIX.  Therefore we include it right after
+   "config.h", not later.  */
+
+#ifndef _ALLOCA_H
+# define _ALLOCA_H
+
+/* alloca(N) returns a pointer (void* or char*) to N bytes of memory
+   allocated on the stack, and which will last until the function returns.
+   Use of alloca should be avoided:
+     - inside arguments of function calls - undefined behaviour,
+     - in inline functions - the allocation may actually last until the
+       calling function returns,
+     - for huge N (say, N >= 65536) - you never know how large (or small)
+       the stack is, and when the stack cannot fulfill the memory allocation
+       request, the program just crashes.
+ */
+
+# ifdef __GNUC__
+#  ifndef alloca
+#   define alloca __builtin_alloca
+#  endif
+# else
+#  ifdef _MSC_VER
+#   include <malloc.h>
+#   define alloca _alloca
+#  else
+#   if HAVE_ALLOCA_H
+#    include <alloca.h>
+#   else
+#    ifdef _AIX
+ #    pragma alloca
+#    else
+#     ifdef __hpux /* This section must match that of bison generated files. */
+#      ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" void *alloca (unsigned int);
+#      else /* not __cplusplus */
+extern void *alloca ();
+#      endif /* not __cplusplus */
+#     else /* not __hpux */
+#      ifndef alloca
+extern char *alloca ();
+#      endif
+#     endif /* __hpux */
+#    endif
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+#endif /* _ALLOCA_H */
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/basename.c b/contrib/diff/lib/basename.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5ff2989
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/basename.c
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/* basename.c -- return the last element in a path
+
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "dirname.h"
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* In general, we can't use the builtin `basename' function if available,
+   since it has different meanings in different environments.
+   In some environments the builtin `basename' modifies its argument.
+
+   Return the address of the last file name component of NAME.  If
+   NAME has no file name components because it is all slashes, return
+   NAME if it is empty, the address of its last slash otherwise.  */
+
+char *
+base_name (char const *name)
+{
+  char const *base = name + FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (name);
+  char const *p;
+
+  for (p = base; *p; p++)
+    {
+      if (ISSLASH (*p))
+	{
+	  /* Treat multiple adjacent slashes like a single slash.  */
+	  do p++;
+	  while (ISSLASH (*p));
+
+	  /* If the file name ends in slash, use the trailing slash as
+	     the basename if no non-slashes have been found.  */
+	  if (! *p)
+	    {
+	      if (ISSLASH (*base))
+		base = p - 1;
+	      break;
+	    }
+
+	  /* *P is a non-slash preceded by a slash.  */
+	  base = p;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return (char *) base;
+}
+
+/* Return the length of of the basename NAME.  Typically NAME is the
+   value returned by base_name.  Act like strlen (NAME), except omit
+   redundant trailing slashes.  */
+
+size_t
+base_len (char const *name)
+{
+  size_t len;
+
+  for (len = strlen (name);  1 < len && ISSLASH (name[len - 1]);  len--)
+    continue;
+
+  return len;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/c-stack.c b/contrib/diff/lib/c-stack.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a018e51
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/c-stack.c
@@ -0,0 +1,311 @@
+/* Stack overflow handling.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+/* NOTES:
+
+   A program that uses alloca, dynamic arrays, or large local
+   variables may extend the stack by more than a page at a time.  If
+   so, when the stack overflows the operating system may not detect
+   the overflow until the program uses the array, and this module may
+   incorrectly report a program error instead of a stack overflow.
+
+   To avoid this problem, allocate only small objects on the stack; a
+   program should be OK if it limits single allocations to a page or
+   less.  Allocate larger arrays in static storage, or on the heap
+   (e.g., with malloc).  Yes, this is a pain, but we don't know of any
+   better solution that is portable.
+
+   No attempt has been made to deal with multithreaded applications.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __attribute__
+# if __GNUC__ < 3 || __STRICT_ANSI__
+#  define __attribute__(x)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include "gettext.h"
+#define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifndef ENOTSUP
+# define ENOTSUP EINVAL
+#endif
+#ifndef EOVERFLOW
+# define EOVERFLOW EINVAL
+#endif
+
+#include <signal.h>
+#if ! HAVE_STACK_T && ! defined stack_t
+typedef struct sigaltstack stack_t;
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#if HAVE_SYS_RESOURCE_H
+/* Include sys/time.h here, because...
+   SunOS-4.1.x <sys/resource.h> fails to include <sys/time.h>.
+   This gives "incomplete type" errors for ru_utime and tu_stime.  */
+# if HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
+#  include <sys/time.h>
+# endif
+# include <sys/resource.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_UCONTEXT_H
+# include <ucontext.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+#ifndef STDERR_FILENO
+# define STDERR_FILENO 2
+#endif
+
+#if DEBUG
+# include <stdio.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "c-stack.h"
+#include "exitfail.h"
+
+#if (HAVE_STRUCT_SIGACTION_SA_SIGACTION && defined SA_NODEFER \
+     && defined SA_ONSTACK && defined SA_RESETHAND && defined SA_SIGINFO)
+# define SIGACTION_WORKS 1
+#else
+# define SIGACTION_WORKS 0
+#endif
+
+extern char *program_name;
+
+/* The user-specified action to take when a SEGV-related program error
+   or stack overflow occurs.  */
+static void (* volatile segv_action) (int);
+
+/* Translated messages for program errors and stack overflow.  Do not
+   translate them in the signal handler, since gettext is not
+   async-signal-safe.  */
+static char const * volatile program_error_message;
+static char const * volatile stack_overflow_message;
+
+/* Output an error message, then exit with status EXIT_FAILURE if it
+   appears to have been a stack overflow, or with a core dump
+   otherwise.  This function is async-signal-safe.  */
+
+static void die (int) __attribute__ ((noreturn));
+static void
+die (int signo)
+{
+  char const *message;
+  segv_action (signo);
+  message = signo ? program_error_message : stack_overflow_message;
+  write (STDERR_FILENO, program_name, strlen (program_name));
+  write (STDERR_FILENO, ": ", 2);
+  write (STDERR_FILENO, message, strlen (message));
+  write (STDERR_FILENO, "\n", 1);
+  if (! signo)
+    _exit (exit_failure);
+  kill (getpid (), signo);
+  abort ();
+}
+
+#if HAVE_SIGALTSTACK && HAVE_DECL_SIGALTSTACK
+
+/* Direction of the C runtime stack.  This function is
+   async-signal-safe.  */
+
+# if STACK_DIRECTION
+#  define find_stack_direction(ptr) STACK_DIRECTION
+# else
+static int
+find_stack_direction (char const *addr)
+{
+  char dummy;
+  return ! addr ? find_stack_direction (&dummy) : addr < &dummy ? 1 : -1;
+}
+# endif
+
+/* Storage for the alternate signal stack.  */
+static union
+{
+  char buffer[SIGSTKSZ];
+
+  /* These other members are for proper alignment.  There's no
+     standard way to guarantee stack alignment, but this seems enough
+     in practice.  */
+  long double ld;
+  long l;
+  void *p;
+} alternate_signal_stack;
+
+# if SIGACTION_WORKS
+
+/* Handle a segmentation violation and exit.  This function is
+   async-signal-safe.  */
+
+static void segv_handler (int, siginfo_t *, void *) __attribute__((noreturn));
+static void
+segv_handler (int signo, siginfo_t *info,
+	      void *context __attribute__ ((unused)))
+{
+  /* Clear SIGNO if it seems to have been a stack overflow.  */
+  if (0 < info->si_code)
+    {
+#  if ! HAVE_XSI_STACK_OVERFLOW_HEURISTIC
+      /* We can't easily determine whether it is a stack overflow; so
+	 assume that the rest of our program is perfect (!) and that
+	 this segmentation violation is a stack overflow.  */
+      signo = 0;
+#  else
+      /* If the faulting address is within the stack, or within one
+	 page of the stack end, assume that it is a stack
+	 overflow.  */
+      ucontext_t const *user_context = context;
+      char const *stack_base = user_context->uc_stack.ss_sp;
+      size_t stack_size = user_context->uc_stack.ss_size;
+      char const *faulting_address = info->si_addr;
+      size_t s = faulting_address - stack_base;
+      size_t page_size = sysconf (_SC_PAGESIZE);
+      if (find_stack_direction (0) < 0)
+	s += page_size;
+      if (s < stack_size + page_size)
+	signo = 0;
+
+#   if DEBUG
+      {
+	char buf[1024];
+	sprintf (buf,
+		 "segv_handler fault=%p base=%p size=%lx page=%lx signo=%d\n",
+		 faulting_address, stack_base, (unsigned long) stack_size,
+		 (unsigned long) page_size, signo);
+	write (STDERR_FILENO, buf, strlen (buf));
+      }
+#   endif
+#  endif
+    }
+
+  die (signo);
+}
+# endif
+
+static void
+null_action (int signo __attribute__ ((unused)))
+{
+}
+
+/* Set up ACTION so that it is invoked on C stack overflow.  Return -1
+   (setting errno) if this cannot be done.
+
+   When ACTION is called, it is passed an argument equal to SIGSEGV
+   for a segmentation violation that does not appear related to stack
+   overflow, and is passed zero otherwise.  On many platforms it is
+   hard to tell; when in doubt, zero is passed.
+
+   A null ACTION acts like an action that does nothing.
+
+   ACTION must be async-signal-safe.  ACTION together with its callees
+   must not require more than SIGSTKSZ bytes of stack space.  */
+
+int
+c_stack_action (void (*action) (int))
+{
+  int r;
+  stack_t st;
+  st.ss_flags = 0;
+  st.ss_sp = alternate_signal_stack.buffer;
+  st.ss_size = sizeof alternate_signal_stack.buffer;
+  r = sigaltstack (&st, 0);
+  if (r != 0)
+    return r;
+
+  segv_action = action ? action : null_action;
+  program_error_message = _("program error");
+  stack_overflow_message = _("stack overflow");
+
+  {
+# if SIGACTION_WORKS
+    struct sigaction act;
+    sigemptyset (&act.sa_mask);
+
+    /* POSIX 1003.1-2001 says SA_RESETHAND implies SA_NODEFER, but
+       this is not true on Solaris 8 at least.  It doesn't hurt to use
+       SA_NODEFER here, so leave it in.  */
+    act.sa_flags = SA_NODEFER | SA_ONSTACK | SA_RESETHAND | SA_SIGINFO;
+
+    act.sa_sigaction = segv_handler;
+
+    return sigaction (SIGSEGV, &act, 0);
+# else
+    return signal (SIGSEGV, die) == SIG_ERR ? -1 : 0;
+# endif
+  }
+}
+
+#else /* ! (HAVE_SIGALTSTACK && HAVE_DECL_SIGALTSTACK) */
+
+int
+c_stack_action (void (*action) (int)  __attribute__ ((unused)))
+{
+  errno = ENOTSUP;
+  return -1;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+
+
+#if DEBUG
+
+int volatile exit_failure;
+
+static long
+recurse (char *p)
+{
+  char array[500];
+  array[0] = 1;
+  return *p + recurse (array);
+}
+
+char *program_name;
+
+int
+main (int argc __attribute__ ((unused)), char **argv)
+{
+  program_name = argv[0];
+  fprintf (stderr,
+	   "The last output line should contain \"stack overflow\".\n");
+  if (c_stack_action (0) == 0)
+    return recurse ("\1");
+  perror ("c_stack_action");
+  return 1;
+}
+
+#endif /* DEBUG */
+
+/*
+Local Variables:
+compile-command: "gcc -DDEBUG -DHAVE_CONFIG_H -I.. -g -O -Wall -W c-stack.c"
+End:
+*/
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/c-stack.h b/contrib/diff/lib/c-stack.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..968fd52
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/c-stack.h
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+/* Stack overflow handling.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+int c_stack_action (void (*) (int));
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/cmpbuf.c b/contrib/diff/lib/cmpbuf.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..858aa39
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/cmpbuf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+/* Buffer primitives for comparison operations.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1993, 1995, 1998, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; see the file COPYING.
+   If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+
+#include <signal.h>
+#ifndef SA_RESTART
+# ifdef SA_INTERRUPT /* e.g. SunOS 4.1.x */
+#  define SA_RESTART SA_INTERRUPT
+# else
+#  define SA_RESTART 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+# include <inttypes.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include "cmpbuf.h"
+
+/* Determine whether an integer type is signed, and its bounds.
+   This code assumes two's (or one's!) complement with no holes.  */
+
+/* The extra casts work around common compiler bugs,
+   e.g. Cray C 5.0.3.0 when t == time_t.  */
+#ifndef TYPE_SIGNED
+# define TYPE_SIGNED(t) (! ((t) 0 < (t) -1))
+#endif
+#ifndef TYPE_MINIMUM
+# define TYPE_MINIMUM(t) ((t) (TYPE_SIGNED (t) \
+			       ? ~ (t) 0 << (sizeof (t) * CHAR_BIT - 1) \
+			       : (t) 0))
+#endif
+#ifndef TYPE_MAXIMUM
+# define TYPE_MAXIMUM(t) ((t) (~ (t) 0 - TYPE_MINIMUM (t)))
+#endif
+
+#ifndef PTRDIFF_MAX
+# define PTRDIFF_MAX TYPE_MAXIMUM (ptrdiff_t)
+#endif
+#ifndef SIZE_MAX
+# define SIZE_MAX TYPE_MAXIMUM (size_t)
+#endif
+#ifndef SSIZE_MAX
+# define SSIZE_MAX TYPE_MAXIMUM (ssize_t)
+#endif
+
+#undef MIN
+#define MIN(a, b) ((a) <= (b) ? (a) : (b))
+
+/* Read NBYTES bytes from descriptor FD into BUF.
+   NBYTES must not be SIZE_MAX.
+   Return the number of characters successfully read.
+   On error, return SIZE_MAX, setting errno.
+   The number returned is always NBYTES unless end-of-file or error.  */
+
+size_t
+block_read (int fd, char *buf, size_t nbytes)
+{
+  char *bp = buf;
+  char const *buflim = buf + nbytes;
+  size_t readlim = SSIZE_MAX;
+
+  do
+    {
+      size_t bytes_to_read = MIN (buflim - bp, readlim);
+      ssize_t nread = read (fd, bp, bytes_to_read);
+      if (nread <= 0)
+	{
+	  if (nread == 0)
+	    break;
+
+	  /* Accommodate Tru64 5.1, which can't read more than INT_MAX
+	     bytes at a time.  They call that a 64-bit OS?  */
+	  if (errno == EINVAL && INT_MAX < bytes_to_read)
+	    {
+	      readlim = INT_MAX;
+	      continue;
+	    }
+
+	  /* This is needed for programs that have signal handlers on
+	     older hosts without SA_RESTART.  It also accommodates
+	     ancient AIX hosts that set errno to EINTR after uncaught
+	     SIGCONT.  See <news:1r77ojINN85n@ftp.UU.NET>
+	     (1993-04-22).  */
+	  if (! SA_RESTART && errno == EINTR)
+	    continue;
+
+	  return SIZE_MAX;
+	}
+      bp += nread;
+    }
+  while (bp < buflim);
+
+  return bp - buf;
+}
+
+/* Least common multiple of two buffer sizes A and B.  However, if
+   either A or B is zero, or if the multiple is greater than LCM_MAX,
+   return a reasonable buffer size.  */
+
+size_t
+buffer_lcm (size_t a, size_t b, size_t lcm_max)
+{
+  size_t lcm, m, n, q, r;
+
+  /* Yield reasonable values if buffer sizes are zero.  */
+  if (!a)
+    return b ? b : 8 * 1024;
+  if (!b)
+    return a;
+
+  /* n = gcd (a, b) */
+  for (m = a, n = b;  (r = m % n) != 0;  m = n, n = r)
+    continue;
+
+  /* Yield a if there is an overflow.  */
+  q = a / n;
+  lcm = q * b;
+  return lcm <= lcm_max && lcm / b == q ? lcm : a;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/cmpbuf.h b/contrib/diff/lib/cmpbuf.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9b29cd0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/cmpbuf.h
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+/* Buffer primitives for comparison operations.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; see the file COPYING.
+   If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+size_t block_read (int, char *, size_t);
+size_t buffer_lcm (size_t, size_t, size_t);
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/dirname.c b/contrib/diff/lib/dirname.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..815192a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/dirname.c
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+/* dirname.c -- return all but the last element in a path
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 2000, 2001, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "dirname.h"
+
+#include <string.h>
+#include "xalloc.h"
+
+/* Return the length of `dirname (PATH)', or zero if PATH is
+   in the working directory.  Works properly even if
+   there are trailing slashes (by effectively ignoring them).  */
+size_t
+dir_len (char const *path)
+{
+  size_t prefix_length = FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (path);
+  size_t length;
+
+  /* Strip the basename and any redundant slashes before it.  */
+  for (length = base_name (path) - path;  prefix_length < length;  length--)
+    if (! ISSLASH (path[length - 1]))
+      return length;
+
+  /* But don't strip the only slash from "/".  */
+  return prefix_length + ISSLASH (path[prefix_length]);
+}
+
+/* Return the leading directories part of PATH,
+   allocated with xmalloc.
+   Works properly even if there are trailing slashes
+   (by effectively ignoring them).  */
+
+char *
+dir_name (char const *path)
+{
+  size_t length = dir_len (path);
+  int append_dot = (length == FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (path));
+  char *newpath = xmalloc (length + append_dot + 1);
+  memcpy (newpath, path, length);
+  if (append_dot)
+    newpath[length++] = '.';
+  newpath[length] = 0;
+  return newpath;
+}
+
+#ifdef TEST_DIRNAME
+/*
+
+Run the test like this (expect no output):
+  gcc -DHAVE_CONFIG_H -DTEST_DIRNAME -I.. -O -Wall \
+     basename.c dirname.c xmalloc.c error.c
+  sed -n '/^BEGIN-DATA$/,/^END-DATA$/p' dirname.c|grep -v DATA|./a.out
+
+If it's been built on a DOS or Windows platforms, run another test like
+this (again, expect no output):
+  sed -n '/^BEGIN-DOS-DATA$/,/^END-DOS-DATA$/p' dirname.c|grep -v DATA|./a.out
+
+BEGIN-DATA
+foo//// .
+bar/foo//// bar
+foo/ .
+/ /
+. .
+a .
+END-DATA
+
+BEGIN-DOS-DATA
+c:///// c:/
+c:/ c:/
+c:/. c:/
+c:foo c:.
+c:foo/bar c:foo
+END-DOS-DATA
+
+*/
+
+# define MAX_BUFF_LEN 1024
+# include <stdio.h>
+
+char *program_name;
+
+int
+main (int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+  char buff[MAX_BUFF_LEN + 1];
+
+  program_name = argv[0];
+
+  buff[MAX_BUFF_LEN] = 0;
+  while (fgets (buff, MAX_BUFF_LEN, stdin) && buff[0])
+    {
+      char path[MAX_BUFF_LEN];
+      char expected_result[MAX_BUFF_LEN];
+      char const *result;
+      sscanf (buff, "%s %s", path, expected_result);
+      result = dir_name (path);
+      if (strcmp (result, expected_result))
+	printf ("%s: got %s, expected %s\n", path, result, expected_result);
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/dirname.h b/contrib/diff/lib/dirname.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..62da37d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/dirname.h
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+/*  Take file names apart into directory and base names.
+
+    Copyright (C) 1998, 2001, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+    any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef DIRNAME_H_
+# define DIRNAME_H_ 1
+
+# include <stddef.h>
+
+# ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR
+#  define DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR '/'
+# endif
+
+# ifndef ISSLASH
+#  define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR)
+# endif
+
+# ifndef FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN
+#  define FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(Filename) 0
+# endif
+
+char *base_name (char const *path);
+char *dir_name (char const *path);
+size_t base_len (char const *path);
+size_t dir_len (char const *path);
+
+int strip_trailing_slashes (char *path);
+
+#endif /* not DIRNAME_H_ */
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/error.c b/contrib/diff/lib/error.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1149235
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/error.c
@@ -0,0 +1,310 @@
+/* Error handler for noninteractive utilities
+   Copyright (C) 1990-1998, 2000-2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "error.h"
+
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "gettext.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <wchar.h>
+# define mbsrtowcs __mbsrtowcs
+#endif
+
+#if !_LIBC
+# include "unlocked-io.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _
+# define _(String) String
+#endif
+
+/* If NULL, error will flush stdout, then print on stderr the program
+   name, a colon and a space.  Otherwise, error will call this
+   function without parameters instead.  */
+void (*error_print_progname) (void);
+
+/* This variable is incremented each time `error' is called.  */
+unsigned int error_message_count;
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* In the GNU C library, there is a predefined variable for this.  */
+
+# define program_name program_invocation_name
+# include <errno.h>
+# include <libio/libioP.h>
+
+/* In GNU libc we want do not want to use the common name `error' directly.
+   Instead make it a weak alias.  */
+extern void __error (int status, int errnum, const char *message, ...)
+     __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4)));
+extern void __error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *file_name,
+			     unsigned int line_number, const char *message,
+			     ...)
+     __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 5, 6)));;
+# define error __error
+# define error_at_line __error_at_line
+
+# include <libio/iolibio.h>
+# define fflush(s) INTUSE(_IO_fflush) (s)
+# undef putc
+# define putc(c, fp) INTUSE(_IO_putc) (c, fp)
+
+# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
+
+#else /* not _LIBC */
+
+# if !HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R && STRERROR_R_CHAR_P
+#  ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+#  endif
+char *strerror_r ();
+# endif
+
+# ifndef SIZE_MAX
+#  define SIZE_MAX ((size_t) -1)
+# endif
+
+/* The calling program should define program_name and set it to the
+   name of the executing program.  */
+extern char *program_name;
+
+# if HAVE_STRERROR_R || defined strerror_r
+#  define __strerror_r strerror_r
+# endif
+#endif	/* not _LIBC */
+
+static void
+print_errno_message (int errnum)
+{
+  char const *s;
+
+#if defined HAVE_STRERROR_R || _LIBC
+  char errbuf[1024];
+# if STRERROR_R_CHAR_P || _LIBC
+  s = __strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf);
+# else
+  if (__strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf) == 0)
+    s = errbuf;
+  else
+    s = 0;
+# endif
+#else
+  s = strerror (errnum);
+#endif
+
+#if !_LIBC
+  if (! s)
+    s = _("Unknown system error");
+#endif
+
+#if _LIBC
+  if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+    {
+      __fwprintf (stderr, L": %s", s);
+      return;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  fprintf (stderr, ": %s", s);
+}
+
+static void
+error_tail (int status, int errnum, const char *message, va_list args)
+{
+#if _LIBC
+  if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+    {
+# define ALLOCA_LIMIT 2000
+      size_t len = strlen (message) + 1;
+      const wchar_t *wmessage = L"out of memory";
+      wchar_t *wbuf = (len < ALLOCA_LIMIT
+		       ? alloca (len * sizeof *wbuf)
+		       : len <= SIZE_MAX / sizeof *wbuf
+		       ? malloc (len * sizeof *wbuf)
+		       : NULL);
+
+      if (wbuf)
+	{
+	  size_t res;
+	  mbstate_t st;
+	  const char *tmp = message;
+	  memset (&st, '\0', sizeof (st));
+	  res = mbsrtowcs (wbuf, &tmp, len, &st);
+	  wmessage = res == (size_t) -1 ? L"???" : wbuf;
+	}
+
+      __vfwprintf (stderr, wmessage, args);
+      if (! (len < ALLOCA_LIMIT))
+	free (wbuf);
+    }
+  else
+#endif
+    vfprintf (stderr, message, args);
+  va_end (args);
+
+  ++error_message_count;
+  if (errnum)
+    print_errno_message (errnum);
+#if _LIBC
+  if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+    putwc (L'\n', stderr);
+  else
+#endif
+    putc ('\n', stderr);
+  fflush (stderr);
+  if (status)
+    exit (status);
+}
+
+
+/* Print the program name and error message MESSAGE, which is a printf-style
+   format string with optional args.
+   If ERRNUM is nonzero, print its corresponding system error message.
+   Exit with status STATUS if it is nonzero.  */
+void
+error (int status, int errnum, const char *message, ...)
+{
+  va_list args;
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined __libc_ptf_call
+  /* We do not want this call to be cut short by a thread
+     cancellation.  Therefore disable cancellation for now.  */
+  int state = PTHREAD_CANCEL_ENABLE;
+  __libc_ptf_call (pthread_setcancelstate, (PTHREAD_CANCEL_DISABLE, &state),
+		   0);
+#endif
+
+  fflush (stdout);
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+#endif
+  if (error_print_progname)
+    (*error_print_progname) ();
+  else
+    {
+#if _LIBC
+      if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+	__fwprintf (stderr, L"%s: ", program_name);
+      else
+#endif
+	fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", program_name);
+    }
+
+  va_start (args, message);
+  error_tail (status, errnum, message, args);
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+# ifdef __libc_ptf_call
+  __libc_ptf_call (pthread_setcancelstate, (state, NULL), 0);
+# endif
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Sometimes we want to have at most one error per line.  This
+   variable controls whether this mode is selected or not.  */
+int error_one_per_line;
+
+void
+error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *file_name,
+	       unsigned int line_number, const char *message, ...)
+{
+  va_list args;
+
+  if (error_one_per_line)
+    {
+      static const char *old_file_name;
+      static unsigned int old_line_number;
+
+      if (old_line_number == line_number
+	  && (file_name == old_file_name
+	      || strcmp (old_file_name, file_name) == 0))
+	/* Simply return and print nothing.  */
+	return;
+
+      old_file_name = file_name;
+      old_line_number = line_number;
+    }
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined __libc_ptf_call
+  /* We do not want this call to be cut short by a thread
+     cancellation.  Therefore disable cancellation for now.  */
+  int state = PTHREAD_CANCEL_ENABLE;
+  __libc_ptf_call (pthread_setcancelstate, (PTHREAD_CANCEL_DISABLE, &state),
+		   0);
+#endif
+
+  fflush (stdout);
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+#endif
+  if (error_print_progname)
+    (*error_print_progname) ();
+  else
+    {
+#if _LIBC
+      if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+	__fwprintf (stderr, L"%s: ", program_name);
+      else
+#endif
+	fprintf (stderr, "%s:", program_name);
+    }
+
+  if (file_name != NULL)
+    {
+#if _LIBC
+      if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+	__fwprintf (stderr, L"%s:%d: ", file_name, line_number);
+      else
+#endif
+	fprintf (stderr, "%s:%d: ", file_name, line_number);
+    }
+
+  va_start (args, message);
+  error_tail (status, errnum, message, args);
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+# ifdef __libc_ptf_call
+  __libc_ptf_call (pthread_setcancelstate, (state, NULL), 0);
+# endif
+#endif
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Make the weak alias.  */
+# undef error
+# undef error_at_line
+weak_alias (__error, error)
+weak_alias (__error_at_line, error_at_line)
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/error.h b/contrib/diff/lib/error.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8ed6359
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/error.h
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/* Declaration for error-reporting function
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _ERROR_H
+#define _ERROR_H 1
+
+#ifndef __attribute__
+/* This feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later.  */
+# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 5)
+#  define __attribute__(Spec) /* empty */
+# endif
+/* The __-protected variants of `format' and `printf' attributes
+   are accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later.  */
+# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7)
+#  define __format__ format
+#  define __printf__ printf
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef	__cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Print a message with `fprintf (stderr, FORMAT, ...)';
+   if ERRNUM is nonzero, follow it with ": " and strerror (ERRNUM).
+   If STATUS is nonzero, terminate the program with `exit (STATUS)'.  */
+
+extern void error (int __status, int __errnum, const char *__format, ...)
+     __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4)));
+
+extern void error_at_line (int __status, int __errnum, const char *__fname,
+			   unsigned int __lineno, const char *__format, ...)
+     __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 5, 6)));
+
+/* If NULL, error will flush stdout, then print on stderr the program
+   name, a colon and a space.  Otherwise, error will call this
+   function without parameters instead.  */
+extern void (*error_print_progname) (void);
+
+/* This variable is incremented each time `error' is called.  */
+extern unsigned int error_message_count;
+
+/* Sometimes we want to have at most one error per line.  This
+   variable controls whether this mode is selected or not.  */
+extern int error_one_per_line;
+
+#ifdef	__cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* error.h */
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/exclude.c b/contrib/diff/lib/exclude.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..55f1a39
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/exclude.c
@@ -0,0 +1,263 @@
+/* exclude.c -- exclude file names
+
+   Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 Free
+   Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; see the file COPYING.
+   If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdbool.h>
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "exclude.h"
+#include "fnmatch.h"
+#include "unlocked-io.h"
+#include "xalloc.h"
+
+#if STDC_HEADERS || (! defined isascii && ! HAVE_ISASCII)
+# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) true
+#else
+# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) isascii (c)
+#endif
+
+static inline bool
+is_space (unsigned char c)
+{
+  return IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isspace (c);
+}
+
+/* Verify a requirement at compile-time (unlike assert, which is runtime).  */
+#define verify(name, assertion) struct name { char a[(assertion) ? 1 : -1]; }
+
+/* Non-GNU systems lack these options, so we don't need to check them.  */
+#ifndef FNM_CASEFOLD
+# define FNM_CASEFOLD 0
+#endif
+#ifndef FNM_LEADING_DIR
+# define FNM_LEADING_DIR 0
+#endif
+
+verify (EXCLUDE_macros_do_not_collide_with_FNM_macros,
+	(((EXCLUDE_ANCHORED | EXCLUDE_INCLUDE | EXCLUDE_WILDCARDS)
+	  & (FNM_PATHNAME | FNM_NOESCAPE | FNM_PERIOD | FNM_LEADING_DIR
+	     | FNM_CASEFOLD))
+	 == 0));
+
+/* An exclude pattern-options pair.  The options are fnmatch options
+   ORed with EXCLUDE_* options.  */
+
+struct patopts
+  {
+    char const *pattern;
+    int options;
+  };
+
+/* An exclude list, of pattern-options pairs.  */
+
+struct exclude
+  {
+    struct patopts *exclude;
+    size_t exclude_alloc;
+    size_t exclude_count;
+  };
+
+/* Return a newly allocated and empty exclude list.  */
+
+struct exclude *
+new_exclude (void)
+{
+  return xzalloc (sizeof *new_exclude ());
+}
+
+/* Free the storage associated with an exclude list.  */
+
+void
+free_exclude (struct exclude *ex)
+{
+  free (ex->exclude);
+  free (ex);
+}
+
+/* Return zero if PATTERN matches F, obeying OPTIONS, except that
+   (unlike fnmatch) wildcards are disabled in PATTERN.  */
+
+static int
+fnmatch_no_wildcards (char const *pattern, char const *f, int options)
+{
+  if (! (options & FNM_LEADING_DIR))
+    return ((options & FNM_CASEFOLD)
+	    ? strcasecmp (pattern, f)
+	    : strcmp (pattern, f));
+  else
+    {
+      size_t patlen = strlen (pattern);
+      int r = ((options & FNM_CASEFOLD)
+		? strncasecmp (pattern, f, patlen)
+		: strncmp (pattern, f, patlen));
+      if (! r)
+	{
+	  r = f[patlen];
+	  if (r == '/')
+	    r = 0;
+	}
+      return r;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Return true if EX excludes F.  */
+
+bool
+excluded_filename (struct exclude const *ex, char const *f)
+{
+  size_t exclude_count = ex->exclude_count;
+
+  /* If no options are given, the default is to include.  */
+  if (exclude_count == 0)
+    return false;
+  else
+    {
+      struct patopts const *exclude = ex->exclude;
+      size_t i;
+
+      /* Otherwise, the default is the opposite of the first option.  */
+      bool excluded = !! (exclude[0].options & EXCLUDE_INCLUDE);
+
+      /* Scan through the options, seeing whether they change F from
+	 excluded to included or vice versa.  */
+      for (i = 0;  i < exclude_count;  i++)
+	{
+	  char const *pattern = exclude[i].pattern;
+	  int options = exclude[i].options;
+	  if (excluded == !! (options & EXCLUDE_INCLUDE))
+	    {
+	      int (*matcher) (char const *, char const *, int) =
+		(options & EXCLUDE_WILDCARDS
+		 ? fnmatch
+		 : fnmatch_no_wildcards);
+	      bool matched = ((*matcher) (pattern, f, options) == 0);
+	      char const *p;
+
+	      if (! (options & EXCLUDE_ANCHORED))
+		for (p = f; *p && ! matched; p++)
+		  if (*p == '/' && p[1] != '/')
+		    matched = ((*matcher) (pattern, p + 1, options) == 0);
+
+	      excluded ^= matched;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      return excluded;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Append to EX the exclusion PATTERN with OPTIONS.  */
+
+void
+add_exclude (struct exclude *ex, char const *pattern, int options)
+{
+  struct patopts *patopts;
+
+  if (ex->exclude_count == ex->exclude_alloc)
+    ex->exclude = x2nrealloc (ex->exclude, &ex->exclude_alloc,
+			      sizeof *ex->exclude);
+
+  patopts = &ex->exclude[ex->exclude_count++];
+  patopts->pattern = pattern;
+  patopts->options = options;
+}
+
+/* Use ADD_FUNC to append to EX the patterns in FILENAME, each with
+   OPTIONS.  LINE_END terminates each pattern in the file.  If
+   LINE_END is a space character, ignore trailing spaces and empty
+   lines in FILE.  Return -1 on failure, 0 on success.  */
+
+int
+add_exclude_file (void (*add_func) (struct exclude *, char const *, int),
+		  struct exclude *ex, char const *filename, int options,
+		  char line_end)
+{
+  bool use_stdin = filename[0] == '-' && !filename[1];
+  FILE *in;
+  char *buf = NULL;
+  char *p;
+  char const *pattern;
+  char const *lim;
+  size_t buf_alloc = 0;
+  size_t buf_count = 0;
+  int c;
+  int e = 0;
+
+  if (use_stdin)
+    in = stdin;
+  else if (! (in = fopen (filename, "r")))
+    return -1;
+
+  while ((c = getc (in)) != EOF)
+    {
+      if (buf_count == buf_alloc)
+	buf = x2realloc (buf, &buf_alloc);
+      buf[buf_count++] = c;
+    }
+
+  if (ferror (in))
+    e = errno;
+
+  if (!use_stdin && fclose (in) != 0)
+    e = errno;
+
+  buf = xrealloc (buf, buf_count + 1);
+  buf[buf_count] = line_end;
+  lim = buf + buf_count + ! (buf_count == 0 || buf[buf_count - 1] == line_end);
+  pattern = buf;
+
+  for (p = buf; p < lim; p++)
+    if (*p == line_end)
+      {
+	char *pattern_end = p;
+
+	if (is_space (line_end))
+	  {
+	    for (; ; pattern_end--)
+	      if (pattern_end == pattern)
+		goto next_pattern;
+	      else if (! is_space (pattern_end[-1]))
+		break;
+	  }
+
+	*pattern_end = '\0';
+	(*add_func) (ex, pattern, options);
+
+      next_pattern:
+	pattern = p + 1;
+      }
+
+  errno = e;
+  return e ? -1 : 0;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/exclude.h b/contrib/diff/lib/exclude.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a7e2971
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/exclude.h
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+/* exclude.h -- declarations for excluding file names
+
+   Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1997, 1999, 2001, 2002, 2003 Free
+   Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; see the file COPYING.
+   If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>  */
+
+/* Exclude options, which can be ORed with fnmatch options.  */
+
+/* Patterns must match the start of file names, instead of matching
+   anywhere after a '/'.  */
+#define EXCLUDE_ANCHORED (1 << 30)
+
+/* Include instead of exclude.  */
+#define EXCLUDE_INCLUDE (1 << 29)
+
+/* '?', '*', '[', and '\\' are special in patterns.  Without this
+   option, these characters are ordinary and fnmatch is not used.  */
+#define EXCLUDE_WILDCARDS (1 << 28)
+
+struct exclude;
+
+struct exclude *new_exclude (void);
+void free_exclude (struct exclude *);
+void add_exclude (struct exclude *, char const *, int);
+int add_exclude_file (void (*) (struct exclude *, char const *, int),
+		      struct exclude *, char const *, int, char);
+bool excluded_filename (struct exclude const *, char const *);
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/exit.h b/contrib/diff/lib/exit.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4e8d465
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/exit.h
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+/* exit() function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _EXIT_H
+#define _EXIT_H
+
+/* Get exit() declaration.  */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* Some systems do not define EXIT_*, even with STDC_HEADERS.  */
+#ifndef EXIT_SUCCESS
+# define EXIT_SUCCESS 0
+#endif
+#ifndef EXIT_FAILURE
+# define EXIT_FAILURE 1
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _EXIT_H */
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/exitfail.c b/contrib/diff/lib/exitfail.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2ae5f69
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/exitfail.c
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+/* Failure exit status
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; see the file COPYING.
+   If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "exitfail.h"
+#include "exit.h"
+
+int volatile exit_failure = EXIT_FAILURE;
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/exitfail.h b/contrib/diff/lib/exitfail.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cf5ab71
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/exitfail.h
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+/* Failure exit status
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; see the file COPYING.
+   If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+extern int volatile exit_failure;
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/file-type.c b/contrib/diff/lib/file-type.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3c58c7f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/file-type.c
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+/* Return a string describing the type of a file.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 2001, 2002, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include "file-type.h"
+
+#include <gettext.h>
+#define _(text) gettext (text)
+
+char const *
+file_type (struct stat const *st)
+{
+  /* See POSIX 1003.1-2001 XCU Table 4-8 lines 17093-17107 for some of
+     these formats.
+
+     To keep diagnostics grammatical in English, the returned string
+     must start with a consonant.  */
+
+  if (S_ISREG (st->st_mode))
+    return st->st_size == 0 ? _("regular empty file") : _("regular file");
+
+  if (S_ISDIR (st->st_mode))
+    return _("directory");
+
+  if (S_ISBLK (st->st_mode))
+    return _("block special file");
+
+  if (S_ISCHR (st->st_mode))
+    return _("character special file");
+
+  if (S_ISFIFO (st->st_mode))
+    return _("fifo");
+
+  if (S_ISLNK (st->st_mode))
+    return _("symbolic link");
+
+  if (S_ISSOCK (st->st_mode))
+    return _("socket");
+
+  if (S_TYPEISMQ (st))
+    return _("message queue");
+
+  if (S_TYPEISSEM (st))
+    return _("semaphore");
+
+  if (S_TYPEISSHM (st))
+    return _("shared memory object");
+
+  if (S_TYPEISTMO (st))
+    return _("typed memory object");
+
+  return _("weird file");
+}
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/file-type.h b/contrib/diff/lib/file-type.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..502f091
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/file-type.h
@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+/* Return a string describing the type of a file.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 2001, 2002, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert and Jim Meyering.  */
+
+#ifndef FILE_TYPE_H
+# define FILE_TYPE_H 1
+
+# if ! defined S_ISREG && ! defined S_IFREG
+you must include <sys/stat.h> before including this file
+# endif
+
+char const *file_type (struct stat const *);
+
+# ifndef S_IFMT
+#  define S_IFMT 0170000
+# endif
+
+# if STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
+#  undef S_ISBLK
+#  undef S_ISCHR
+#  undef S_ISDIR
+#  undef S_ISDOOR
+#  undef S_ISFIFO
+#  undef S_ISLNK
+#  undef S_ISNAM
+#  undef S_ISMPB
+#  undef S_ISMPC
+#  undef S_ISNWK
+#  undef S_ISREG
+#  undef S_ISSOCK
+# endif
+
+
+# ifndef S_ISBLK
+#  ifdef S_IFBLK
+#   define S_ISBLK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFBLK)
+#  else
+#   define S_ISBLK(m) 0
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+# ifndef S_ISCHR
+#  ifdef S_IFCHR
+#   define S_ISCHR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFCHR)
+#  else
+#   define S_ISCHR(m) 0
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+# ifndef S_ISDIR
+#  ifdef S_IFDIR
+#   define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
+#  else
+#   define S_ISDIR(m) 0
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+# ifndef S_ISDOOR /* Solaris 2.5 and up */
+#  ifdef S_IFDOOR
+#   define S_ISDOOR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDOOR)
+#  else
+#   define S_ISDOOR(m) 0
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+# ifndef S_ISFIFO
+#  ifdef S_IFIFO
+#   define S_ISFIFO(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFIFO)
+#  else
+#   define S_ISFIFO(m) 0
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+# ifndef S_ISLNK
+#  ifdef S_IFLNK
+#   define S_ISLNK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFLNK)
+#  else
+#   define S_ISLNK(m) 0
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+# ifndef S_ISMPB /* V7 */
+#  ifdef S_IFMPB
+#   define S_ISMPB(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFMPB)
+#   define S_ISMPC(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFMPC)
+#  else
+#   define S_ISMPB(m) 0
+#   define S_ISMPC(m) 0
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+# ifndef S_ISNAM /* Xenix */
+#  ifdef S_IFNAM
+#   define S_ISNAM(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFNAM)
+#  else
+#   define S_ISNAM(m) 0
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+# ifndef S_ISNWK /* HP/UX */
+#  ifdef S_IFNWK
+#   define S_ISNWK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFNWK)
+#  else
+#   define S_ISNWK(m) 0
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+# ifndef S_ISREG
+#  ifdef S_IFREG
+#   define S_ISREG(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFREG)
+#  else
+#   define S_ISREG(m) 0
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+# ifndef S_ISSOCK
+#  ifdef S_IFSOCK
+#   define S_ISSOCK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFSOCK)
+#  else
+#   define S_ISSOCK(m) 0
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+
+# ifndef S_TYPEISMQ
+#  define S_TYPEISMQ(p) 0
+# endif
+
+# ifndef S_TYPEISTMO
+#  define S_TYPEISTMO(p) 0
+# endif
+
+
+# ifndef S_TYPEISSEM
+#  ifdef S_INSEM
+#   define S_TYPEISSEM(p) (S_ISNAM ((p)->st_mode) && (p)->st_rdev == S_INSEM)
+#  else
+#   define S_TYPEISSEM(p) 0
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+# ifndef S_TYPEISSHM
+#  ifdef S_INSHD
+#   define S_TYPEISSHM(p) (S_ISNAM ((p)->st_mode) && (p)->st_rdev == S_INSHD)
+#  else
+#   define S_TYPEISSHM(p) 0
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+#endif /* FILE_TYPE_H */
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/fnmatch.c b/contrib/diff/lib/fnmatch.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d0cd8cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/fnmatch.c
@@ -0,0 +1,403 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1991,1992,1993,1996,1997,1998,1999,2000,2001,2002,2003,2004
+	Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Enable GNU extensions in fnmatch.h.  */
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define _GNU_SOURCE	1
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+# define alloca __builtin_alloca
+# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
+#else
+# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
+#  include <alloca.h>
+# else
+#  ifdef _AIX
+ #  pragma alloca
+#  else
+#   ifndef alloca
+char *alloca ();
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if ! defined __builtin_expect && __GNUC__ < 3
+# define __builtin_expect(expr, expected) (expr)
+#endif
+
+#include <fnmatch.h>
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#define WIDE_CHAR_SUPPORT (HAVE_WCTYPE_H && HAVE_WCHAR_H && HAVE_BTOWC)
+
+/* For platform which support the ISO C amendement 1 functionality we
+   support user defined character classes.  */
+#if defined _LIBC || WIDE_CHAR_SUPPORT
+/* Solaris 2.5 has a bug: <wchar.h> must be included before <wctype.h>.  */
+# include <wchar.h>
+# include <wctype.h>
+#endif
+
+/* We need some of the locale data (the collation sequence information)
+   but there is no interface to get this information in general.  Therefore
+   we support a correct implementation only in glibc.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include "../locale/localeinfo.h"
+# include "../locale/elem-hash.h"
+# include "../locale/coll-lookup.h"
+# include <shlib-compat.h>
+
+# define CONCAT(a,b) __CONCAT(a,b)
+# define mbsrtowcs __mbsrtowcs
+# define fnmatch __fnmatch
+extern int fnmatch (const char *pattern, const char *string, int flags);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SIZE_MAX
+# define SIZE_MAX ((size_t) -1)
+#endif
+
+/* We often have to test for FNM_FILE_NAME and FNM_PERIOD being both set.  */
+#define NO_LEADING_PERIOD(flags) \
+  ((flags & (FNM_FILE_NAME | FNM_PERIOD)) == (FNM_FILE_NAME | FNM_PERIOD))
+
+/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not
+   actually compiling the library itself, and have not detected a bug
+   in the library.  This code is part of the GNU C
+   Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions.  Compiling
+   and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library
+   (especially if it is a shared library).  Rather than having every GNU
+   program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files,
+   it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file.  */
+
+#if defined _LIBC || !defined __GNU_LIBRARY__ || !HAVE_FNMATCH_GNU
+
+
+# if defined STDC_HEADERS || !defined isascii
+#  define ISASCII(c) 1
+# else
+#  define ISASCII(c) isascii(c)
+# endif
+
+# ifdef isblank
+#  define ISBLANK(c) (ISASCII (c) && isblank (c))
+# else
+#  define ISBLANK(c) ((c) == ' ' || (c) == '\t')
+# endif
+# ifdef isgraph
+#  define ISGRAPH(c) (ISASCII (c) && isgraph (c))
+# else
+#  define ISGRAPH(c) (ISASCII (c) && isprint (c) && !isspace (c))
+# endif
+
+# define ISPRINT(c) (ISASCII (c) && isprint (c))
+# define ISDIGIT(c) (ISASCII (c) && isdigit (c))
+# define ISALNUM(c) (ISASCII (c) && isalnum (c))
+# define ISALPHA(c) (ISASCII (c) && isalpha (c))
+# define ISCNTRL(c) (ISASCII (c) && iscntrl (c))
+# define ISLOWER(c) (ISASCII (c) && islower (c))
+# define ISPUNCT(c) (ISASCII (c) && ispunct (c))
+# define ISSPACE(c) (ISASCII (c) && isspace (c))
+# define ISUPPER(c) (ISASCII (c) && isupper (c))
+# define ISXDIGIT(c) (ISASCII (c) && isxdigit (c))
+
+# define STREQ(s1, s2) ((strcmp (s1, s2) == 0))
+
+# if defined _LIBC || WIDE_CHAR_SUPPORT
+/* The GNU C library provides support for user-defined character classes
+   and the functions from ISO C amendement 1.  */
+#  ifdef CHARCLASS_NAME_MAX
+#   define CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH CHARCLASS_NAME_MAX
+#  else
+/* This shouldn't happen but some implementation might still have this
+   problem.  Use a reasonable default value.  */
+#   define CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH 256
+#  endif
+
+#  ifdef _LIBC
+#   define IS_CHAR_CLASS(string) __wctype (string)
+#  else
+#   define IS_CHAR_CLASS(string) wctype (string)
+#  endif
+
+#  ifdef _LIBC
+#   define ISWCTYPE(WC, WT)	__iswctype (WC, WT)
+#  else
+#   define ISWCTYPE(WC, WT)	iswctype (WC, WT)
+#  endif
+
+#  if (HAVE_MBSTATE_T && HAVE_MBSRTOWCS) || _LIBC
+/* In this case we are implementing the multibyte character handling.  */
+#   define HANDLE_MULTIBYTE	1
+#  endif
+
+# else
+#  define CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH  6 /* Namely, `xdigit'.  */
+
+#  define IS_CHAR_CLASS(string)						      \
+   (STREQ (string, "alpha") || STREQ (string, "upper")			      \
+    || STREQ (string, "lower") || STREQ (string, "digit")		      \
+    || STREQ (string, "alnum") || STREQ (string, "xdigit")		      \
+    || STREQ (string, "space") || STREQ (string, "print")		      \
+    || STREQ (string, "punct") || STREQ (string, "graph")		      \
+    || STREQ (string, "cntrl") || STREQ (string, "blank"))
+# endif
+
+/* Avoid depending on library functions or files
+   whose names are inconsistent.  */
+
+# ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+# endif
+
+/* Global variable.  */
+static int posixly_correct;
+
+# ifndef internal_function
+/* Inside GNU libc we mark some function in a special way.  In other
+   environments simply ignore the marking.  */
+#  define internal_function
+# endif
+
+/* Note that this evaluates C many times.  */
+# ifdef _LIBC
+#  define FOLD(c) ((flags & FNM_CASEFOLD) ? tolower (c) : (c))
+# else
+#  define FOLD(c) ((flags & FNM_CASEFOLD) && ISUPPER (c) ? tolower (c) : (c))
+# endif
+# define CHAR	char
+# define UCHAR	unsigned char
+# define INT	int
+# define FCT	internal_fnmatch
+# define EXT	ext_match
+# define END	end_pattern
+# define L(CS)	CS
+# ifdef _LIBC
+#  define BTOWC(C)	__btowc (C)
+# else
+#  define BTOWC(C)	btowc (C)
+# endif
+# define STRLEN(S) strlen (S)
+# define STRCAT(D, S) strcat (D, S)
+# ifdef _LIBC
+#  define MEMPCPY(D, S, N) __mempcpy (D, S, N)
+# else
+#  if HAVE_MEMPCPY
+#   define MEMPCPY(D, S, N) mempcpy (D, S, N)
+#  else
+#   define MEMPCPY(D, S, N) ((void *) ((char *) memcpy (D, S, N) + (N)))
+#  endif
+# endif
+# define MEMCHR(S, C, N) memchr (S, C, N)
+# define STRCOLL(S1, S2) strcoll (S1, S2)
+# include "fnmatch_loop.c"
+
+
+# if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
+#  define FOLD(c) ((flags & FNM_CASEFOLD) ? towlower (c) : (c))
+#  define CHAR	wchar_t
+#  define UCHAR	wint_t
+#  define INT	wint_t
+#  define FCT	internal_fnwmatch
+#  define EXT	ext_wmatch
+#  define END	end_wpattern
+#  define L(CS)	L##CS
+#  define BTOWC(C)	(C)
+#  ifdef _LIBC
+#   define STRLEN(S) __wcslen (S)
+#   define STRCAT(D, S) __wcscat (D, S)
+#   define MEMPCPY(D, S, N) __wmempcpy (D, S, N)
+#  else
+#   define STRLEN(S) wcslen (S)
+#   define STRCAT(D, S) wcscat (D, S)
+#   if HAVE_WMEMPCPY
+#    define MEMPCPY(D, S, N) wmempcpy (D, S, N)
+#   else
+#    define MEMPCPY(D, S, N) (wmemcpy (D, S, N) + (N))
+#   endif
+#  endif
+#  define MEMCHR(S, C, N) wmemchr (S, C, N)
+#  define STRCOLL(S1, S2) wcscoll (S1, S2)
+#  define WIDE_CHAR_VERSION 1
+
+#  undef IS_CHAR_CLASS
+/* We have to convert the wide character string in a multibyte string.  But
+   we know that the character class names consist of alphanumeric characters
+   from the portable character set, and since the wide character encoding
+   for a member of the portable character set is the same code point as
+   its single-byte encoding, we can use a simplified method to convert the
+   string to a multibyte character string.  */
+static wctype_t
+is_char_class (const wchar_t *wcs)
+{
+  char s[CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH + 1];
+  char *cp = s;
+
+  do
+    {
+      /* Test for a printable character from the portable character set.  */
+#  ifdef _LIBC
+      if (*wcs < 0x20 || *wcs > 0x7e
+	  || *wcs == 0x24 || *wcs == 0x40 || *wcs == 0x60)
+	return (wctype_t) 0;
+#  else
+      switch (*wcs)
+	{
+	case L' ': case L'!': case L'"': case L'#': case L'%':
+	case L'&': case L'\'': case L'(': case L')': case L'*':
+	case L'+': case L',': case L'-': case L'.': case L'/':
+	case L'0': case L'1': case L'2': case L'3': case L'4':
+	case L'5': case L'6': case L'7': case L'8': case L'9':
+	case L':': case L';': case L'<': case L'=': case L'>':
+	case L'?':
+	case L'A': case L'B': case L'C': case L'D': case L'E':
+	case L'F': case L'G': case L'H': case L'I': case L'J':
+	case L'K': case L'L': case L'M': case L'N': case L'O':
+	case L'P': case L'Q': case L'R': case L'S': case L'T':
+	case L'U': case L'V': case L'W': case L'X': case L'Y':
+	case L'Z':
+	case L'[': case L'\\': case L']': case L'^': case L'_':
+	case L'a': case L'b': case L'c': case L'd': case L'e':
+	case L'f': case L'g': case L'h': case L'i': case L'j':
+	case L'k': case L'l': case L'm': case L'n': case L'o':
+	case L'p': case L'q': case L'r': case L's': case L't':
+	case L'u': case L'v': case L'w': case L'x': case L'y':
+	case L'z': case L'{': case L'|': case L'}': case L'~':
+	  break;
+	default:
+	  return (wctype_t) 0;
+	}
+#  endif
+
+      /* Avoid overrunning the buffer.  */
+      if (cp == s + CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH)
+	return (wctype_t) 0;
+
+      *cp++ = (char) *wcs++;
+    }
+  while (*wcs != L'\0');
+
+  *cp = '\0';
+
+#  ifdef _LIBC
+  return __wctype (s);
+#  else
+  return wctype (s);
+#  endif
+}
+#  define IS_CHAR_CLASS(string) is_char_class (string)
+
+#  include "fnmatch_loop.c"
+# endif
+
+
+int
+fnmatch (const char *pattern, const char *string, int flags)
+{
+# if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
+#  define ALLOCA_LIMIT 2000
+  if (__builtin_expect (MB_CUR_MAX, 1) != 1)
+    {
+      mbstate_t ps;
+      size_t patsize;
+      size_t strsize;
+      size_t totsize;
+      wchar_t *wpattern;
+      wchar_t *wstring;
+      int res;
+
+      /* Calculate the size needed to convert the strings to
+	 wide characters.  */
+      memset (&ps, '\0', sizeof (ps));
+      patsize = mbsrtowcs (NULL, &pattern, 0, &ps) + 1;
+      if (__builtin_expect (patsize == 0, 0))
+	/* Something wrong.
+	   XXX Do we have to set `errno' to something which mbsrtows hasn't
+	   already done?  */
+	return -1;
+      assert (mbsinit (&ps));
+      strsize = mbsrtowcs (NULL, &string, 0, &ps) + 1;
+      if (__builtin_expect (strsize == 0, 0))
+	/* Something wrong.
+	   XXX Do we have to set `errno' to something which mbsrtows hasn't
+	   already done?  */
+	return -1;
+      assert (mbsinit (&ps));
+      totsize = patsize + strsize;
+      if (__builtin_expect (! (patsize <= totsize
+			       && totsize <= SIZE_MAX / sizeof (wchar_t)),
+			    0))
+	{
+	  errno = ENOMEM;
+	  return -1;
+	}
+
+      /* Allocate room for the wide characters.  */
+      if (__builtin_expect (totsize < ALLOCA_LIMIT, 1))
+	wpattern = (wchar_t *) alloca (totsize * sizeof (wchar_t));
+      else
+	{
+	  wpattern = malloc (totsize * sizeof (wchar_t));
+	  if (__builtin_expect (! wpattern, 0))
+	    {
+	      errno = ENOMEM;
+	      return -1;
+	    }
+	}
+      wstring = wpattern + patsize;
+
+      /* Convert the strings into wide characters.  */
+      mbsrtowcs (wpattern, &pattern, patsize, &ps);
+      assert (mbsinit (&ps));
+      mbsrtowcs (wstring, &string, strsize, &ps);
+
+      res = internal_fnwmatch (wpattern, wstring, wstring + strsize - 1,
+			       flags & FNM_PERIOD, flags);
+
+      if (__builtin_expect (! (totsize < ALLOCA_LIMIT), 0))
+	free (wpattern);
+      return res;
+    }
+# endif /* HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
+
+  return internal_fnmatch (pattern, string, string + strlen (string),
+			   flags & FNM_PERIOD, flags);
+}
+
+# ifdef _LIBC
+#  undef fnmatch
+versioned_symbol (libc, __fnmatch, fnmatch, GLIBC_2_2_3);
+#  if SHLIB_COMPAT(libc, GLIBC_2_0, GLIBC_2_2_3)
+strong_alias (__fnmatch, __fnmatch_old)
+compat_symbol (libc, __fnmatch_old, fnmatch, GLIBC_2_0);
+#  endif
+libc_hidden_ver (__fnmatch, fnmatch)
+# endif
+
+#endif	/* _LIBC or not __GNU_LIBRARY__.  */
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/fnmatch_.h b/contrib/diff/lib/fnmatch_.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..87e661f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/fnmatch_.h
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1993, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2001, 2002, 2003
+   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef	_FNMATCH_H
+# define _FNMATCH_H	1
+
+# ifdef	__cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+# endif
+
+/* We #undef these before defining them because some losing systems
+   (HP-UX A.08.07 for example) define these in <unistd.h>.  */
+# undef	FNM_PATHNAME
+# undef	FNM_NOESCAPE
+# undef	FNM_PERIOD
+
+/* Bits set in the FLAGS argument to `fnmatch'.  */
+# define FNM_PATHNAME	(1 << 0) /* No wildcard can ever match `/'.  */
+# define FNM_NOESCAPE	(1 << 1) /* Backslashes don't quote special chars.  */
+# define FNM_PERIOD	(1 << 2) /* Leading `.' is matched only explicitly.  */
+
+# if !defined _POSIX_C_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE < 2 || defined _GNU_SOURCE
+#  define FNM_FILE_NAME	 FNM_PATHNAME	/* Preferred GNU name.  */
+#  define FNM_LEADING_DIR (1 << 3)	/* Ignore `/...' after a match.  */
+#  define FNM_CASEFOLD	 (1 << 4)	/* Compare without regard to case.  */
+#  define FNM_EXTMATCH	 (1 << 5)	/* Use ksh-like extended matching. */
+# endif
+
+/* Value returned by `fnmatch' if STRING does not match PATTERN.  */
+# define FNM_NOMATCH	1
+
+/* This value is returned if the implementation does not support
+   `fnmatch'.  Since this is not the case here it will never be
+   returned but the conformance test suites still require the symbol
+   to be defined.  */
+# ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE
+#  define FNM_NOSYS	(-1)
+# endif
+
+/* Match NAME against the filename pattern PATTERN,
+   returning zero if it matches, FNM_NOMATCH if not.  */
+extern int fnmatch (const char *__pattern, const char *__name,
+		    int __flags);
+
+# ifdef	__cplusplus
+}
+# endif
+
+#endif /* fnmatch.h */
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/fnmatch_loop.c b/contrib/diff/lib/fnmatch_loop.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7798b59
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/fnmatch_loop.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1192 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1991,1992,1993,1996,1997,1998,1999,2000,2001,2002,2003,2004
+	Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Match STRING against the filename pattern PATTERN, returning zero if
+   it matches, nonzero if not.  */
+static int EXT (INT opt, const CHAR *pattern, const CHAR *string,
+		const CHAR *string_end, int no_leading_period, int flags)
+     internal_function;
+static const CHAR *END (const CHAR *patternp) internal_function;
+
+static int
+internal_function
+FCT (const CHAR *pattern, const CHAR *string, const CHAR *string_end,
+     int no_leading_period, int flags)
+{
+  register const CHAR *p = pattern, *n = string;
+  register UCHAR c;
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+  const char *collseq = (const char *)
+    _NL_CURRENT(LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_COLLSEQWC);
+# else
+  const UCHAR *collseq = (const UCHAR *)
+    _NL_CURRENT(LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_COLLSEQMB);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+  while ((c = *p++) != L('\0'))
+    {
+      int new_no_leading_period = 0;
+      c = FOLD (c);
+
+      switch (c)
+	{
+	case L('?'):
+	  if (__builtin_expect (flags & FNM_EXTMATCH, 0) && *p == '(')
+	    {
+	      int res;
+
+	      res = EXT (c, p, n, string_end, no_leading_period,
+			 flags);
+	      if (res != -1)
+		return res;
+	    }
+
+	  if (n == string_end)
+	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
+	  else if (*n == L('/') && (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME))
+	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
+	  else if (*n == L('.') && no_leading_period)
+	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
+	  break;
+
+	case L('\\'):
+	  if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE))
+	    {
+	      c = *p++;
+	      if (c == L('\0'))
+		/* Trailing \ loses.  */
+		return FNM_NOMATCH;
+	      c = FOLD (c);
+	    }
+	  if (n == string_end || FOLD ((UCHAR) *n) != c)
+	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
+	  break;
+
+	case L('*'):
+	  if (__builtin_expect (flags & FNM_EXTMATCH, 0) && *p == '(')
+	    {
+	      int res;
+
+	      res = EXT (c, p, n, string_end, no_leading_period,
+			 flags);
+	      if (res != -1)
+		return res;
+	    }
+
+	  if (n != string_end && *n == L('.') && no_leading_period)
+	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+	  for (c = *p++; c == L('?') || c == L('*'); c = *p++)
+	    {
+	      if (*p == L('(') && (flags & FNM_EXTMATCH) != 0)
+		{
+		  const CHAR *endp = END (p);
+		  if (endp != p)
+		    {
+		      /* This is a pattern.  Skip over it.  */
+		      p = endp;
+		      continue;
+		    }
+		}
+
+	      if (c == L('?'))
+		{
+		  /* A ? needs to match one character.  */
+		  if (n == string_end)
+		    /* There isn't another character; no match.  */
+		    return FNM_NOMATCH;
+		  else if (*n == L('/')
+			   && __builtin_expect (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME, 0))
+		    /* A slash does not match a wildcard under
+		       FNM_FILE_NAME.  */
+		    return FNM_NOMATCH;
+		  else
+		    /* One character of the string is consumed in matching
+		       this ? wildcard, so *??? won't match if there are
+		       less than three characters.  */
+		    ++n;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  if (c == L('\0'))
+	    /* The wildcard(s) is/are the last element of the pattern.
+	       If the name is a file name and contains another slash
+	       this means it cannot match, unless the FNM_LEADING_DIR
+	       flag is set.  */
+	    {
+	      int result = (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) == 0 ? 0 : FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+	      if (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME)
+		{
+		  if (flags & FNM_LEADING_DIR)
+		    result = 0;
+		  else
+		    {
+		      if (MEMCHR (n, L('/'), string_end - n) == NULL)
+			result = 0;
+		    }
+		}
+
+	      return result;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      const CHAR *endp;
+
+	      endp = MEMCHR (n, (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) ? L('/') : L('\0'),
+			     string_end - n);
+	      if (endp == NULL)
+		endp = string_end;
+
+	      if (c == L('[')
+		  || (__builtin_expect (flags & FNM_EXTMATCH, 0) != 0
+		      && (c == L('@') || c == L('+') || c == L('!'))
+		      && *p == L('(')))
+		{
+		  int flags2 = ((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME)
+				? flags : (flags & ~FNM_PERIOD));
+		  int no_leading_period2 = no_leading_period;
+
+		  for (--p; n < endp; ++n, no_leading_period2 = 0)
+		    if (FCT (p, n, string_end, no_leading_period2, flags2)
+			== 0)
+		      return 0;
+		}
+	      else if (c == L('/') && (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME))
+		{
+		  while (n < string_end && *n != L('/'))
+		    ++n;
+		  if (n < string_end && *n == L('/')
+		      && (FCT (p, n + 1, string_end, flags & FNM_PERIOD, flags)
+			  == 0))
+		    return 0;
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  int flags2 = ((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME)
+				? flags : (flags & ~FNM_PERIOD));
+		  int no_leading_period2 = no_leading_period;
+
+		  if (c == L('\\') && !(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE))
+		    c = *p;
+		  c = FOLD (c);
+		  for (--p; n < endp; ++n, no_leading_period2 = 0)
+		    if (FOLD ((UCHAR) *n) == c
+			&& (FCT (p, n, string_end, no_leading_period2, flags2)
+			    == 0))
+		      return 0;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  /* If we come here no match is possible with the wildcard.  */
+	  return FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+	case L('['):
+	  {
+	    /* Nonzero if the sense of the character class is inverted.  */
+	    register int not;
+	    CHAR cold;
+	    UCHAR fn;
+
+	    if (posixly_correct == 0)
+	      posixly_correct = getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT") != NULL ? 1 : -1;
+
+	    if (n == string_end)
+	      return FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+	    if (*n == L('.') && no_leading_period)
+	      return FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+	    if (*n == L('/') && (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME))
+	      /* `/' cannot be matched.  */
+	      return FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+	    not = (*p == L('!') || (posixly_correct < 0 && *p == L('^')));
+	    if (not)
+	      ++p;
+
+	    fn = FOLD ((UCHAR) *n);
+
+	    c = *p++;
+	    for (;;)
+	      {
+		if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && c == L('\\'))
+		  {
+		    if (*p == L('\0'))
+		      return FNM_NOMATCH;
+		    c = FOLD ((UCHAR) *p);
+		    ++p;
+
+		    if (c == fn)
+		      goto matched;
+		  }
+		else if (c == L('[') && *p == L(':'))
+		  {
+		    /* Leave room for the null.  */
+		    CHAR str[CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH + 1];
+		    size_t c1 = 0;
+#if defined _LIBC || WIDE_CHAR_SUPPORT
+		    wctype_t wt;
+#endif
+		    const CHAR *startp = p;
+
+		    for (;;)
+		      {
+			if (c1 == CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH)
+			  /* The name is too long and therefore the pattern
+			     is ill-formed.  */
+			  return FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+			c = *++p;
+			if (c == L(':') && p[1] == L(']'))
+			  {
+			    p += 2;
+			    break;
+			  }
+			if (c < L('a') || c >= L('z'))
+			  {
+			    /* This cannot possibly be a character class name.
+			       Match it as a normal range.  */
+			    p = startp;
+			    c = L('[');
+			    goto normal_bracket;
+			  }
+			str[c1++] = c;
+		      }
+		    str[c1] = L('\0');
+
+#if defined _LIBC || WIDE_CHAR_SUPPORT
+		    wt = IS_CHAR_CLASS (str);
+		    if (wt == 0)
+		      /* Invalid character class name.  */
+		      return FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+# if defined _LIBC && ! WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+		    /* The following code is glibc specific but does
+		       there a good job in speeding up the code since
+		       we can avoid the btowc() call.  */
+		    if (_ISCTYPE ((UCHAR) *n, wt))
+		      goto matched;
+# else
+		    if (ISWCTYPE (BTOWC ((UCHAR) *n), wt))
+		      goto matched;
+# endif
+#else
+		    if ((STREQ (str, L("alnum")) && ISALNUM ((UCHAR) *n))
+			|| (STREQ (str, L("alpha")) && ISALPHA ((UCHAR) *n))
+			|| (STREQ (str, L("blank")) && ISBLANK ((UCHAR) *n))
+			|| (STREQ (str, L("cntrl")) && ISCNTRL ((UCHAR) *n))
+			|| (STREQ (str, L("digit")) && ISDIGIT ((UCHAR) *n))
+			|| (STREQ (str, L("graph")) && ISGRAPH ((UCHAR) *n))
+			|| (STREQ (str, L("lower")) && ISLOWER ((UCHAR) *n))
+			|| (STREQ (str, L("print")) && ISPRINT ((UCHAR) *n))
+			|| (STREQ (str, L("punct")) && ISPUNCT ((UCHAR) *n))
+			|| (STREQ (str, L("space")) && ISSPACE ((UCHAR) *n))
+			|| (STREQ (str, L("upper")) && ISUPPER ((UCHAR) *n))
+			|| (STREQ (str, L("xdigit")) && ISXDIGIT ((UCHAR) *n)))
+		      goto matched;
+#endif
+		    c = *p++;
+		  }
+#ifdef _LIBC
+		else if (c == L('[') && *p == L('='))
+		  {
+		    UCHAR str[1];
+		    uint32_t nrules =
+		      _NL_CURRENT_WORD (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_NRULES);
+		    const CHAR *startp = p;
+
+		    c = *++p;
+		    if (c == L('\0'))
+		      {
+			p = startp;
+			c = L('[');
+			goto normal_bracket;
+		      }
+		    str[0] = c;
+
+		    c = *++p;
+		    if (c != L('=') || p[1] != L(']'))
+		      {
+			p = startp;
+			c = L('[');
+			goto normal_bracket;
+		      }
+		    p += 2;
+
+		    if (nrules == 0)
+		      {
+			if ((UCHAR) *n == str[0])
+			  goto matched;
+		      }
+		    else
+		      {
+			const int32_t *table;
+# if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+			const int32_t *weights;
+			const int32_t *extra;
+# else
+			const unsigned char *weights;
+			const unsigned char *extra;
+# endif
+			const int32_t *indirect;
+			int32_t idx;
+			const UCHAR *cp = (const UCHAR *) str;
+
+			/* This #include defines a local function!  */
+# if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+#  include <locale/weightwc.h>
+# else
+#  include <locale/weight.h>
+# endif
+
+# if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+			table = (const int32_t *)
+			  _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_TABLEWC);
+			weights = (const int32_t *)
+			  _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_WEIGHTWC);
+			extra = (const int32_t *)
+			  _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_EXTRAWC);
+			indirect = (const int32_t *)
+			  _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_INDIRECTWC);
+# else
+			table = (const int32_t *)
+			  _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_TABLEMB);
+			weights = (const unsigned char *)
+			  _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_WEIGHTMB);
+			extra = (const unsigned char *)
+			  _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_EXTRAMB);
+			indirect = (const int32_t *)
+			  _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_INDIRECTMB);
+# endif
+
+			idx = findidx (&cp);
+			if (idx != 0)
+			  {
+			    /* We found a table entry.  Now see whether the
+			       character we are currently at has the same
+			       equivalance class value.  */
+			    int len = weights[idx];
+			    int32_t idx2;
+			    const UCHAR *np = (const UCHAR *) n;
+
+			    idx2 = findidx (&np);
+			    if (idx2 != 0 && len == weights[idx2])
+			      {
+				int cnt = 0;
+
+				while (cnt < len
+				       && (weights[idx + 1 + cnt]
+					   == weights[idx2 + 1 + cnt]))
+				  ++cnt;
+
+				if (cnt == len)
+				  goto matched;
+			      }
+			  }
+		      }
+
+		    c = *p++;
+		  }
+#endif
+		else if (c == L('\0'))
+		  /* [ (unterminated) loses.  */
+		  return FNM_NOMATCH;
+		else
+		  {
+		    int is_range = 0;
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+		    int is_seqval = 0;
+
+		    if (c == L('[') && *p == L('.'))
+		      {
+			uint32_t nrules =
+			  _NL_CURRENT_WORD (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_NRULES);
+			const CHAR *startp = p;
+			size_t c1 = 0;
+
+			while (1)
+			  {
+			    c = *++p;
+			    if (c == L('.') && p[1] == L(']'))
+			      {
+				p += 2;
+				break;
+			      }
+			    if (c == '\0')
+			      return FNM_NOMATCH;
+			    ++c1;
+			  }
+
+			/* We have to handling the symbols differently in
+			   ranges since then the collation sequence is
+			   important.  */
+			is_range = *p == L('-') && p[1] != L('\0');
+
+			if (nrules == 0)
+			  {
+			    /* There are no names defined in the collation
+			       data.  Therefore we only accept the trivial
+			       names consisting of the character itself.  */
+			    if (c1 != 1)
+			      return FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+			    if (!is_range && *n == startp[1])
+			      goto matched;
+
+			    cold = startp[1];
+			    c = *p++;
+			  }
+			else
+			  {
+			    int32_t table_size;
+			    const int32_t *symb_table;
+# ifdef WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+			    char str[c1];
+			    unsigned int strcnt;
+# else
+#  define str (startp + 1)
+# endif
+			    const unsigned char *extra;
+			    int32_t idx;
+			    int32_t elem;
+			    int32_t second;
+			    int32_t hash;
+
+# ifdef WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+			    /* We have to convert the name to a single-byte
+			       string.  This is possible since the names
+			       consist of ASCII characters and the internal
+			       representation is UCS4.  */
+			    for (strcnt = 0; strcnt < c1; ++strcnt)
+			      str[strcnt] = startp[1 + strcnt];
+# endif
+
+			    table_size =
+			      _NL_CURRENT_WORD (LC_COLLATE,
+						_NL_COLLATE_SYMB_HASH_SIZEMB);
+			    symb_table = (const int32_t *)
+			      _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE,
+					   _NL_COLLATE_SYMB_TABLEMB);
+			    extra = (const unsigned char *)
+			      _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE,
+					   _NL_COLLATE_SYMB_EXTRAMB);
+
+			    /* Locate the character in the hashing table.  */
+			    hash = elem_hash (str, c1);
+
+			    idx = 0;
+			    elem = hash % table_size;
+			    second = hash % (table_size - 2);
+			    while (symb_table[2 * elem] != 0)
+			      {
+				/* First compare the hashing value.  */
+				if (symb_table[2 * elem] == hash
+				    && c1 == extra[symb_table[2 * elem + 1]]
+				    && memcmp (str,
+					       &extra[symb_table[2 * elem + 1]
+						     + 1], c1) == 0)
+				  {
+				    /* Yep, this is the entry.  */
+				    idx = symb_table[2 * elem + 1];
+				    idx += 1 + extra[idx];
+				    break;
+				  }
+
+				/* Next entry.  */
+				elem += second;
+			      }
+
+			    if (symb_table[2 * elem] != 0)
+			      {
+				/* Compare the byte sequence but only if
+				   this is not part of a range.  */
+# ifdef WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+				int32_t *wextra;
+
+				idx += 1 + extra[idx];
+				/* Adjust for the alignment.  */
+				idx = (idx + 3) & ~3;
+
+				wextra = (int32_t *) &extra[idx + 4];
+# endif
+
+				if (! is_range)
+				  {
+# ifdef WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+				    for (c1 = 0;
+					 (int32_t) c1 < wextra[idx];
+					 ++c1)
+				      if (n[c1] != wextra[1 + c1])
+					break;
+
+				    if ((int32_t) c1 == wextra[idx])
+				      goto matched;
+# else
+				    for (c1 = 0; c1 < extra[idx]; ++c1)
+				      if (n[c1] != extra[1 + c1])
+					break;
+
+				    if (c1 == extra[idx])
+				      goto matched;
+# endif
+				  }
+
+				/* Get the collation sequence value.  */
+				is_seqval = 1;
+# ifdef WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+				cold = wextra[1 + wextra[idx]];
+# else
+				/* Adjust for the alignment.  */
+				idx += 1 + extra[idx];
+				idx = (idx + 3) & ~4;
+				cold = *((int32_t *) &extra[idx]);
+# endif
+
+				c = *p++;
+			      }
+			    else if (c1 == 1)
+			      {
+				/* No valid character.  Match it as a
+				   single byte.  */
+				if (!is_range && *n == str[0])
+				  goto matched;
+
+				cold = str[0];
+				c = *p++;
+			      }
+			    else
+			      return FNM_NOMATCH;
+			  }
+		      }
+		    else
+# undef str
+#endif
+		      {
+			c = FOLD (c);
+		      normal_bracket:
+
+			/* We have to handling the symbols differently in
+			   ranges since then the collation sequence is
+			   important.  */
+			is_range = (*p == L('-') && p[1] != L('\0')
+				    && p[1] != L(']'));
+
+			if (!is_range && c == fn)
+			  goto matched;
+
+			cold = c;
+			c = *p++;
+		      }
+
+		    if (c == L('-') && *p != L(']'))
+		      {
+#if _LIBC
+			/* We have to find the collation sequence
+			   value for C.  Collation sequence is nothing
+			   we can regularly access.  The sequence
+			   value is defined by the order in which the
+			   definitions of the collation values for the
+			   various characters appear in the source
+			   file.  A strange concept, nowhere
+			   documented.  */
+			uint32_t fcollseq;
+			uint32_t lcollseq;
+			UCHAR cend = *p++;
+
+# ifdef WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+			/* Search in the `names' array for the characters.  */
+			fcollseq = __collseq_table_lookup (collseq, fn);
+			if (fcollseq == ~((uint32_t) 0))
+			  /* XXX We don't know anything about the character
+			     we are supposed to match.  This means we are
+			     failing.  */
+			  goto range_not_matched;
+
+			if (is_seqval)
+			  lcollseq = cold;
+			else
+			  lcollseq = __collseq_table_lookup (collseq, cold);
+# else
+			fcollseq = collseq[fn];
+			lcollseq = is_seqval ? cold : collseq[(UCHAR) cold];
+# endif
+
+			is_seqval = 0;
+			if (cend == L('[') && *p == L('.'))
+			  {
+			    uint32_t nrules =
+			      _NL_CURRENT_WORD (LC_COLLATE,
+						_NL_COLLATE_NRULES);
+			    const CHAR *startp = p;
+			    size_t c1 = 0;
+
+			    while (1)
+			      {
+				c = *++p;
+				if (c == L('.') && p[1] == L(']'))
+				  {
+				    p += 2;
+				    break;
+				  }
+				if (c == '\0')
+				  return FNM_NOMATCH;
+				++c1;
+			      }
+
+			    if (nrules == 0)
+			      {
+				/* There are no names defined in the
+				   collation data.  Therefore we only
+				   accept the trivial names consisting
+				   of the character itself.  */
+				if (c1 != 1)
+				  return FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+				cend = startp[1];
+			      }
+			    else
+			      {
+				int32_t table_size;
+				const int32_t *symb_table;
+# ifdef WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+				char str[c1];
+				unsigned int strcnt;
+# else
+#  define str (startp + 1)
+# endif
+				const unsigned char *extra;
+				int32_t idx;
+				int32_t elem;
+				int32_t second;
+				int32_t hash;
+
+# ifdef WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+				/* We have to convert the name to a single-byte
+				   string.  This is possible since the names
+				   consist of ASCII characters and the internal
+				   representation is UCS4.  */
+				for (strcnt = 0; strcnt < c1; ++strcnt)
+				  str[strcnt] = startp[1 + strcnt];
+# endif
+
+				table_size =
+				  _NL_CURRENT_WORD (LC_COLLATE,
+						    _NL_COLLATE_SYMB_HASH_SIZEMB);
+				symb_table = (const int32_t *)
+				  _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE,
+					       _NL_COLLATE_SYMB_TABLEMB);
+				extra = (const unsigned char *)
+				  _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE,
+					       _NL_COLLATE_SYMB_EXTRAMB);
+
+				/* Locate the character in the hashing
+                                   table.  */
+				hash = elem_hash (str, c1);
+
+				idx = 0;
+				elem = hash % table_size;
+				second = hash % (table_size - 2);
+				while (symb_table[2 * elem] != 0)
+				  {
+				/* First compare the hashing value.  */
+				    if (symb_table[2 * elem] == hash
+					&& (c1
+					    == extra[symb_table[2 * elem + 1]])
+					&& memcmp (str,
+						   &extra[symb_table[2 * elem + 1]
+							 + 1], c1) == 0)
+				      {
+					/* Yep, this is the entry.  */
+					idx = symb_table[2 * elem + 1];
+					idx += 1 + extra[idx];
+					break;
+				      }
+
+				    /* Next entry.  */
+				    elem += second;
+				  }
+
+				if (symb_table[2 * elem] != 0)
+				  {
+				    /* Compare the byte sequence but only if
+				       this is not part of a range.  */
+# ifdef WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+				    int32_t *wextra;
+
+				    idx += 1 + extra[idx];
+				    /* Adjust for the alignment.  */
+				    idx = (idx + 3) & ~4;
+
+				    wextra = (int32_t *) &extra[idx + 4];
+# endif
+				    /* Get the collation sequence value.  */
+				    is_seqval = 1;
+# ifdef WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+				    cend = wextra[1 + wextra[idx]];
+# else
+				    /* Adjust for the alignment.  */
+				    idx += 1 + extra[idx];
+				    idx = (idx + 3) & ~4;
+				    cend = *((int32_t *) &extra[idx]);
+# endif
+				  }
+				else if (symb_table[2 * elem] != 0 && c1 == 1)
+				  {
+				    cend = str[0];
+				    c = *p++;
+				  }
+				else
+				  return FNM_NOMATCH;
+			      }
+# undef str
+			  }
+			else
+			  {
+			    if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && cend == L('\\'))
+			      cend = *p++;
+			    if (cend == L('\0'))
+			      return FNM_NOMATCH;
+			    cend = FOLD (cend);
+			  }
+
+			/* XXX It is not entirely clear to me how to handle
+			   characters which are not mentioned in the
+			   collation specification.  */
+			if (
+# ifdef WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+			    lcollseq == 0xffffffff ||
+# endif
+			    lcollseq <= fcollseq)
+			  {
+			    /* We have to look at the upper bound.  */
+			    uint32_t hcollseq;
+
+			    if (is_seqval)
+			      hcollseq = cend;
+			    else
+			      {
+# ifdef WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+				hcollseq =
+				  __collseq_table_lookup (collseq, cend);
+				if (hcollseq == ~((uint32_t) 0))
+				  {
+				    /* Hum, no information about the upper
+				       bound.  The matching succeeds if the
+				       lower bound is matched exactly.  */
+				    if (lcollseq != fcollseq)
+				      goto range_not_matched;
+
+				    goto matched;
+				  }
+# else
+				hcollseq = collseq[cend];
+# endif
+			      }
+
+			    if (lcollseq <= hcollseq && fcollseq <= hcollseq)
+			      goto matched;
+			  }
+# ifdef WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+		      range_not_matched:
+# endif
+#else
+			/* We use a boring value comparison of the character
+			   values.  This is better than comparing using
+			   `strcoll' since the latter would have surprising
+			   and sometimes fatal consequences.  */
+			UCHAR cend = *p++;
+
+			if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && cend == L('\\'))
+			  cend = *p++;
+			if (cend == L('\0'))
+			  return FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+			/* It is a range.  */
+			if (cold <= fn && fn <= cend)
+			  goto matched;
+#endif
+
+			c = *p++;
+		      }
+		  }
+
+		if (c == L(']'))
+		  break;
+	      }
+
+	    if (!not)
+	      return FNM_NOMATCH;
+	    break;
+
+	  matched:
+	    /* Skip the rest of the [...] that already matched.  */
+	    do
+	      {
+	      ignore_next:
+		c = *p++;
+
+		if (c == L('\0'))
+		  /* [... (unterminated) loses.  */
+		  return FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+		if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && c == L('\\'))
+		  {
+		    if (*p == L('\0'))
+		      return FNM_NOMATCH;
+		    /* XXX 1003.2d11 is unclear if this is right.  */
+		    ++p;
+		  }
+		else if (c == L('[') && *p == L(':'))
+		  {
+		    int c1 = 0;
+		    const CHAR *startp = p;
+
+		    while (1)
+		      {
+			c = *++p;
+			if (++c1 == CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH)
+			  return FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+			if (*p == L(':') && p[1] == L(']'))
+			  break;
+
+			if (c < L('a') || c >= L('z'))
+			  {
+			    p = startp;
+			    goto ignore_next;
+			  }
+		      }
+		    p += 2;
+		    c = *p++;
+		  }
+		else if (c == L('[') && *p == L('='))
+		  {
+		    c = *++p;
+		    if (c == L('\0'))
+		      return FNM_NOMATCH;
+		    c = *++p;
+		    if (c != L('=') || p[1] != L(']'))
+		      return FNM_NOMATCH;
+		    p += 2;
+		    c = *p++;
+		  }
+		else if (c == L('[') && *p == L('.'))
+		  {
+		    ++p;
+		    while (1)
+		      {
+			c = *++p;
+			if (c == '\0')
+			  return FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+			if (*p == L('.') && p[1] == L(']'))
+			  break;
+		      }
+		    p += 2;
+		    c = *p++;
+		  }
+	      }
+	    while (c != L(']'));
+	    if (not)
+	      return FNM_NOMATCH;
+	  }
+	  break;
+
+	case L('+'):
+	case L('@'):
+	case L('!'):
+	  if (__builtin_expect (flags & FNM_EXTMATCH, 0) && *p == '(')
+	    {
+	      int res;
+
+	      res = EXT (c, p, n, string_end, no_leading_period, flags);
+	      if (res != -1)
+		return res;
+	    }
+	  goto normal_match;
+
+	case L('/'):
+	  if (NO_LEADING_PERIOD (flags))
+	    {
+	      if (n == string_end || c != (UCHAR) *n)
+		return FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+	      new_no_leading_period = 1;
+	      break;
+	    }
+	  /* FALLTHROUGH */
+	default:
+	normal_match:
+	  if (n == string_end || c != FOLD ((UCHAR) *n))
+	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
+	}
+
+      no_leading_period = new_no_leading_period;
+      ++n;
+    }
+
+  if (n == string_end)
+    return 0;
+
+  if ((flags & FNM_LEADING_DIR) && n != string_end && *n == L('/'))
+    /* The FNM_LEADING_DIR flag says that "foo*" matches "foobar/frobozz".  */
+    return 0;
+
+  return FNM_NOMATCH;
+}
+
+
+static const CHAR *
+internal_function
+END (const CHAR *pattern)
+{
+  const CHAR *p = pattern;
+
+  while (1)
+    if (*++p == L('\0'))
+      /* This is an invalid pattern.  */
+      return pattern;
+    else if (*p == L('['))
+      {
+	/* Handle brackets special.  */
+	if (posixly_correct == 0)
+	  posixly_correct = getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT") != NULL ? 1 : -1;
+
+	/* Skip the not sign.  We have to recognize it because of a possibly
+	   following ']'.  */
+	if (*++p == L('!') || (posixly_correct < 0 && *p == L('^')))
+	  ++p;
+	/* A leading ']' is recognized as such.  */
+	if (*p == L(']'))
+	  ++p;
+	/* Skip over all characters of the list.  */
+	while (*p != L(']'))
+	  if (*p++ == L('\0'))
+	    /* This is no valid pattern.  */
+	    return pattern;
+      }
+    else if ((*p == L('?') || *p == L('*') || *p == L('+') || *p == L('@')
+	      || *p == L('!')) && p[1] == L('('))
+      p = END (p + 1);
+    else if (*p == L(')'))
+      break;
+
+  return p + 1;
+}
+
+
+static int
+internal_function
+EXT (INT opt, const CHAR *pattern, const CHAR *string, const CHAR *string_end,
+     int no_leading_period, int flags)
+{
+  const CHAR *startp;
+  int level;
+  struct patternlist
+  {
+    struct patternlist *next;
+    CHAR str[1];
+  } *list = NULL;
+  struct patternlist **lastp = &list;
+  size_t pattern_len = STRLEN (pattern);
+  const CHAR *p;
+  const CHAR *rs;
+  enum { ALLOCA_LIMIT = 8000 };
+
+  /* Parse the pattern.  Store the individual parts in the list.  */
+  level = 0;
+  for (startp = p = pattern + 1; level >= 0; ++p)
+    if (*p == L('\0'))
+      /* This is an invalid pattern.  */
+      return -1;
+    else if (*p == L('['))
+      {
+	/* Handle brackets special.  */
+	if (posixly_correct == 0)
+	  posixly_correct = getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT") != NULL ? 1 : -1;
+
+	/* Skip the not sign.  We have to recognize it because of a possibly
+	   following ']'.  */
+	if (*++p == L('!') || (posixly_correct < 0 && *p == L('^')))
+	  ++p;
+	/* A leading ']' is recognized as such.  */
+	if (*p == L(']'))
+	  ++p;
+	/* Skip over all characters of the list.  */
+	while (*p != L(']'))
+	  if (*p++ == L('\0'))
+	    /* This is no valid pattern.  */
+	    return -1;
+      }
+    else if ((*p == L('?') || *p == L('*') || *p == L('+') || *p == L('@')
+	      || *p == L('!')) && p[1] == L('('))
+      /* Remember the nesting level.  */
+      ++level;
+    else if (*p == L(')'))
+      {
+	if (level-- == 0)
+	  {
+	    /* This means we found the end of the pattern.  */
+#define NEW_PATTERN \
+	    struct patternlist *newp;					      \
+	    size_t plen;						      \
+	    size_t plensize;						      \
+	    size_t newpsize;						      \
+									      \
+	    plen = (opt == L('?') || opt == L('@')			      \
+		    ? pattern_len					      \
+		    : p - startp + 1);					      \
+	    plensize = plen * sizeof (CHAR);				      \
+	    newpsize = offsetof (struct patternlist, str) + plensize;	      \
+	    if ((size_t) -1 / sizeof (CHAR) < plen			      \
+		|| newpsize < offsetof (struct patternlist, str)	      \
+		|| ALLOCA_LIMIT <= newpsize)				      \
+	      return -1;						      \
+	    newp = (struct patternlist *) alloca (newpsize);		      \
+	    *((CHAR *) MEMPCPY (newp->str, startp, p - startp)) = L('\0');    \
+	    newp->next = NULL;						      \
+	    *lastp = newp;						      \
+	    lastp = &newp->next
+	    NEW_PATTERN;
+	  }
+      }
+    else if (*p == L('|'))
+      {
+	if (level == 0)
+	  {
+	    NEW_PATTERN;
+	    startp = p + 1;
+	  }
+      }
+  assert (list != NULL);
+  assert (p[-1] == L(')'));
+#undef NEW_PATTERN
+
+  switch (opt)
+    {
+    case L('*'):
+      if (FCT (p, string, string_end, no_leading_period, flags) == 0)
+	return 0;
+      /* FALLTHROUGH */
+
+    case L('+'):
+      do
+	{
+	  for (rs = string; rs <= string_end; ++rs)
+	    /* First match the prefix with the current pattern with the
+	       current pattern.  */
+	    if (FCT (list->str, string, rs, no_leading_period,
+		     flags & FNM_FILE_NAME ? flags : flags & ~FNM_PERIOD) == 0
+		/* This was successful.  Now match the rest with the rest
+		   of the pattern.  */
+		&& (FCT (p, rs, string_end,
+			 rs == string
+			 ? no_leading_period
+			 : rs[-1] == '/' && NO_LEADING_PERIOD (flags) ? 1 : 0,
+			 flags & FNM_FILE_NAME
+			 ? flags : flags & ~FNM_PERIOD) == 0
+		    /* This didn't work.  Try the whole pattern.  */
+		    || (rs != string
+			&& FCT (pattern - 1, rs, string_end,
+				rs == string
+				? no_leading_period
+				: (rs[-1] == '/' && NO_LEADING_PERIOD (flags)
+				   ? 1 : 0),
+				flags & FNM_FILE_NAME
+				? flags : flags & ~FNM_PERIOD) == 0)))
+	      /* It worked.  Signal success.  */
+	      return 0;
+	}
+      while ((list = list->next) != NULL);
+
+      /* None of the patterns lead to a match.  */
+      return FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+    case L('?'):
+      if (FCT (p, string, string_end, no_leading_period, flags) == 0)
+	return 0;
+      /* FALLTHROUGH */
+
+    case L('@'):
+      do
+	/* I cannot believe it but `strcat' is actually acceptable
+	   here.  Match the entire string with the prefix from the
+	   pattern list and the rest of the pattern following the
+	   pattern list.  */
+	if (FCT (STRCAT (list->str, p), string, string_end,
+		 no_leading_period,
+		 flags & FNM_FILE_NAME ? flags : flags & ~FNM_PERIOD) == 0)
+	  /* It worked.  Signal success.  */
+	  return 0;
+      while ((list = list->next) != NULL);
+
+      /* None of the patterns lead to a match.  */
+      return FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+    case L('!'):
+      for (rs = string; rs <= string_end; ++rs)
+	{
+	  struct patternlist *runp;
+
+	  for (runp = list; runp != NULL; runp = runp->next)
+	    if (FCT (runp->str, string, rs,  no_leading_period,
+		     flags & FNM_FILE_NAME ? flags : flags & ~FNM_PERIOD) == 0)
+	      break;
+
+	  /* If none of the patterns matched see whether the rest does.  */
+	  if (runp == NULL
+	      && (FCT (p, rs, string_end,
+		       rs == string
+		       ? no_leading_period
+		       : rs[-1] == '/' && NO_LEADING_PERIOD (flags) ? 1 : 0,
+		       flags & FNM_FILE_NAME ? flags : flags & ~FNM_PERIOD)
+		  == 0))
+	    /* This is successful.  */
+	    return 0;
+	}
+
+      /* None of the patterns together with the rest of the pattern
+	 lead to a match.  */
+      return FNM_NOMATCH;
+
+    default:
+      assert (! "Invalid extended matching operator");
+      break;
+    }
+
+  return -1;
+}
+
+
+#undef FOLD
+#undef CHAR
+#undef UCHAR
+#undef INT
+#undef FCT
+#undef EXT
+#undef END
+#undef MEMPCPY
+#undef MEMCHR
+#undef STRCOLL
+#undef STRLEN
+#undef STRCAT
+#undef L
+#undef BTOWC
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/getopt.c b/contrib/diff/lib/getopt.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8f017f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/getopt.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1254 @@
+/* Getopt for GNU.
+   NOTE: getopt is now part of the C library, so if you don't know what
+   "Keep this file name-space clean" means, talk to drepper@gnu.org
+   before changing it!
+   Copyright (C) 1987,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,95,96,98,99,2000,2001,2002,2003,2004
+   	Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* This tells Alpha OSF/1 not to define a getopt prototype in <stdio.h>.
+   Ditto for AIX 3.2 and <stdlib.h>.  */
+#ifndef _NO_PROTO
+# define _NO_PROTO
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not
+   actually compiling the library itself.  This code is part of the GNU C
+   Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions.  Compiling
+   and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library
+   (especially if it is a shared library).  Rather than having every GNU
+   program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files,
+   it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file.  */
+
+#define GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION 2
+#if !defined _LIBC && defined __GLIBC__ && __GLIBC__ >= 2
+# include <gnu-versions.h>
+# if _GNU_GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION == GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION
+#  define ELIDE_CODE
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ELIDE_CODE
+
+
+/* This needs to come after some library #include
+   to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined.  */
+#ifdef	__GNU_LIBRARY__
+/* Don't include stdlib.h for non-GNU C libraries because some of them
+   contain conflicting prototypes for getopt.  */
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif	/* GNU C library.  */
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+#ifdef VMS
+# include <unixlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "gettext.h"
+# define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
+#endif
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+# include <wchar.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef attribute_hidden
+# define attribute_hidden
+#endif
+
+/* This version of `getopt' appears to the caller like standard Unix `getopt'
+   but it behaves differently for the user, since it allows the user
+   to intersperse the options with the other arguments.
+
+   As `getopt' works, it permutes the elements of ARGV so that,
+   when it is done, all the options precede everything else.  Thus
+   all application programs are extended to handle flexible argument order.
+
+   Setting the environment variable POSIXLY_CORRECT disables permutation.
+   Then the behavior is completely standard.
+
+   GNU application programs can use a third alternative mode in which
+   they can distinguish the relative order of options and other arguments.  */
+
+#include "getopt.h"
+#include "getopt_int.h"
+
+/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller.
+   When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument,
+   the argument value is returned here.
+   Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
+   each non-option ARGV-element is returned here.  */
+
+char *optarg;
+
+/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned.
+   This is used for communication to and from the caller
+   and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'.
+
+   On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
+
+   When `getopt' returns -1, this is the index of the first of the
+   non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.
+
+   Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next
+   how much of ARGV has been scanned so far.  */
+
+/* 1003.2 says this must be 1 before any call.  */
+int optind = 1;
+
+/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message
+   for unrecognized options.  */
+
+int opterr = 1;
+
+/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized.
+   This must be initialized on some systems to avoid linking in the
+   system's own getopt implementation.  */
+
+int optopt = '?';
+
+/* Keep a global copy of all internal members of getopt_data.  */
+
+static struct _getopt_data getopt_data;
+
+
+#ifndef __GNU_LIBRARY__
+
+/* Avoid depending on library functions or files
+   whose names are inconsistent.  */
+
+#ifndef getenv
+extern char *getenv ();
+#endif
+
+#endif /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Stored original parameters.
+   XXX This is no good solution.  We should rather copy the args so
+   that we can compare them later.  But we must not use malloc(3).  */
+extern int __libc_argc;
+extern char **__libc_argv;
+
+/* Bash 2.0 gives us an environment variable containing flags
+   indicating ARGV elements that should not be considered arguments.  */
+
+# ifdef USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS
+/* Defined in getopt_init.c  */
+extern char *__getopt_nonoption_flags;
+# endif
+
+# ifdef USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS
+#  define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2) \
+  if (d->__nonoption_flags_len > 0)					      \
+    {									      \
+      char __tmp = __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch1];			      \
+      __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch1] = __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch2];	      \
+      __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch2] = __tmp;				      \
+    }
+# else
+#  define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2)
+# endif
+#else	/* !_LIBC */
+# define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2)
+#endif	/* _LIBC */
+
+/* Exchange two adjacent subsequences of ARGV.
+   One subsequence is elements [first_nonopt,last_nonopt)
+   which contains all the non-options that have been skipped so far.
+   The other is elements [last_nonopt,optind), which contains all
+   the options processed since those non-options were skipped.
+
+   `first_nonopt' and `last_nonopt' are relocated so that they describe
+   the new indices of the non-options in ARGV after they are moved.  */
+
+static void
+exchange (char **argv, struct _getopt_data *d)
+{
+  int bottom = d->__first_nonopt;
+  int middle = d->__last_nonopt;
+  int top = d->optind;
+  char *tem;
+
+  /* Exchange the shorter segment with the far end of the longer segment.
+     That puts the shorter segment into the right place.
+     It leaves the longer segment in the right place overall,
+     but it consists of two parts that need to be swapped next.  */
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS
+  /* First make sure the handling of the `__getopt_nonoption_flags'
+     string can work normally.  Our top argument must be in the range
+     of the string.  */
+  if (d->__nonoption_flags_len > 0 && top >= d->__nonoption_flags_max_len)
+    {
+      /* We must extend the array.  The user plays games with us and
+	 presents new arguments.  */
+      char *new_str = malloc (top + 1);
+      if (new_str == NULL)
+	d->__nonoption_flags_len = d->__nonoption_flags_max_len = 0;
+      else
+	{
+	  memset (__mempcpy (new_str, __getopt_nonoption_flags,
+			     d->__nonoption_flags_max_len),
+		  '\0', top + 1 - d->__nonoption_flags_max_len);
+	  d->__nonoption_flags_max_len = top + 1;
+	  __getopt_nonoption_flags = new_str;
+	}
+    }
+#endif
+
+  while (top > middle && middle > bottom)
+    {
+      if (top - middle > middle - bottom)
+	{
+	  /* Bottom segment is the short one.  */
+	  int len = middle - bottom;
+	  register int i;
+
+	  /* Swap it with the top part of the top segment.  */
+	  for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+	    {
+	      tem = argv[bottom + i];
+	      argv[bottom + i] = argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i];
+	      argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i] = tem;
+	      SWAP_FLAGS (bottom + i, top - (middle - bottom) + i);
+	    }
+	  /* Exclude the moved bottom segment from further swapping.  */
+	  top -= len;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Top segment is the short one.  */
+	  int len = top - middle;
+	  register int i;
+
+	  /* Swap it with the bottom part of the bottom segment.  */
+	  for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+	    {
+	      tem = argv[bottom + i];
+	      argv[bottom + i] = argv[middle + i];
+	      argv[middle + i] = tem;
+	      SWAP_FLAGS (bottom + i, middle + i);
+	    }
+	  /* Exclude the moved top segment from further swapping.  */
+	  bottom += len;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Update records for the slots the non-options now occupy.  */
+
+  d->__first_nonopt += (d->optind - d->__last_nonopt);
+  d->__last_nonopt = d->optind;
+}
+
+/* Initialize the internal data when the first call is made.  */
+
+static const char *
+_getopt_initialize (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *optstring,
+		    struct _getopt_data *d)
+{
+  /* Start processing options with ARGV-element 1 (since ARGV-element 0
+     is the program name); the sequence of previously skipped
+     non-option ARGV-elements is empty.  */
+
+  d->__first_nonopt = d->__last_nonopt = d->optind;
+
+  d->__nextchar = NULL;
+
+  d->__posixly_correct = !!getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT");
+
+  /* Determine how to handle the ordering of options and nonoptions.  */
+
+  if (optstring[0] == '-')
+    {
+      d->__ordering = RETURN_IN_ORDER;
+      ++optstring;
+    }
+  else if (optstring[0] == '+')
+    {
+      d->__ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER;
+      ++optstring;
+    }
+  else if (d->__posixly_correct)
+    d->__ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER;
+  else
+    d->__ordering = PERMUTE;
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS
+  if (!d->__posixly_correct
+      && argc == __libc_argc && argv == __libc_argv)
+    {
+      if (d->__nonoption_flags_max_len == 0)
+	{
+	  if (__getopt_nonoption_flags == NULL
+	      || __getopt_nonoption_flags[0] == '\0')
+	    d->__nonoption_flags_max_len = -1;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      const char *orig_str = __getopt_nonoption_flags;
+	      int len = d->__nonoption_flags_max_len = strlen (orig_str);
+	      if (d->__nonoption_flags_max_len < argc)
+		d->__nonoption_flags_max_len = argc;
+	      __getopt_nonoption_flags =
+		(char *) malloc (d->__nonoption_flags_max_len);
+	      if (__getopt_nonoption_flags == NULL)
+		d->__nonoption_flags_max_len = -1;
+	      else
+		memset (__mempcpy (__getopt_nonoption_flags, orig_str, len),
+			'\0', d->__nonoption_flags_max_len - len);
+	    }
+	}
+      d->__nonoption_flags_len = d->__nonoption_flags_max_len;
+    }
+  else
+    d->__nonoption_flags_len = 0;
+#endif
+
+  return optstring;
+}
+
+/* Scan elements of ARGV (whose length is ARGC) for option characters
+   given in OPTSTRING.
+
+   If an element of ARGV starts with '-', and is not exactly "-" or "--",
+   then it is an option element.  The characters of this element
+   (aside from the initial '-') are option characters.  If `getopt'
+   is called repeatedly, it returns successively each of the option characters
+   from each of the option elements.
+
+   If `getopt' finds another option character, it returns that character,
+   updating `optind' and `nextchar' so that the next call to `getopt' can
+   resume the scan with the following option character or ARGV-element.
+
+   If there are no more option characters, `getopt' returns -1.
+   Then `optind' is the index in ARGV of the first ARGV-element
+   that is not an option.  (The ARGV-elements have been permuted
+   so that those that are not options now come last.)
+
+   OPTSTRING is a string containing the legitimate option characters.
+   If an option character is seen that is not listed in OPTSTRING,
+   return '?' after printing an error message.  If you set `opterr' to
+   zero, the error message is suppressed but we still return '?'.
+
+   If a char in OPTSTRING is followed by a colon, that means it wants an arg,
+   so the following text in the same ARGV-element, or the text of the following
+   ARGV-element, is returned in `optarg'.  Two colons mean an option that
+   wants an optional arg; if there is text in the current ARGV-element,
+   it is returned in `optarg', otherwise `optarg' is set to zero.
+
+   If OPTSTRING starts with `-' or `+', it requests different methods of
+   handling the non-option ARGV-elements.
+   See the comments about RETURN_IN_ORDER and REQUIRE_ORDER, above.
+
+   Long-named options begin with `--' instead of `-'.
+   Their names may be abbreviated as long as the abbreviation is unique
+   or is an exact match for some defined option.  If they have an
+   argument, it follows the option name in the same ARGV-element, separated
+   from the option name by a `=', or else the in next ARGV-element.
+   When `getopt' finds a long-named option, it returns 0 if that option's
+   `flag' field is nonzero, the value of the option's `val' field
+   if the `flag' field is zero.
+
+   The elements of ARGV aren't really const, because we permute them.
+   But we pretend they're const in the prototype to be compatible
+   with other systems.
+
+   LONGOPTS is a vector of `struct option' terminated by an
+   element containing a name which is zero.
+
+   LONGIND returns the index in LONGOPT of the long-named option found.
+   It is only valid when a long-named option has been found by the most
+   recent call.
+
+   If LONG_ONLY is nonzero, '-' as well as '--' can introduce
+   long-named options.  */
+
+int
+_getopt_internal_r (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *optstring,
+		    const struct option *longopts, int *longind,
+		    int long_only, struct _getopt_data *d)
+{
+  int print_errors = d->opterr;
+  if (optstring[0] == ':')
+    print_errors = 0;
+
+  if (argc < 1)
+    return -1;
+
+  d->optarg = NULL;
+
+  if (d->optind == 0 || !d->__initialized)
+    {
+      if (d->optind == 0)
+	d->optind = 1;	/* Don't scan ARGV[0], the program name.  */
+      optstring = _getopt_initialize (argc, argv, optstring, d);
+      d->__initialized = 1;
+    }
+
+  /* Test whether ARGV[optind] points to a non-option argument.
+     Either it does not have option syntax, or there is an environment flag
+     from the shell indicating it is not an option.  The later information
+     is only used when the used in the GNU libc.  */
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS
+# define NONOPTION_P (argv[d->optind][0] != '-' || argv[d->optind][1] == '\0' \
+		      || (d->optind < d->__nonoption_flags_len		      \
+			  && __getopt_nonoption_flags[d->optind] == '1'))
+#else
+# define NONOPTION_P (argv[d->optind][0] != '-' || argv[d->optind][1] == '\0')
+#endif
+
+  if (d->__nextchar == NULL || *d->__nextchar == '\0')
+    {
+      /* Advance to the next ARGV-element.  */
+
+      /* Give FIRST_NONOPT & LAST_NONOPT rational values if OPTIND has been
+	 moved back by the user (who may also have changed the arguments).  */
+      if (d->__last_nonopt > d->optind)
+	d->__last_nonopt = d->optind;
+      if (d->__first_nonopt > d->optind)
+	d->__first_nonopt = d->optind;
+
+      if (d->__ordering == PERMUTE)
+	{
+	  /* If we have just processed some options following some non-options,
+	     exchange them so that the options come first.  */
+
+	  if (d->__first_nonopt != d->__last_nonopt
+	      && d->__last_nonopt != d->optind)
+	    exchange ((char **) argv, d);
+	  else if (d->__last_nonopt != d->optind)
+	    d->__first_nonopt = d->optind;
+
+	  /* Skip any additional non-options
+	     and extend the range of non-options previously skipped.  */
+
+	  while (d->optind < argc && NONOPTION_P)
+	    d->optind++;
+	  d->__last_nonopt = d->optind;
+	}
+
+      /* The special ARGV-element `--' means premature end of options.
+	 Skip it like a null option,
+	 then exchange with previous non-options as if it were an option,
+	 then skip everything else like a non-option.  */
+
+      if (d->optind != argc && !strcmp (argv[d->optind], "--"))
+	{
+	  d->optind++;
+
+	  if (d->__first_nonopt != d->__last_nonopt
+	      && d->__last_nonopt != d->optind)
+	    exchange ((char **) argv, d);
+	  else if (d->__first_nonopt == d->__last_nonopt)
+	    d->__first_nonopt = d->optind;
+	  d->__last_nonopt = argc;
+
+	  d->optind = argc;
+	}
+
+      /* If we have done all the ARGV-elements, stop the scan
+	 and back over any non-options that we skipped and permuted.  */
+
+      if (d->optind == argc)
+	{
+	  /* Set the next-arg-index to point at the non-options
+	     that we previously skipped, so the caller will digest them.  */
+	  if (d->__first_nonopt != d->__last_nonopt)
+	    d->optind = d->__first_nonopt;
+	  return -1;
+	}
+
+      /* If we have come to a non-option and did not permute it,
+	 either stop the scan or describe it to the caller and pass it by.  */
+
+      if (NONOPTION_P)
+	{
+	  if (d->__ordering == REQUIRE_ORDER)
+	    return -1;
+	  d->optarg = argv[d->optind++];
+	  return 1;
+	}
+
+      /* We have found another option-ARGV-element.
+	 Skip the initial punctuation.  */
+
+      d->__nextchar = (argv[d->optind] + 1
+		  + (longopts != NULL && argv[d->optind][1] == '-'));
+    }
+
+  /* Decode the current option-ARGV-element.  */
+
+  /* Check whether the ARGV-element is a long option.
+
+     If long_only and the ARGV-element has the form "-f", where f is
+     a valid short option, don't consider it an abbreviated form of
+     a long option that starts with f.  Otherwise there would be no
+     way to give the -f short option.
+
+     On the other hand, if there's a long option "fubar" and
+     the ARGV-element is "-fu", do consider that an abbreviation of
+     the long option, just like "--fu", and not "-f" with arg "u".
+
+     This distinction seems to be the most useful approach.  */
+
+  if (longopts != NULL
+      && (argv[d->optind][1] == '-'
+	  || (long_only && (argv[d->optind][2]
+			    || !strchr (optstring, argv[d->optind][1])))))
+    {
+      char *nameend;
+      const struct option *p;
+      const struct option *pfound = NULL;
+      int exact = 0;
+      int ambig = 0;
+      int indfound = -1;
+      int option_index;
+
+      for (nameend = d->__nextchar; *nameend && *nameend != '='; nameend++)
+	/* Do nothing.  */ ;
+
+      /* Test all long options for either exact match
+	 or abbreviated matches.  */
+      for (p = longopts, option_index = 0; p->name; p++, option_index++)
+	if (!strncmp (p->name, d->__nextchar, nameend - d->__nextchar))
+	  {
+	    if ((unsigned int) (nameend - d->__nextchar)
+		== (unsigned int) strlen (p->name))
+	      {
+		/* Exact match found.  */
+		pfound = p;
+		indfound = option_index;
+		exact = 1;
+		break;
+	      }
+	    else if (pfound == NULL)
+	      {
+		/* First nonexact match found.  */
+		pfound = p;
+		indfound = option_index;
+	      }
+	    else if (long_only
+		     || pfound->has_arg != p->has_arg
+		     || pfound->flag != p->flag
+		     || pfound->val != p->val)
+	      /* Second or later nonexact match found.  */
+	      ambig = 1;
+	  }
+
+      if (ambig && !exact)
+	{
+	  if (print_errors)
+	    {
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+	      char *buf;
+
+	      if (__asprintf (&buf, _("%s: option `%s' is ambiguous\n"),
+			      argv[0], argv[d->optind]) >= 0)
+		{
+		  _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+
+		  int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2;
+		  ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL;
+
+		  if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+		    __fwprintf (stderr, L"%s", buf);
+		  else
+		    fputs (buf, stderr);
+
+		  ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2;
+		  _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+
+		  free (buf);
+		}
+#else
+	      fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option `%s' is ambiguous\n"),
+		       argv[0], argv[d->optind]);
+#endif
+	    }
+	  d->__nextchar += strlen (d->__nextchar);
+	  d->optind++;
+	  d->optopt = 0;
+	  return '?';
+	}
+
+      if (pfound != NULL)
+	{
+	  option_index = indfound;
+	  d->optind++;
+	  if (*nameend)
+	    {
+	      /* Don't test has_arg with >, because some C compilers don't
+		 allow it to be used on enums.  */
+	      if (pfound->has_arg)
+		d->optarg = nameend + 1;
+	      else
+		{
+		  if (print_errors)
+		    {
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+		      char *buf;
+		      int n;
+#endif
+
+		      if (argv[d->optind - 1][1] == '-')
+			{
+			  /* --option */
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+			  n = __asprintf (&buf, _("\
+%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+					  argv[0], pfound->name);
+#else
+			  fprintf (stderr, _("\
+%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+				   argv[0], pfound->name);
+#endif
+			}
+		      else
+			{
+			  /* +option or -option */
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+			  n = __asprintf (&buf, _("\
+%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+					  argv[0], argv[d->optind - 1][0],
+					  pfound->name);
+#else
+			  fprintf (stderr, _("\
+%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+				   argv[0], argv[d->optind - 1][0],
+				   pfound->name);
+#endif
+			}
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+		      if (n >= 0)
+			{
+			  _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+
+			  int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2;
+			  ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2
+			    |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL;
+
+			  if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+			    __fwprintf (stderr, L"%s", buf);
+			  else
+			    fputs (buf, stderr);
+
+			  ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2;
+			  _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+
+			  free (buf);
+			}
+#endif
+		    }
+
+		  d->__nextchar += strlen (d->__nextchar);
+
+		  d->optopt = pfound->val;
+		  return '?';
+		}
+	    }
+	  else if (pfound->has_arg == 1)
+	    {
+	      if (d->optind < argc)
+		d->optarg = argv[d->optind++];
+	      else
+		{
+		  if (print_errors)
+		    {
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+		      char *buf;
+
+		      if (__asprintf (&buf, _("\
+%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"),
+				      argv[0], argv[d->optind - 1]) >= 0)
+			{
+			  _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+
+			  int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2;
+			  ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2
+			    |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL;
+
+			  if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+			    __fwprintf (stderr, L"%s", buf);
+			  else
+			    fputs (buf, stderr);
+
+			  ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2;
+			  _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+
+			  free (buf);
+			}
+#else
+		      fprintf (stderr,
+			       _("%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"),
+			       argv[0], argv[d->optind - 1]);
+#endif
+		    }
+		  d->__nextchar += strlen (d->__nextchar);
+		  d->optopt = pfound->val;
+		  return optstring[0] == ':' ? ':' : '?';
+		}
+	    }
+	  d->__nextchar += strlen (d->__nextchar);
+	  if (longind != NULL)
+	    *longind = option_index;
+	  if (pfound->flag)
+	    {
+	      *(pfound->flag) = pfound->val;
+	      return 0;
+	    }
+	  return pfound->val;
+	}
+
+      /* Can't find it as a long option.  If this is not getopt_long_only,
+	 or the option starts with '--' or is not a valid short
+	 option, then it's an error.
+	 Otherwise interpret it as a short option.  */
+      if (!long_only || argv[d->optind][1] == '-'
+	  || strchr (optstring, *d->__nextchar) == NULL)
+	{
+	  if (print_errors)
+	    {
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+	      char *buf;
+	      int n;
+#endif
+
+	      if (argv[d->optind][1] == '-')
+		{
+		  /* --option */
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+		  n = __asprintf (&buf, _("%s: unrecognized option `--%s'\n"),
+				  argv[0], d->__nextchar);
+#else
+		  fprintf (stderr, _("%s: unrecognized option `--%s'\n"),
+			   argv[0], d->__nextchar);
+#endif
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  /* +option or -option */
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+		  n = __asprintf (&buf, _("%s: unrecognized option `%c%s'\n"),
+				  argv[0], argv[d->optind][0], d->__nextchar);
+#else
+		  fprintf (stderr, _("%s: unrecognized option `%c%s'\n"),
+			   argv[0], argv[d->optind][0], d->__nextchar);
+#endif
+		}
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+	      if (n >= 0)
+		{
+		  _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+
+		  int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2;
+		  ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL;
+
+		  if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+		    __fwprintf (stderr, L"%s", buf);
+		  else
+		    fputs (buf, stderr);
+
+		  ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2;
+		  _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+
+		  free (buf);
+		}
+#endif
+	    }
+	  d->__nextchar = (char *) "";
+	  d->optind++;
+	  d->optopt = 0;
+	  return '?';
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Look at and handle the next short option-character.  */
+
+  {
+    char c = *d->__nextchar++;
+    char *temp = strchr (optstring, c);
+
+    /* Increment `optind' when we start to process its last character.  */
+    if (*d->__nextchar == '\0')
+      ++d->optind;
+
+    if (temp == NULL || c == ':')
+      {
+	if (print_errors)
+	  {
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+	      char *buf;
+	      int n;
+#endif
+
+	    if (d->__posixly_correct)
+	      {
+		/* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message.  */
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+		n = __asprintf (&buf, _("%s: illegal option -- %c\n"),
+				argv[0], c);
+#else
+		fprintf (stderr, _("%s: illegal option -- %c\n"), argv[0], c);
+#endif
+	      }
+	    else
+	      {
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+		n = __asprintf (&buf, _("%s: invalid option -- %c\n"),
+				argv[0], c);
+#else
+		fprintf (stderr, _("%s: invalid option -- %c\n"), argv[0], c);
+#endif
+	      }
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+	    if (n >= 0)
+	      {
+		_IO_flockfile (stderr);
+
+		int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2;
+		((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL;
+
+		if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+		  __fwprintf (stderr, L"%s", buf);
+		else
+		  fputs (buf, stderr);
+
+		((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2;
+		_IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+
+		free (buf);
+	      }
+#endif
+	  }
+	d->optopt = c;
+	return '?';
+      }
+    /* Convenience. Treat POSIX -W foo same as long option --foo */
+    if (temp[0] == 'W' && temp[1] == ';')
+      {
+	char *nameend;
+	const struct option *p;
+	const struct option *pfound = NULL;
+	int exact = 0;
+	int ambig = 0;
+	int indfound = 0;
+	int option_index;
+
+	/* This is an option that requires an argument.  */
+	if (*d->__nextchar != '\0')
+	  {
+	    d->optarg = d->__nextchar;
+	    /* If we end this ARGV-element by taking the rest as an arg,
+	       we must advance to the next element now.  */
+	    d->optind++;
+	  }
+	else if (d->optind == argc)
+	  {
+	    if (print_errors)
+	      {
+		/* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message.  */
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+		char *buf;
+
+		if (__asprintf (&buf,
+				_("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"),
+				argv[0], c) >= 0)
+		  {
+		    _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+
+		    int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2;
+		    ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL;
+
+		    if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+		      __fwprintf (stderr, L"%s", buf);
+		    else
+		      fputs (buf, stderr);
+
+		    ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2;
+		    _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+
+		    free (buf);
+		  }
+#else
+		fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"),
+			 argv[0], c);
+#endif
+	      }
+	    d->optopt = c;
+	    if (optstring[0] == ':')
+	      c = ':';
+	    else
+	      c = '?';
+	    return c;
+	  }
+	else
+	  /* We already incremented `d->optind' once;
+	     increment it again when taking next ARGV-elt as argument.  */
+	  d->optarg = argv[d->optind++];
+
+	/* optarg is now the argument, see if it's in the
+	   table of longopts.  */
+
+	for (d->__nextchar = nameend = d->optarg; *nameend && *nameend != '=';
+	     nameend++)
+	  /* Do nothing.  */ ;
+
+	/* Test all long options for either exact match
+	   or abbreviated matches.  */
+	for (p = longopts, option_index = 0; p->name; p++, option_index++)
+	  if (!strncmp (p->name, d->__nextchar, nameend - d->__nextchar))
+	    {
+	      if ((unsigned int) (nameend - d->__nextchar) == strlen (p->name))
+		{
+		  /* Exact match found.  */
+		  pfound = p;
+		  indfound = option_index;
+		  exact = 1;
+		  break;
+		}
+	      else if (pfound == NULL)
+		{
+		  /* First nonexact match found.  */
+		  pfound = p;
+		  indfound = option_index;
+		}
+	      else
+		/* Second or later nonexact match found.  */
+		ambig = 1;
+	    }
+	if (ambig && !exact)
+	  {
+	    if (print_errors)
+	      {
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+		char *buf;
+
+		if (__asprintf (&buf, _("%s: option `-W %s' is ambiguous\n"),
+				argv[0], argv[d->optind]) >= 0)
+		  {
+		    _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+
+		    int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2;
+		    ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL;
+
+		    if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+		      __fwprintf (stderr, L"%s", buf);
+		    else
+		      fputs (buf, stderr);
+
+		    ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2;
+		    _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+
+		    free (buf);
+		  }
+#else
+		fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option `-W %s' is ambiguous\n"),
+			 argv[0], argv[d->optind]);
+#endif
+	      }
+	    d->__nextchar += strlen (d->__nextchar);
+	    d->optind++;
+	    return '?';
+	  }
+	if (pfound != NULL)
+	  {
+	    option_index = indfound;
+	    if (*nameend)
+	      {
+		/* Don't test has_arg with >, because some C compilers don't
+		   allow it to be used on enums.  */
+		if (pfound->has_arg)
+		  d->optarg = nameend + 1;
+		else
+		  {
+		    if (print_errors)
+		      {
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+			char *buf;
+
+			if (__asprintf (&buf, _("\
+%s: option `-W %s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+					argv[0], pfound->name) >= 0)
+			  {
+			    _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+
+			    int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2;
+			    ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2
+			      |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL;
+
+			    if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+			      __fwprintf (stderr, L"%s", buf);
+			    else
+			      fputs (buf, stderr);
+
+			    ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2;
+			    _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+
+			    free (buf);
+			  }
+#else
+			fprintf (stderr, _("\
+%s: option `-W %s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+				 argv[0], pfound->name);
+#endif
+		      }
+
+		    d->__nextchar += strlen (d->__nextchar);
+		    return '?';
+		  }
+	      }
+	    else if (pfound->has_arg == 1)
+	      {
+		if (d->optind < argc)
+		  d->optarg = argv[d->optind++];
+		else
+		  {
+		    if (print_errors)
+		      {
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+			char *buf;
+
+			if (__asprintf (&buf, _("\
+%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"),
+					argv[0], argv[d->optind - 1]) >= 0)
+			  {
+			    _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+
+			    int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2;
+			    ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2
+			      |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL;
+
+			    if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+			      __fwprintf (stderr, L"%s", buf);
+			    else
+			      fputs (buf, stderr);
+
+			    ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2;
+			    _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+
+			    free (buf);
+			  }
+#else
+			fprintf (stderr,
+				 _("%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"),
+				 argv[0], argv[d->optind - 1]);
+#endif
+		      }
+		    d->__nextchar += strlen (d->__nextchar);
+		    return optstring[0] == ':' ? ':' : '?';
+		  }
+	      }
+	    d->__nextchar += strlen (d->__nextchar);
+	    if (longind != NULL)
+	      *longind = option_index;
+	    if (pfound->flag)
+	      {
+		*(pfound->flag) = pfound->val;
+		return 0;
+	      }
+	    return pfound->val;
+	  }
+	  d->__nextchar = NULL;
+	  return 'W';	/* Let the application handle it.   */
+      }
+    if (temp[1] == ':')
+      {
+	if (temp[2] == ':')
+	  {
+	    /* This is an option that accepts an argument optionally.  */
+	    if (*d->__nextchar != '\0')
+	      {
+		d->optarg = d->__nextchar;
+		d->optind++;
+	      }
+	    else
+	      d->optarg = NULL;
+	    d->__nextchar = NULL;
+	  }
+	else
+	  {
+	    /* This is an option that requires an argument.  */
+	    if (*d->__nextchar != '\0')
+	      {
+		d->optarg = d->__nextchar;
+		/* If we end this ARGV-element by taking the rest as an arg,
+		   we must advance to the next element now.  */
+		d->optind++;
+	      }
+	    else if (d->optind == argc)
+	      {
+		if (print_errors)
+		  {
+		    /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message.  */
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+		    char *buf;
+
+		    if (__asprintf (&buf, _("\
+%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"),
+				    argv[0], c) >= 0)
+		      {
+			_IO_flockfile (stderr);
+
+			int old_flags2 = ((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2;
+			((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 |= _IO_FLAGS2_NOTCANCEL;
+
+			if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+			  __fwprintf (stderr, L"%s", buf);
+			else
+			  fputs (buf, stderr);
+
+			((_IO_FILE *) stderr)->_flags2 = old_flags2;
+			_IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+
+			free (buf);
+		      }
+#else
+		    fprintf (stderr,
+			     _("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"),
+			     argv[0], c);
+#endif
+		  }
+		d->optopt = c;
+		if (optstring[0] == ':')
+		  c = ':';
+		else
+		  c = '?';
+	      }
+	    else
+	      /* We already incremented `optind' once;
+		 increment it again when taking next ARGV-elt as argument.  */
+	      d->optarg = argv[d->optind++];
+	    d->__nextchar = NULL;
+	  }
+      }
+    return c;
+  }
+}
+
+int
+_getopt_internal (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *optstring,
+		  const struct option *longopts, int *longind, int long_only)
+{
+  int result;
+
+  getopt_data.optind = optind;
+  getopt_data.opterr = opterr;
+
+  result = _getopt_internal_r (argc, argv, optstring, longopts,
+			       longind, long_only, &getopt_data);
+
+  optind = getopt_data.optind;
+  optarg = getopt_data.optarg;
+  optopt = getopt_data.optopt;
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+int
+getopt (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *optstring)
+{
+  return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring,
+			   (const struct option *) 0,
+			   (int *) 0,
+			   0);
+}
+
+#endif	/* Not ELIDE_CODE.  */
+
+#ifdef TEST
+
+/* Compile with -DTEST to make an executable for use in testing
+   the above definition of `getopt'.  */
+
+int
+main (int argc, char **argv)
+{
+  int c;
+  int digit_optind = 0;
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1;
+
+      c = getopt (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789");
+      if (c == -1)
+	break;
+
+      switch (c)
+	{
+	case '0':
+	case '1':
+	case '2':
+	case '3':
+	case '4':
+	case '5':
+	case '6':
+	case '7':
+	case '8':
+	case '9':
+	  if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind)
+	    printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n");
+	  digit_optind = this_option_optind;
+	  printf ("option %c\n", c);
+	  break;
+
+	case 'a':
+	  printf ("option a\n");
+	  break;
+
+	case 'b':
+	  printf ("option b\n");
+	  break;
+
+	case 'c':
+	  printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg);
+	  break;
+
+	case '?':
+	  break;
+
+	default:
+	  printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c);
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (optind < argc)
+    {
+      printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: ");
+      while (optind < argc)
+	printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]);
+      printf ("\n");
+    }
+
+  exit (0);
+}
+
+#endif /* TEST */
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/getopt.h b/contrib/diff/lib/getopt.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c61768c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/getopt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
+/* Declarations for getopt.
+   Copyright (C) 1989-1994,1996-1999,2001,2003,2004
+   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _GETOPT_H
+
+#ifndef __need_getopt
+# define _GETOPT_H 1
+#endif
+
+/* If __GNU_LIBRARY__ is not already defined, either we are being used
+   standalone, or this is the first header included in the source file.
+   If we are being used with glibc, we need to include <features.h>, but
+   that does not exist if we are standalone.  So: if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is
+   not defined, include <ctype.h>, which will pull in <features.h> for us
+   if it's from glibc.  (Why ctype.h?  It's guaranteed to exist and it
+   doesn't flood the namespace with stuff the way some other headers do.)  */
+#if !defined __GNU_LIBRARY__
+# include <ctype.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __THROW
+# ifndef __GNUC_PREREQ
+#  define __GNUC_PREREQ(maj, min) (0)
+# endif
+# if defined __cplusplus && __GNUC_PREREQ (2,8)
+#  define __THROW	throw ()
+# else
+#  define __THROW
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef	__cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller.
+   When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument,
+   the argument value is returned here.
+   Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
+   each non-option ARGV-element is returned here.  */
+
+extern char *optarg;
+
+/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned.
+   This is used for communication to and from the caller
+   and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'.
+
+   On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
+
+   When `getopt' returns -1, this is the index of the first of the
+   non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.
+
+   Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next
+   how much of ARGV has been scanned so far.  */
+
+extern int optind;
+
+/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message `getopt' prints
+   for unrecognized options.  */
+
+extern int opterr;
+
+/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized.  */
+
+extern int optopt;
+
+#ifndef __need_getopt
+/* Describe the long-named options requested by the application.
+   The LONG_OPTIONS argument to getopt_long or getopt_long_only is a vector
+   of `struct option' terminated by an element containing a name which is
+   zero.
+
+   The field `has_arg' is:
+   no_argument		(or 0) if the option does not take an argument,
+   required_argument	(or 1) if the option requires an argument,
+   optional_argument 	(or 2) if the option takes an optional argument.
+
+   If the field `flag' is not NULL, it points to a variable that is set
+   to the value given in the field `val' when the option is found, but
+   left unchanged if the option is not found.
+
+   To have a long-named option do something other than set an `int' to
+   a compiled-in constant, such as set a value from `optarg', set the
+   option's `flag' field to zero and its `val' field to a nonzero
+   value (the equivalent single-letter option character, if there is
+   one).  For long options that have a zero `flag' field, `getopt'
+   returns the contents of the `val' field.  */
+
+struct option
+{
+  const char *name;
+  /* has_arg can't be an enum because some compilers complain about
+     type mismatches in all the code that assumes it is an int.  */
+  int has_arg;
+  int *flag;
+  int val;
+};
+
+/* Names for the values of the `has_arg' field of `struct option'.  */
+
+# define no_argument		0
+# define required_argument	1
+# define optional_argument	2
+#endif	/* need getopt */
+
+
+/* Get definitions and prototypes for functions to process the
+   arguments in ARGV (ARGC of them, minus the program name) for
+   options given in OPTS.
+
+   Return the option character from OPTS just read.  Return -1 when
+   there are no more options.  For unrecognized options, or options
+   missing arguments, `optopt' is set to the option letter, and '?' is
+   returned.
+
+   The OPTS string is a list of characters which are recognized option
+   letters, optionally followed by colons, specifying that that letter
+   takes an argument, to be placed in `optarg'.
+
+   If a letter in OPTS is followed by two colons, its argument is
+   optional.  This behavior is specific to the GNU `getopt'.
+
+   The argument `--' causes premature termination of argument
+   scanning, explicitly telling `getopt' that there are no more
+   options.
+
+   If OPTS begins with `--', then non-option arguments are treated as
+   arguments to the option '\0'.  This behavior is specific to the GNU
+   `getopt'.  */
+
+#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
+/* Many other libraries have conflicting prototypes for getopt, with
+   differences in the consts, in stdlib.h.  To avoid compilation
+   errors, only prototype getopt for the GNU C library.  */
+extern int getopt (int ___argc, char *const *___argv, const char *__shortopts)
+       __THROW;
+#else /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
+extern int getopt ();
+#endif /* __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
+
+#ifndef __need_getopt
+extern int getopt_long (int ___argc, char *const *___argv,
+			const char *__shortopts,
+		        const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind)
+       __THROW;
+extern int getopt_long_only (int ___argc, char *const *___argv,
+			     const char *__shortopts,
+		             const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind)
+       __THROW;
+
+#endif
+
+#ifdef	__cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Make sure we later can get all the definitions and declarations.  */
+#undef __need_getopt
+
+#endif /* getopt.h */
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/getopt1.c b/contrib/diff/lib/getopt1.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7671eba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/getopt1.c
@@ -0,0 +1,191 @@
+/* getopt_long and getopt_long_only entry points for GNU getopt.
+   Copyright (C) 1987,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,96,97,98,2004
+     Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <getopt.h>
+#else
+# include "getopt.h"
+#endif
+#include "getopt_int.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not
+   actually compiling the library itself.  This code is part of the GNU C
+   Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions.  Compiling
+   and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library
+   (especially if it is a shared library).  Rather than having every GNU
+   program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files,
+   it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file.  */
+
+#define GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION 2
+#if !defined _LIBC && defined __GLIBC__ && __GLIBC__ >= 2
+#include <gnu-versions.h>
+#if _GNU_GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION == GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION
+#define ELIDE_CODE
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ELIDE_CODE
+
+
+/* This needs to come after some library #include
+   to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined.  */
+#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef	NULL
+#define NULL 0
+#endif
+
+int
+getopt_long (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *options,
+	     const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index)
+{
+  return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 0);
+}
+
+int
+_getopt_long_r (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *options,
+		const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index,
+		struct _getopt_data *d)
+{
+  return _getopt_internal_r (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index,
+			     0, d);
+}
+
+/* Like getopt_long, but '-' as well as '--' can indicate a long option.
+   If an option that starts with '-' (not '--') doesn't match a long option,
+   but does match a short option, it is parsed as a short option
+   instead.  */
+
+int
+getopt_long_only (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *options,
+		  const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index)
+{
+  return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 1);
+}
+
+int
+_getopt_long_only_r (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *options,
+		     const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index,
+		     struct _getopt_data *d)
+{
+  return _getopt_internal_r (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index,
+			     1, d);
+}
+
+#endif	/* Not ELIDE_CODE.  */
+
+#ifdef TEST
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+int
+main (int argc, char **argv)
+{
+  int c;
+  int digit_optind = 0;
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1;
+      int option_index = 0;
+      static struct option long_options[] =
+      {
+	{"add", 1, 0, 0},
+	{"append", 0, 0, 0},
+	{"delete", 1, 0, 0},
+	{"verbose", 0, 0, 0},
+	{"create", 0, 0, 0},
+	{"file", 1, 0, 0},
+	{0, 0, 0, 0}
+      };
+
+      c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789",
+		       long_options, &option_index);
+      if (c == -1)
+	break;
+
+      switch (c)
+	{
+	case 0:
+	  printf ("option %s", long_options[option_index].name);
+	  if (optarg)
+	    printf (" with arg %s", optarg);
+	  printf ("\n");
+	  break;
+
+	case '0':
+	case '1':
+	case '2':
+	case '3':
+	case '4':
+	case '5':
+	case '6':
+	case '7':
+	case '8':
+	case '9':
+	  if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind)
+	    printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n");
+	  digit_optind = this_option_optind;
+	  printf ("option %c\n", c);
+	  break;
+
+	case 'a':
+	  printf ("option a\n");
+	  break;
+
+	case 'b':
+	  printf ("option b\n");
+	  break;
+
+	case 'c':
+	  printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg);
+	  break;
+
+	case 'd':
+	  printf ("option d with value `%s'\n", optarg);
+	  break;
+
+	case '?':
+	  break;
+
+	default:
+	  printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c);
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (optind < argc)
+    {
+      printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: ");
+      while (optind < argc)
+	printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]);
+      printf ("\n");
+    }
+
+  exit (0);
+}
+
+#endif /* TEST */
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/getopt_int.h b/contrib/diff/lib/getopt_int.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0c5edde
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/getopt_int.h
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+/* Internal declarations for getopt.
+   Copyright (C) 1989-1994,1996-1999,2001,2003,2004
+   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _GETOPT_INT_H
+#define _GETOPT_INT_H	1
+
+extern int _getopt_internal (int ___argc, char *const *___argv,
+			     const char *__shortopts,
+		             const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind,
+			     int __long_only);
+
+
+/* Reentrant versions which can handle parsing multiple argument
+   vectors at the same time.  */
+
+/* Data type for reentrant functions.  */
+struct _getopt_data
+{
+  /* These have exactly the same meaning as the corresponding global
+     variables, except that they are used for the reentrant
+     versions of getopt.  */
+  int optind;
+  int opterr;
+  int optopt;
+  char *optarg;
+
+  /* Internal members.  */
+
+  /* True if the internal members have been initialized.  */
+  int __initialized;
+
+  /* The next char to be scanned in the option-element
+     in which the last option character we returned was found.
+     This allows us to pick up the scan where we left off.
+
+     If this is zero, or a null string, it means resume the scan
+     by advancing to the next ARGV-element.  */
+  char *__nextchar;
+
+  /* Describe how to deal with options that follow non-option ARGV-elements.
+
+     If the caller did not specify anything,
+     the default is REQUIRE_ORDER if the environment variable
+     POSIXLY_CORRECT is defined, PERMUTE otherwise.
+
+     REQUIRE_ORDER means don't recognize them as options;
+     stop option processing when the first non-option is seen.
+     This is what Unix does.
+     This mode of operation is selected by either setting the environment
+     variable POSIXLY_CORRECT, or using `+' as the first character
+     of the list of option characters.
+
+     PERMUTE is the default.  We permute the contents of ARGV as we
+     scan, so that eventually all the non-options are at the end.
+     This allows options to be given in any order, even with programs
+     that were not written to expect this.
+
+     RETURN_IN_ORDER is an option available to programs that were
+     written to expect options and other ARGV-elements in any order
+     and that care about the ordering of the two.  We describe each
+     non-option ARGV-element as if it were the argument of an option
+     with character code 1.  Using `-' as the first character of the
+     list of option characters selects this mode of operation.
+
+     The special argument `--' forces an end of option-scanning regardless
+     of the value of `ordering'.  In the case of RETURN_IN_ORDER, only
+     `--' can cause `getopt' to return -1 with `optind' != ARGC.  */
+
+  enum
+    {
+      REQUIRE_ORDER, PERMUTE, RETURN_IN_ORDER
+    } __ordering;
+
+  /* If the POSIXLY_CORRECT environment variable is set.  */
+  int __posixly_correct;
+
+
+  /* Handle permutation of arguments.  */
+
+  /* Describe the part of ARGV that contains non-options that have
+     been skipped.  `first_nonopt' is the index in ARGV of the first
+     of them; `last_nonopt' is the index after the last of them.  */
+
+  int __first_nonopt;
+  int __last_nonopt;
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS
+  int __nonoption_flags_max_len;
+  int __nonoption_flags_len;
+# endif
+};
+
+/* The initializer is necessary to set OPTIND and OPTERR to their
+   default values and to clear the initialization flag.  */
+#define _GETOPT_DATA_INITIALIZER	{ 1, 1 }
+
+extern int _getopt_internal_r (int ___argc, char *const *___argv,
+			       const char *__shortopts,
+			       const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind,
+			       int __long_only, struct _getopt_data *__data);
+
+extern int _getopt_long_r (int ___argc, char *const *___argv,
+			   const char *__shortopts,
+			   const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind,
+			   struct _getopt_data *__data);
+
+extern int _getopt_long_only_r (int ___argc, char *const *___argv,
+				const char *__shortopts,
+				const struct option *__longopts,
+				int *__longind,
+				struct _getopt_data *__data);
+
+#endif /* getopt_int.h */
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/gettext.h b/contrib/diff/lib/gettext.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..835732e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/gettext.h
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+/* Convenience header for conditional use of GNU <libintl.h>.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBGETTEXT_H
+#define _LIBGETTEXT_H 1
+
+/* NLS can be disabled through the configure --disable-nls option.  */
+#if ENABLE_NLS
+
+/* Get declarations of GNU message catalog functions.  */
+# include <libintl.h>
+
+#else
+
+/* Solaris /usr/include/locale.h includes /usr/include/libintl.h, which
+   chokes if dcgettext is defined as a macro.  So include it now, to make
+   later inclusions of <locale.h> a NOP.  We don't include <libintl.h>
+   as well because people using "gettext.h" will not include <libintl.h>,
+   and also including <libintl.h> would fail on SunOS 4, whereas <locale.h>
+   is OK.  */
+#if defined(__sun)
+# include <locale.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Disabled NLS.
+   The casts to 'const char *' serve the purpose of producing warnings
+   for invalid uses of the value returned from these functions.
+   On pre-ANSI systems without 'const', the config.h file is supposed to
+   contain "#define const".  */
+# define gettext(Msgid) ((const char *) (Msgid))
+# define dgettext(Domainname, Msgid) ((const char *) (Msgid))
+# define dcgettext(Domainname, Msgid, Category) ((const char *) (Msgid))
+# define ngettext(Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
+    ((N) == 1 ? (const char *) (Msgid1) : (const char *) (Msgid2))
+# define dngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
+    ((N) == 1 ? (const char *) (Msgid1) : (const char *) (Msgid2))
+# define dcngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N, Category) \
+    ((N) == 1 ? (const char *) (Msgid1) : (const char *) (Msgid2))
+# define textdomain(Domainname) ((const char *) (Domainname))
+# define bindtextdomain(Domainname, Dirname) ((const char *) (Dirname))
+# define bind_textdomain_codeset(Domainname, Codeset) ((const char *) (Codeset))
+
+#endif
+
+/* A pseudo function call that serves as a marker for the automated
+   extraction of messages, but does not call gettext().  The run-time
+   translation is done at a different place in the code.
+   The argument, String, should be a literal string.  Concatenated strings
+   and other string expressions won't work.
+   The macro's expansion is not parenthesized, so that it is suitable as
+   initializer for static 'char[]' or 'const char[]' variables.  */
+#define gettext_noop(String) String
+
+#endif /* _LIBGETTEXT_H */
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/gettimeofday.c b/contrib/diff/lib/gettimeofday.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1ebe4d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/gettimeofday.c
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+/* Work around the bug in some systems whereby gettimeofday clobbers the
+   static buffer that localtime uses for it's return value.  The gettimeofday
+   function from Mac OS X 10.0.4, i.e. Darwin 1.3.7 has this problem.
+   The tzset replacement is necessary for at least Solaris 2.5, 2.5.1, and 2.6.
+   Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Disable the definitions of these functions (from config.h)
+   so we can use the library versions here.  */
+#undef gettimeofday
+#undef gmtime
+#undef localtime
+#undef tzset
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#if TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
+# include <sys/time.h>
+# include <time.h>
+#else
+# if HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
+#  include <sys/time.h>
+# else
+#  include <time.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+static struct tm *localtime_buffer_addr;
+
+/* This is a wrapper for localtime.  It is used only on systems for which
+   gettimeofday clobbers the static buffer used for localtime's result.
+
+   On the first call, record the address of the static buffer that
+   localtime uses for its result.  */
+
+struct tm *
+rpl_localtime (const time_t *timep)
+{
+  struct tm *tm = localtime (timep);
+
+  if (! localtime_buffer_addr)
+    localtime_buffer_addr = tm;
+
+  return tm;
+}
+
+/* Same as above, since gmtime and localtime use the same buffer.  */
+struct tm *
+rpl_gmtime (const time_t *timep)
+{
+  struct tm *tm = gmtime (timep);
+
+  if (! localtime_buffer_addr)
+    localtime_buffer_addr = tm;
+
+  return tm;
+}
+
+/* This is a wrapper for gettimeofday.  It is used only on systems for which
+   gettimeofday clobbers the static buffer used for localtime's result.
+
+   Save and restore the contents of the buffer used for localtime's result
+   around the call to gettimeofday.  */
+
+int
+rpl_gettimeofday (struct timeval *tv, struct timezone *tz)
+{
+  struct tm save;
+  int result;
+
+  if (! localtime_buffer_addr)
+    {
+      time_t t = 0;
+      localtime_buffer_addr = localtime (&t);
+    }
+
+  save = *localtime_buffer_addr;
+  result = gettimeofday (tv, tz);
+  *localtime_buffer_addr = save;
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+/* This is a wrapper for tzset. It is used only on systems for which
+   tzset may clobber the static buffer used for localtime's result.
+   Save and restore the contents of the buffer used for localtime's
+   result around the call to tzset.  */
+void
+rpl_tzset (void)
+{
+  struct tm save;
+
+  if (! localtime_buffer_addr)
+    {
+      time_t t = 0;
+      localtime_buffer_addr = localtime (&t);
+    }
+
+  save = *localtime_buffer_addr;
+  tzset ();
+  *localtime_buffer_addr = save;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/gnulib.mk b/contrib/diff/lib/gnulib.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6e7f05a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/gnulib.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+# This file is generated automatically by "bootstrap".
+BUILT_SOURCES += $(ALLOCA_H)
+EXTRA_DIST += alloca_.h
+
+# We need the following in order to create an <alloca.h> when the system
+# doesn't have one that works with the given compiler.
+all-local $(lib_OBJECTS): $(ALLOCA_H)
+alloca.h: alloca_.h
+	cp $(srcdir)/alloca_.h $@-t
+	mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += alloca.h alloca.h-t
+
+lib_SOURCES += c-stack.h c-stack.c
+
+lib_SOURCES += dirname.h dirname.c basename.c stripslash.c
+
+
+lib_SOURCES += exclude.h exclude.c
+
+lib_SOURCES += exit.h
+
+lib_SOURCES += exitfail.h exitfail.c
+
+
+lib_SOURCES += file-type.h file-type.c
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += $(FNMATCH_H)
+EXTRA_DIST += fnmatch_.h fnmatch_loop.c
+
+# We need the following in order to create an <fnmatch.h> when the system
+# doesn't have one that supports the required API.
+all-local $(lib_OBJECTS): $(FNMATCH_H)
+fnmatch.h: fnmatch_.h
+	cp $(srcdir)/fnmatch_.h $@-t
+	mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += fnmatch.h fnmatch.h-t
+
+
+lib_SOURCES += getopt.h getopt.c getopt1.c getopt_int.h
+
+lib_SOURCES += gettext.h
+
+
+lib_SOURCES += hard-locale.h hard-locale.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST += inttostr.c
+lib_SOURCES += imaxtostr.c inttostr.h offtostr.c umaxtostr.c
+
+
+
+lib_SOURCES += posixver.h posixver.c
+
+
+lib_SOURCES += regex.h
+
+
+BUILT_SOURCES += $(STDBOOL_H)
+EXTRA_DIST += stdbool_.h
+
+# We need the following in order to create an <stdbool.h> when the system
+# doesn't have one that works.
+all-local $(lib_OBJECTS): $(STDBOOL_H)
+stdbool.h: stdbool_.h
+	sed -e 's/@''HAVE__BOOL''@/$(HAVE__BOOL)/g' < $(srcdir)/stdbool_.h > $@-t
+	mv $@-t $@
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES += stdbool.h stdbool.h-t
+
+lib_SOURCES += strcase.h
+
+lib_SOURCES += strftime.c
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+lib_SOURCES += time_r.h
+
+
+lib_SOURCES += unlocked-io.h
+
+lib_SOURCES += version-etc.h version-etc.c
+
+lib_SOURCES += xalloc.h xmalloc.c xstrdup.c
+
+lib_SOURCES += xstrtol.h xstrtol.c xstrtoul.c
+
+lib_SOURCES += xstrtoumax.c
+
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/hard-locale.c b/contrib/diff/lib/hard-locale.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8c0ee8c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/hard-locale.c
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+/* hard-locale.c -- Determine whether a locale is hard.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "hard-locale.h"
+
+#if HAVE_LOCALE_H
+# include <locale.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* Return nonzero if the current CATEGORY locale is hard, i.e. if you
+   can't get away with assuming traditional C or POSIX behavior.  */
+int
+hard_locale (int category)
+{
+#if ! HAVE_SETLOCALE
+  return 0;
+#else
+
+  int hard = 1;
+  char const *p = setlocale (category, 0);
+
+  if (p)
+    {
+# if defined __GLIBC__ && 2 <= __GLIBC__
+      if (strcmp (p, "C") == 0 || strcmp (p, "POSIX") == 0)
+	hard = 0;
+# else
+      char *locale = malloc (strlen (p) + 1);
+      if (locale)
+	{
+	  strcpy (locale, p);
+
+	  /* Temporarily set the locale to the "C" and "POSIX" locales
+	     to find their names, so that we can determine whether one
+	     or the other is the caller's locale.  */
+	  if (((p = setlocale (category, "C"))
+	       && strcmp (p, locale) == 0)
+	      || ((p = setlocale (category, "POSIX"))
+		  && strcmp (p, locale) == 0))
+	    hard = 0;
+
+	  /* Restore the caller's locale.  */
+	  setlocale (category, locale);
+	  free (locale);
+	}
+# endif
+    }
+
+  return hard;
+
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/hard-locale.h b/contrib/diff/lib/hard-locale.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ddc15d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/hard-locale.h
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+/* Determine whether a locale is hard.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1999, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef HARD_LOCALE_H_
+# define HARD_LOCALE_H_ 1
+
+int hard_locale (int);
+
+#endif /* HARD_LOCALE_H_ */
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/imaxtostr.c b/contrib/diff/lib/imaxtostr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5e87ad5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/imaxtostr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+#define inttostr imaxtostr
+#define inttype intmax_t
+#include "inttostr.c"
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/inttostr.c b/contrib/diff/lib/inttostr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..78a48af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/inttostr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+/* inttostr.c -- convert integers to printable strings
+
+   Copyright (C) 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert */
+
+#include "inttostr.h"
+
+/* Convert I to a printable string in BUF, which must be at least
+   INT_BUFSIZE_BOUND (INTTYPE) bytes long.  Return the address of the
+   printable string, which need not start at BUF.  */
+
+char *
+inttostr (inttype i, char *buf)
+{
+  char *p = buf + INT_STRLEN_BOUND (inttype);
+  *p = 0;
+
+  if (i < 0)
+    {
+      do
+	*--p = '0' - i % 10;
+      while ((i /= 10) != 0);
+
+      *--p = '-';
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      do
+	*--p = '0' + i % 10;
+      while ((i /= 10) != 0);
+    }
+
+  return p;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/inttostr.h b/contrib/diff/lib/inttostr.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6f2416b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/inttostr.h
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+/* inttostr.h -- convert integers to printable strings
+
+   Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+# include <inttypes.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_STDINT_H
+# include <stdint.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <limits.h>
+
+#if HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
+# include <sys/types.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Upper bound on the string length of an integer converted to string.
+   302 / 1000 is ceil (log10 (2.0)).  Subtract 1 for the sign bit;
+   add 1 for integer division truncation; add 1 more for a minus sign.  */
+#define INT_STRLEN_BOUND(t) ((sizeof (t) * CHAR_BIT - 1) * 302 / 1000 + 2)
+
+#define INT_BUFSIZE_BOUND(t) (INT_STRLEN_BOUND (t) + 1)
+
+char *offtostr (off_t, char *);
+char *imaxtostr (intmax_t, char *);
+char *umaxtostr (uintmax_t, char *);
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/malloc.c b/contrib/diff/lib/malloc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a43d169
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/malloc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/* Work around bug on some systems where malloc (0) fails.
+   Copyright (C) 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+#undef malloc
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* Allocate an N-byte block of memory from the heap.
+   If N is zero, allocate a 1-byte block.  */
+
+void *
+rpl_malloc (size_t n)
+{
+  if (n == 0)
+    n = 1;
+  return malloc (n);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/mkstemp.c b/contrib/diff/lib/mkstemp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f6312b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/mkstemp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is derived from the one in the GNU C Library.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Disable the definition of mkstemp to rpl_mkstemp (from config.h) in this
+   file.  Otherwise, we'd get conflicting prototypes for rpl_mkstemp on
+   most systems.  */
+#undef mkstemp
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#ifndef __GT_FILE
+# define __GT_FILE 0
+#endif
+
+int __gen_tempname ();
+
+/* Generate a unique temporary file name from TEMPLATE.
+   The last six characters of TEMPLATE must be "XXXXXX";
+   they are replaced with a string that makes the filename unique.
+   Then open the file and return a fd. */
+int
+rpl_mkstemp (char *template)
+{
+  return __gen_tempname (template, __GT_FILE);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/offtostr.c b/contrib/diff/lib/offtostr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..45196e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/offtostr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+#define inttostr offtostr
+#define inttype off_t
+#include "inttostr.c"
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/posixver.c b/contrib/diff/lib/posixver.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..754d7ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/posixver.c
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/* Which POSIX version to conform to, for utilities.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "posixver.h"
+
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+#ifndef _POSIX2_VERSION
+# define _POSIX2_VERSION 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef DEFAULT_POSIX2_VERSION
+# define DEFAULT_POSIX2_VERSION _POSIX2_VERSION
+#endif
+
+/* The POSIX version that utilities should conform to.  The default is
+   specified by the system.  */
+
+int
+posix2_version (void)
+{
+  long int v = DEFAULT_POSIX2_VERSION;
+  char const *s = getenv ("_POSIX2_VERSION");
+
+  if (s && *s)
+    {
+      char *e;
+      long int i = strtol (s, &e, 10);
+      if (! *e)
+	v = i;
+    }
+
+  return v < INT_MIN ? INT_MIN : v < INT_MAX ? v : INT_MAX;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/posixver.h b/contrib/diff/lib/posixver.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b64f6a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/posixver.h
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+int posix2_version (void);
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/prepargs.c b/contrib/diff/lib/prepargs.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f5735ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/prepargs.c
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/* Parse arguments from a string and prepend them to an argv.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+#include "prepargs.h"
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <xalloc.h>
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+/* IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (C) is nonzero if the unsigned char C can safely be given
+   as an argument to <ctype.h> macros like "isspace".  */
+#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
+# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1
+#else
+# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) ((c) <= 0177)
+#endif
+
+#define ISSPACE(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isspace (c))
+
+/* Find the white-space-separated options specified by OPTIONS, and
+   using BUF to store copies of these options, set ARGV[0], ARGV[1],
+   etc. to the option copies.  Return the number N of options found.
+   Do not set ARGV[N].  If ARGV is zero, do not store ARGV[0] etc.
+   Backslash can be used to escape whitespace (and backslashes).  */
+static int
+prepend_args (char const *options, char *buf, char **argv)
+{
+  char const *o = options;
+  char *b = buf;
+  int n = 0;
+
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      while (ISSPACE ((unsigned char) *o))
+	o++;
+      if (!*o)
+	return n;
+      if (argv)
+	argv[n] = b;
+      n++;
+
+      do
+	if ((*b++ = *o++) == '\\' && *o)
+	  b[-1] = *o++;
+      while (*o && ! ISSPACE ((unsigned char) *o));
+
+      *b++ = '\0';
+    }
+}
+
+/* Prepend the whitespace-separated options in OPTIONS to the argument
+   vector of a main program with argument count *PARGC and argument
+   vector *PARGV.  */
+void
+prepend_default_options (char const *options, int *pargc, char ***pargv)
+{
+  if (options)
+    {
+      char *buf = xmalloc (strlen (options) + 1);
+      int prepended = prepend_args (options, buf, (char **) 0);
+      int argc = *pargc;
+      char * const *argv = *pargv;
+      char **pp = (char **) xmalloc ((prepended + argc + 1) * sizeof *pp);
+      *pargc = prepended + argc;
+      *pargv = pp;
+      *pp++ = *argv++;
+      pp += prepend_args (options, buf, pp);
+      while ((*pp++ = *argv++))
+	continue;
+    }
+}
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/prepargs.h b/contrib/diff/lib/prepargs.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ce93ea8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/prepargs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+/* Parse arguments from a string and prepend them to an argv.  */
+
+void prepend_default_options (char const *, int *, char ***);
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/quotesys.c b/contrib/diff/lib/quotesys.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..528f382
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/quotesys.c
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+/* Shell command argument quoting.
+   Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; see the file COPYING.
+   If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com> */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <quotesys.h>
+
+/* Place into QUOTED a quoted version of ARG suitable for `system'.
+   Return the length of the resulting string (which is not null-terminated).
+   If QUOTED is null, return the length without any side effects.  */
+
+size_t
+quote_system_arg (quoted, arg)
+     char *quoted;
+     char const *arg;
+{
+  char const *a;
+  size_t len = 0;
+
+  /* Scan ARG, copying it to QUOTED if QUOTED is not null,
+     looking for shell metacharacters.  */
+
+  for (a = arg; ; a++)
+    {
+      char c = *a;
+      switch (c)
+	{
+	case 0:
+	  /* ARG has no shell metacharacters.  */
+	  return len;
+
+	case '=':
+	  if (*arg == '-')
+	    break;
+	  /* Fall through.  */
+	case '\t': case '\n': case ' ':
+	case '!': case '"': case '#': case '$': case '%': case '&': case '\'':
+	case '(': case ')': case '*': case ';':
+	case '<': case '>': case '?': case '[': case '\\':
+	case '^': case '`': case '|': case '~':
+	  {
+	    /* ARG has a shell metacharacter.
+	       Start over, quoting it this time.  */
+
+	    len = 0;
+	    c = *arg++;
+
+	    /* If ARG is an option, quote just its argument.
+	       This is not necessary, but it looks nicer.  */
+	    if (c == '-'  &&  arg < a)
+	      {
+		c = *arg++;
+
+		if (quoted)
+		  {
+		    quoted[len] = '-';
+		    quoted[len + 1] = c;
+		  }
+		len += 2;
+
+		if (c == '-')
+		  while (arg < a)
+		    {
+		      c = *arg++;
+		      if (quoted)
+			quoted[len] = c;
+		      len++;
+		      if (c == '=')
+			break;
+		    }
+		c = *arg++;
+	      }
+
+	    if (quoted)
+	      quoted[len] = '\'';
+	    len++;
+
+	    for (;  c;  c = *arg++)
+	      {
+		if (c == '\'')
+		  {
+		    if (quoted)
+		      {
+			quoted[len] = '\'';
+			quoted[len + 1] = '\\';
+			quoted[len + 2] = '\'';
+		      }
+		    len += 3;
+		  }
+		if (quoted)
+		  quoted[len] = c;
+		len++;
+	      }
+
+	    if (quoted)
+	      quoted[len] = '\'';
+	    return len + 1;
+	  }
+	}
+
+      if (quoted)
+	quoted[len] = c;
+      len++;
+    }
+}
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/quotesys.h b/contrib/diff/lib/quotesys.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0d0d825
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/quotesys.h
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+/* quotesys.h -- declarations for quoting system arguments */
+
+#if defined __STDC__ || __GNUC__
+# define __QUOTESYS_P(args) args
+#else
+# define __QUOTESYS_P(args) ()
+#endif
+
+size_t quote_system_arg __QUOTESYS_P ((char *, char const *));
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/realloc.c b/contrib/diff/lib/realloc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ccbf991
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/realloc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/* Work around bug on some systems where realloc (NULL, 0) fails.
+   Copyright (C) 1997, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+#undef realloc
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* Change the size of an allocated block of memory P to N bytes,
+   with error checking.  If N is zero, change it to 1.  If P is NULL,
+   use malloc.  */
+
+void *
+rpl_realloc (void *p, size_t n)
+{
+  if (n == 0)
+    n = 1;
+  if (p == 0)
+    return malloc (n);
+  return realloc (p, n);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/regex.c b/contrib/diff/lib/regex.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ac70b90
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/regex.c
@@ -0,0 +1,8298 @@
+/* Extended regular expression matching and search library,
+   version 0.12.
+   (Implements POSIX draft P1003.2/D11.2, except for some of the
+   internationalization features.)
+
+   Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
+   2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* AIX requires this to be the first thing in the file. */
+#if defined _AIX && !defined REGEX_MALLOC
+  #pragma alloca
+#endif
+
+#undef	_GNU_SOURCE
+#define _GNU_SOURCE
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef INSIDE_RECURSION
+
+# include <stddef.h>
+
+# define WIDE_CHAR_SUPPORT (HAVE_WCTYPE_H && HAVE_WCHAR_H && HAVE_BTOWC)
+
+/* For platform which support the ISO C amendement 1 functionality we
+   support user defined character classes.  */
+# if defined _LIBC || WIDE_CHAR_SUPPORT
+/* Solaris 2.5 has a bug: <wchar.h> must be included before <wctype.h>.  */
+#  include <wchar.h>
+#  include <wctype.h>
+# endif
+
+# ifdef _LIBC
+/* We have to keep the namespace clean.  */
+#  define regfree(preg) __regfree (preg)
+#  define regexec(pr, st, nm, pm, ef) __regexec (pr, st, nm, pm, ef)
+#  define regcomp(preg, pattern, cflags) __regcomp (preg, pattern, cflags)
+#  define regerror(errcode, preg, errbuf, errbuf_size) \
+	__regerror(errcode, preg, errbuf, errbuf_size)
+#  define re_set_registers(bu, re, nu, st, en) \
+	__re_set_registers (bu, re, nu, st, en)
+#  define re_match_2(bufp, string1, size1, string2, size2, pos, regs, stop) \
+	__re_match_2 (bufp, string1, size1, string2, size2, pos, regs, stop)
+#  define re_match(bufp, string, size, pos, regs) \
+	__re_match (bufp, string, size, pos, regs)
+#  define re_search(bufp, string, size, startpos, range, regs) \
+	__re_search (bufp, string, size, startpos, range, regs)
+#  define re_compile_pattern(pattern, length, bufp) \
+	__re_compile_pattern (pattern, length, bufp)
+#  define re_set_syntax(syntax) __re_set_syntax (syntax)
+#  define re_search_2(bufp, st1, s1, st2, s2, startpos, range, regs, stop) \
+	__re_search_2 (bufp, st1, s1, st2, s2, startpos, range, regs, stop)
+#  define re_compile_fastmap(bufp) __re_compile_fastmap (bufp)
+
+#  define btowc __btowc
+#  define iswctype __iswctype
+#  define mbrtowc __mbrtowc
+#  define wcslen __wcslen
+#  define wcscoll __wcscoll
+#  define wcrtomb __wcrtomb
+
+/* We are also using some library internals.  */
+#  include <locale/localeinfo.h>
+#  include <locale/elem-hash.h>
+#  include <langinfo.h>
+#  include <locale/coll-lookup.h>
+# endif
+
+# ifdef _LIBC
+#  include <libintl.h>
+#  undef gettext
+#  define gettext(msgid) __dcgettext ("libc", msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+   /* This define is so xgettext can find the internationalizable strings.  */
+#  define gettext_noop(msgid) msgid
+# else
+/* This is for other GNU distributions with internationalized messages.  */
+#  include "gettext.h"
+# endif
+
+/* Support for bounded pointers.  */
+# if !defined _LIBC && !defined __BOUNDED_POINTERS__
+#  define __bounded	/* nothing */
+#  define __unbounded	/* nothing */
+#  define __ptrvalue	/* nothing */
+# endif
+
+/* The `emacs' switch turns on certain matching commands
+   that make sense only in Emacs. */
+# ifdef emacs
+
+#  include "lisp.h"
+#  include "buffer.h"
+#  include "syntax.h"
+
+# else  /* not emacs */
+
+/* If we are not linking with Emacs proper,
+   we can't use the relocating allocator
+   even if config.h says that we can.  */
+#  undef REL_ALLOC
+
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* When used in Emacs's lib-src, we need to get bzero and bcopy somehow.
+   If nothing else has been done, use the method below.  */
+#  ifdef INHIBIT_STRING_HEADER
+#   if !(defined HAVE_BZERO && defined HAVE_BCOPY)
+#    if !defined bzero && !defined bcopy
+#     undef INHIBIT_STRING_HEADER
+#    endif
+#   endif
+#  endif
+
+/* This is the normal way of making sure we have a bcopy and a bzero.
+   This is used in most programs--a few other programs avoid this
+   by defining INHIBIT_STRING_HEADER.  */
+#  ifndef INHIBIT_STRING_HEADER
+#   include <string.h>
+#   ifndef bzero
+#    ifndef _LIBC
+#     define bzero(s, n)	(memset (s, '\0', n), (s))
+#    else
+#     define bzero(s, n)	__bzero (s, n)
+#    endif
+#   endif
+#  endif
+
+/* Define the syntax stuff for \<, \>, etc.  */
+
+/* This must be nonzero for the wordchar and notwordchar pattern
+   commands in re_match_2.  */
+#  ifndef Sword
+#   define Sword 1
+#  endif
+
+#  ifdef SWITCH_ENUM_BUG
+#   define SWITCH_ENUM_CAST(x) ((int)(x))
+#  else
+#   define SWITCH_ENUM_CAST(x) (x)
+#  endif
+
+# endif /* not emacs */
+
+# include <limits.h>
+
+# ifndef MB_LEN_MAX
+#  define MB_LEN_MAX 1
+# endif
+
+/* Get the interface, including the syntax bits.  */
+# include <regex.h>
+
+/* isalpha etc. are used for the character classes.  */
+# include <ctype.h>
+
+/* Jim Meyering writes:
+
+   "... Some ctype macros are valid only for character codes that
+   isascii says are ASCII (SGI's IRIX-4.0.5 is one such system --when
+   using /bin/cc or gcc but without giving an ansi option).  So, all
+   ctype uses should be through macros like ISPRINT...  If
+   STDC_HEADERS is defined, then autoconf has verified that the ctype
+   macros don't need to be guarded with references to isascii. ...
+   Defining isascii to 1 should let any compiler worth its salt
+   eliminate the && through constant folding."
+   Solaris defines some of these symbols so we must undefine them first.  */
+
+# if defined STDC_HEADERS || (!defined isascii && !defined HAVE_ISASCII)
+#  define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1
+# else
+#  define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) isascii(c)
+# endif
+
+# ifdef isblank
+#  define ISBLANK(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isblank (c))
+# else
+#  define ISBLANK(c) ((c) == ' ' || (c) == '\t')
+# endif
+# ifdef isgraph
+#  define ISGRAPH(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isgraph (c))
+# else
+#  define ISGRAPH(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isprint (c) && !isspace (c))
+# endif
+
+# undef ISPRINT
+# define ISPRINT(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isprint (c))
+# define ISDIGIT(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isdigit (c))
+# define ISALNUM(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isalnum (c))
+# define ISALPHA(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isalpha (c))
+# define ISCNTRL(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && iscntrl (c))
+# define ISLOWER(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && islower (c))
+# define ISPUNCT(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && ispunct (c))
+# define ISSPACE(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isspace (c))
+# define ISUPPER(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isupper (c))
+# define ISXDIGIT(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isxdigit (c))
+
+# ifdef _tolower
+#  define TOLOWER(c) _tolower(c)
+# else
+#  define TOLOWER(c) tolower(c)
+# endif
+
+# ifndef emacs
+/* How many characters in the character set.  */
+#  define CHAR_SET_SIZE 256
+
+#  ifdef SYNTAX_TABLE
+
+extern char *re_syntax_table;
+
+#  else /* not SYNTAX_TABLE */
+
+static char re_syntax_table[CHAR_SET_SIZE];
+
+static void
+init_syntax_once (void)
+{
+   register int c;
+   static int done = 0;
+
+   if (done)
+     return;
+   bzero (re_syntax_table, sizeof re_syntax_table);
+
+   for (c = 0; c < CHAR_SET_SIZE; ++c)
+     if (ISALNUM (c))
+	re_syntax_table[c] = Sword;
+
+   re_syntax_table['_'] = Sword;
+
+   done = 1;
+}
+
+#  endif /* not SYNTAX_TABLE */
+
+#  define SYNTAX(c) re_syntax_table[(unsigned char) (c)]
+
+# endif /* emacs */
+
+/* Should we use malloc or alloca?  If REGEX_MALLOC is not defined, we
+   use `alloca' instead of `malloc'.  This is because using malloc in
+   re_search* or re_match* could cause memory leaks when C-g is used in
+   Emacs; also, malloc is slower and causes storage fragmentation.  On
+   the other hand, malloc is more portable, and easier to debug.
+
+   Because we sometimes use alloca, some routines have to be macros,
+   not functions -- `alloca'-allocated space disappears at the end of the
+   function it is called in.  */
+
+# ifdef REGEX_MALLOC
+
+#  define REGEX_ALLOCATE malloc
+#  define REGEX_REALLOCATE(source, osize, nsize) realloc (source, nsize)
+#  define REGEX_FREE free
+
+# else /* not REGEX_MALLOC  */
+
+/* Emacs already defines alloca, sometimes.  */
+#  ifndef alloca
+
+/* Make alloca work the best possible way.  */
+#   ifdef __GNUC__
+#    define alloca __builtin_alloca
+#   else /* not __GNUC__ */
+#    if HAVE_ALLOCA_H
+#     include <alloca.h>
+#    endif /* HAVE_ALLOCA_H */
+#   endif /* not __GNUC__ */
+
+#  endif /* not alloca */
+
+#  define REGEX_ALLOCATE alloca
+
+/* Assumes a `char *destination' variable.  */
+#  define REGEX_REALLOCATE(source, osize, nsize)			\
+  (destination = (char *) alloca (nsize),				\
+   memcpy (destination, source, osize))
+
+/* No need to do anything to free, after alloca.  */
+#  define REGEX_FREE(arg) ((void)0) /* Do nothing!  But inhibit gcc warning.  */
+
+# endif /* not REGEX_MALLOC */
+
+/* Define how to allocate the failure stack.  */
+
+# if defined REL_ALLOC && defined REGEX_MALLOC
+
+#  define REGEX_ALLOCATE_STACK(size)				\
+  r_alloc (&failure_stack_ptr, (size))
+#  define REGEX_REALLOCATE_STACK(source, osize, nsize)		\
+  r_re_alloc (&failure_stack_ptr, (nsize))
+#  define REGEX_FREE_STACK(ptr)					\
+  r_alloc_free (&failure_stack_ptr)
+
+# else /* not using relocating allocator */
+
+#  ifdef REGEX_MALLOC
+
+#   define REGEX_ALLOCATE_STACK malloc
+#   define REGEX_REALLOCATE_STACK(source, osize, nsize) realloc (source, nsize)
+#   define REGEX_FREE_STACK free
+
+#  else /* not REGEX_MALLOC */
+
+#   define REGEX_ALLOCATE_STACK alloca
+
+#   define REGEX_REALLOCATE_STACK(source, osize, nsize)			\
+   REGEX_REALLOCATE (source, osize, nsize)
+/* No need to explicitly free anything.  */
+#   define REGEX_FREE_STACK(arg)
+
+#  endif /* not REGEX_MALLOC */
+# endif /* not using relocating allocator */
+
+
+/* True if `size1' is non-NULL and PTR is pointing anywhere inside
+   `string1' or just past its end.  This works if PTR is NULL, which is
+   a good thing.  */
+# define FIRST_STRING_P(ptr) 					\
+  (size1 && string1 <= (ptr) && (ptr) <= string1 + size1)
+
+/* (Re)Allocate N items of type T using malloc, or fail.  */
+# define TALLOC(n, t) ((t *) malloc ((n) * sizeof (t)))
+# define RETALLOC(addr, n, t) ((addr) = (t *) realloc (addr, (n) * sizeof (t)))
+# define RETALLOC_IF(addr, n, t) \
+  if (addr) RETALLOC((addr), (n), t); else (addr) = TALLOC ((n), t)
+# define REGEX_TALLOC(n, t) ((t *) REGEX_ALLOCATE ((n) * sizeof (t)))
+
+# define BYTEWIDTH 8 /* In bits.  */
+
+# define STREQ(s1, s2) ((strcmp (s1, s2) == 0))
+
+# undef MAX
+# undef MIN
+# define MAX(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
+# define MIN(a, b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))
+
+typedef char boolean;
+# define false 0
+# define true 1
+
+static reg_errcode_t byte_regex_compile (const char *pattern, size_t size,
+					 reg_syntax_t syntax,
+					 struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp);
+
+static int byte_re_match_2_internal (struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp,
+				     const char *string1, int size1,
+				     const char *string2, int size2,
+				     int pos,
+				     struct re_registers *regs,
+				     int stop);
+static int byte_re_search_2 (struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp,
+			     const char *string1, int size1,
+			     const char *string2, int size2,
+			     int startpos, int range,
+			     struct re_registers *regs, int stop);
+static int byte_re_compile_fastmap (struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp);
+
+#ifdef MBS_SUPPORT
+static reg_errcode_t wcs_regex_compile (const char *pattern, size_t size,
+					reg_syntax_t syntax,
+					struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp);
+
+
+static int wcs_re_match_2_internal (struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp,
+				    const char *cstring1, int csize1,
+				    const char *cstring2, int csize2,
+				    int pos,
+				    struct re_registers *regs,
+				    int stop,
+				    wchar_t *string1, int size1,
+				    wchar_t *string2, int size2,
+				    int *mbs_offset1, int *mbs_offset2);
+static int wcs_re_search_2 (struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp,
+			    const char *string1, int size1,
+			    const char *string2, int size2,
+			    int startpos, int range,
+			    struct re_registers *regs, int stop);
+static int wcs_re_compile_fastmap (struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp);
+#endif
+
+/* These are the command codes that appear in compiled regular
+   expressions.  Some opcodes are followed by argument bytes.  A
+   command code can specify any interpretation whatsoever for its
+   arguments.  Zero bytes may appear in the compiled regular expression.  */
+
+typedef enum
+{
+  no_op = 0,
+
+  /* Succeed right away--no more backtracking.  */
+  succeed,
+
+        /* Followed by one byte giving n, then by n literal bytes.  */
+  exactn,
+
+# ifdef MBS_SUPPORT
+	/* Same as exactn, but contains binary data.  */
+  exactn_bin,
+# endif
+
+        /* Matches any (more or less) character.  */
+  anychar,
+
+        /* Matches any one char belonging to specified set.  First
+           following byte is number of bitmap bytes.  Then come bytes
+           for a bitmap saying which chars are in.  Bits in each byte
+           are ordered low-bit-first.  A character is in the set if its
+           bit is 1.  A character too large to have a bit in the map is
+           automatically not in the set.  */
+        /* ifdef MBS_SUPPORT, following element is length of character
+	   classes, length of collating symbols, length of equivalence
+	   classes, length of character ranges, and length of characters.
+	   Next, character class element, collating symbols elements,
+	   equivalence class elements, range elements, and character
+	   elements follow.
+	   See regex_compile function.  */
+  charset,
+
+        /* Same parameters as charset, but match any character that is
+           not one of those specified.  */
+  charset_not,
+
+        /* Start remembering the text that is matched, for storing in a
+           register.  Followed by one byte with the register number, in
+           the range 0 to one less than the pattern buffer's re_nsub
+           field.  Then followed by one byte with the number of groups
+           inner to this one.  (This last has to be part of the
+           start_memory only because we need it in the on_failure_jump
+           of re_match_2.)  */
+  start_memory,
+
+        /* Stop remembering the text that is matched and store it in a
+           memory register.  Followed by one byte with the register
+           number, in the range 0 to one less than `re_nsub' in the
+           pattern buffer, and one byte with the number of inner groups,
+           just like `start_memory'.  (We need the number of inner
+           groups here because we don't have any easy way of finding the
+           corresponding start_memory when we're at a stop_memory.)  */
+  stop_memory,
+
+        /* Match a duplicate of something remembered. Followed by one
+           byte containing the register number.  */
+  duplicate,
+
+        /* Fail unless at beginning of line.  */
+  begline,
+
+        /* Fail unless at end of line.  */
+  endline,
+
+        /* Succeeds if at beginning of buffer (if emacs) or at beginning
+           of string to be matched (if not).  */
+  begbuf,
+
+        /* Analogously, for end of buffer/string.  */
+  endbuf,
+
+        /* Followed by two byte relative address to which to jump.  */
+  jump,
+
+	/* Same as jump, but marks the end of an alternative.  */
+  jump_past_alt,
+
+        /* Followed by two-byte relative address of place to resume at
+           in case of failure.  */
+        /* ifdef MBS_SUPPORT, the size of address is 1.  */
+  on_failure_jump,
+
+        /* Like on_failure_jump, but pushes a placeholder instead of the
+           current string position when executed.  */
+  on_failure_keep_string_jump,
+
+        /* Throw away latest failure point and then jump to following
+           two-byte relative address.  */
+        /* ifdef MBS_SUPPORT, the size of address is 1.  */
+  pop_failure_jump,
+
+        /* Change to pop_failure_jump if know won't have to backtrack to
+           match; otherwise change to jump.  This is used to jump
+           back to the beginning of a repeat.  If what follows this jump
+           clearly won't match what the repeat does, such that we can be
+           sure that there is no use backtracking out of repetitions
+           already matched, then we change it to a pop_failure_jump.
+           Followed by two-byte address.  */
+        /* ifdef MBS_SUPPORT, the size of address is 1.  */
+  maybe_pop_jump,
+
+        /* Jump to following two-byte address, and push a dummy failure
+           point. This failure point will be thrown away if an attempt
+           is made to use it for a failure.  A `+' construct makes this
+           before the first repeat.  Also used as an intermediary kind
+           of jump when compiling an alternative.  */
+        /* ifdef MBS_SUPPORT, the size of address is 1.  */
+  dummy_failure_jump,
+
+	/* Push a dummy failure point and continue.  Used at the end of
+	   alternatives.  */
+  push_dummy_failure,
+
+        /* Followed by two-byte relative address and two-byte number n.
+           After matching N times, jump to the address upon failure.  */
+        /* ifdef MBS_SUPPORT, the size of address is 1.  */
+  succeed_n,
+
+        /* Followed by two-byte relative address, and two-byte number n.
+           Jump to the address N times, then fail.  */
+        /* ifdef MBS_SUPPORT, the size of address is 1.  */
+  jump_n,
+
+        /* Set the following two-byte relative address to the
+           subsequent two-byte number.  The address *includes* the two
+           bytes of number.  */
+        /* ifdef MBS_SUPPORT, the size of address is 1.  */
+  set_number_at,
+
+  wordchar,	/* Matches any word-constituent character.  */
+  notwordchar,	/* Matches any char that is not a word-constituent.  */
+
+  wordbeg,	/* Succeeds if at word beginning.  */
+  wordend,	/* Succeeds if at word end.  */
+
+  wordbound,	/* Succeeds if at a word boundary.  */
+  notwordbound	/* Succeeds if not at a word boundary.  */
+
+# ifdef emacs
+  ,before_dot,	/* Succeeds if before point.  */
+  at_dot,	/* Succeeds if at point.  */
+  after_dot,	/* Succeeds if after point.  */
+
+	/* Matches any character whose syntax is specified.  Followed by
+           a byte which contains a syntax code, e.g., Sword.  */
+  syntaxspec,
+
+	/* Matches any character whose syntax is not that specified.  */
+  notsyntaxspec
+# endif /* emacs */
+} re_opcode_t;
+#endif /* not INSIDE_RECURSION */
+
+
+#ifdef BYTE
+# define CHAR_T char
+# define UCHAR_T unsigned char
+# define COMPILED_BUFFER_VAR bufp->buffer
+# define OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE 2
+# define PREFIX(name) byte_##name
+# define ARG_PREFIX(name) name
+# define PUT_CHAR(c) putchar (c)
+#else
+# ifdef WCHAR
+#  define CHAR_T wchar_t
+#  define UCHAR_T wchar_t
+#  define COMPILED_BUFFER_VAR wc_buffer
+#  define OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE 1 /* the size which STORE_NUMBER macro use */
+#  define CHAR_CLASS_SIZE ((__alignof__(wctype_t)+sizeof(wctype_t))/sizeof(CHAR_T)+1)
+#  define PREFIX(name) wcs_##name
+#  define ARG_PREFIX(name) c##name
+/* Should we use wide stream??  */
+#  define PUT_CHAR(c) printf ("%C", c);
+#  define TRUE 1
+#  define FALSE 0
+# else
+#  ifdef MBS_SUPPORT
+#   define WCHAR
+#   define INSIDE_RECURSION
+#   include "regex.c"
+#   undef INSIDE_RECURSION
+#  endif
+#  define BYTE
+#  define INSIDE_RECURSION
+#  include "regex.c"
+#  undef INSIDE_RECURSION
+# endif
+#endif
+#include "unlocked-io.h"
+
+#ifdef INSIDE_RECURSION
+/* Common operations on the compiled pattern.  */
+
+/* Store NUMBER in two contiguous bytes starting at DESTINATION.  */
+/* ifdef MBS_SUPPORT, we store NUMBER in 1 element.  */
+
+# ifdef WCHAR
+#  define STORE_NUMBER(destination, number)				\
+  do {									\
+    *(destination) = (UCHAR_T)(number);				\
+  } while (0)
+# else /* BYTE */
+#  define STORE_NUMBER(destination, number)				\
+  do {									\
+    (destination)[0] = (number) & 0377;					\
+    (destination)[1] = (number) >> 8;					\
+  } while (0)
+# endif /* WCHAR */
+
+/* Same as STORE_NUMBER, except increment DESTINATION to
+   the byte after where the number is stored.  Therefore, DESTINATION
+   must be an lvalue.  */
+/* ifdef MBS_SUPPORT, we store NUMBER in 1 element.  */
+
+# define STORE_NUMBER_AND_INCR(destination, number)			\
+  do {									\
+    STORE_NUMBER (destination, number);					\
+    (destination) += OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE;				\
+  } while (0)
+
+/* Put into DESTINATION a number stored in two contiguous bytes starting
+   at SOURCE.  */
+/* ifdef MBS_SUPPORT, we store NUMBER in 1 element.  */
+
+# ifdef WCHAR
+#  define EXTRACT_NUMBER(destination, source)				\
+  do {									\
+    (destination) = *(source);						\
+  } while (0)
+# else /* BYTE */
+#  define EXTRACT_NUMBER(destination, source)				\
+  do {									\
+    (destination) = *(source) & 0377;					\
+    (destination) += (signed char) (*((source) + 1)) << 8;		\
+  } while (0)
+# endif
+
+# ifdef DEBUG
+static void
+PREFIX(extract_number) (int *dest, UCHAR_T *source)
+{
+#  ifdef WCHAR
+  *dest = *source;
+#  else /* BYTE */
+  signed char temp = source[1];
+  *dest = *source & 0377;
+  *dest += temp << 8;
+#  endif
+}
+
+#  ifndef EXTRACT_MACROS /* To debug the macros.  */
+#   undef EXTRACT_NUMBER
+#   define EXTRACT_NUMBER(dest, src) PREFIX(extract_number) (&dest, src)
+#  endif /* not EXTRACT_MACROS */
+
+# endif /* DEBUG */
+
+/* Same as EXTRACT_NUMBER, except increment SOURCE to after the number.
+   SOURCE must be an lvalue.  */
+
+# define EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR(destination, source)			\
+  do {									\
+    EXTRACT_NUMBER (destination, source);				\
+    (source) += OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE; 					\
+  } while (0)
+
+# ifdef DEBUG
+static void
+PREFIX(extract_number_and_incr) (int *destination, UCHAR_T **source)
+{
+  PREFIX(extract_number) (destination, *source);
+  *source += OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE;
+}
+
+#  ifndef EXTRACT_MACROS
+#   undef EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR
+#   define EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR(dest, src) \
+  PREFIX(extract_number_and_incr) (&dest, &src)
+#  endif /* not EXTRACT_MACROS */
+
+# endif /* DEBUG */
+
+
+
+/* If DEBUG is defined, Regex prints many voluminous messages about what
+   it is doing (if the variable `debug' is nonzero).  If linked with the
+   main program in `iregex.c', you can enter patterns and strings
+   interactively.  And if linked with the main program in `main.c' and
+   the other test files, you can run the already-written tests.  */
+
+# ifdef DEBUG
+
+#  ifndef DEFINED_ONCE
+
+/* We use standard I/O for debugging.  */
+#   include <stdio.h>
+
+/* It is useful to test things that ``must'' be true when debugging.  */
+#   include <assert.h>
+
+static int debug;
+
+#   define DEBUG_STATEMENT(e) e
+#   define DEBUG_PRINT1(x) if (debug) printf (x)
+#   define DEBUG_PRINT2(x1, x2) if (debug) printf (x1, x2)
+#   define DEBUG_PRINT3(x1, x2, x3) if (debug) printf (x1, x2, x3)
+#   define DEBUG_PRINT4(x1, x2, x3, x4) if (debug) printf (x1, x2, x3, x4)
+#  endif /* not DEFINED_ONCE */
+
+#  define DEBUG_PRINT_COMPILED_PATTERN(p, s, e) 			\
+  if (debug) PREFIX(print_partial_compiled_pattern) (s, e)
+#  define DEBUG_PRINT_DOUBLE_STRING(w, s1, sz1, s2, sz2)		\
+  if (debug) PREFIX(print_double_string) (w, s1, sz1, s2, sz2)
+
+
+/* Print the fastmap in human-readable form.  */
+
+#  ifndef DEFINED_ONCE
+void
+print_fastmap (char *fastmap)
+{
+  unsigned was_a_range = 0;
+  unsigned i = 0;
+
+  while (i < (1 << BYTEWIDTH))
+    {
+      if (fastmap[i++])
+	{
+	  was_a_range = 0;
+          putchar (i - 1);
+          while (i < (1 << BYTEWIDTH)  &&  fastmap[i])
+            {
+              was_a_range = 1;
+              i++;
+            }
+	  if (was_a_range)
+            {
+              printf ("-");
+              putchar (i - 1);
+            }
+        }
+    }
+  putchar ('\n');
+}
+#  endif /* not DEFINED_ONCE */
+
+
+/* Print a compiled pattern string in human-readable form, starting at
+   the START pointer into it and ending just before the pointer END.  */
+
+void
+PREFIX(print_partial_compiled_pattern) (UCHAR_T *start, UCHAR_T *end)
+{
+  int mcnt, mcnt2;
+  UCHAR_T *p1;
+  UCHAR_T *p = start;
+  UCHAR_T *pend = end;
+
+  if (start == NULL)
+    {
+      printf ("(null)\n");
+      return;
+    }
+
+  /* Loop over pattern commands.  */
+  while (p < pend)
+    {
+#  ifdef _LIBC
+      printf ("%td:\t", p - start);
+#  else
+      printf ("%ld:\t", (long int) (p - start));
+#  endif
+
+      switch ((re_opcode_t) *p++)
+	{
+        case no_op:
+          printf ("/no_op");
+          break;
+
+	case exactn:
+	  mcnt = *p++;
+          printf ("/exactn/%d", mcnt);
+          do
+	    {
+              putchar ('/');
+	      PUT_CHAR (*p++);
+            }
+          while (--mcnt);
+          break;
+
+#  ifdef MBS_SUPPORT
+	case exactn_bin:
+	  mcnt = *p++;
+	  printf ("/exactn_bin/%d", mcnt);
+          do
+	    {
+	      printf("/%lx", (long int) *p++);
+            }
+          while (--mcnt);
+          break;
+#  endif /* MBS_SUPPORT */
+
+	case start_memory:
+          mcnt = *p++;
+          printf ("/start_memory/%d/%ld", mcnt, (long int) *p++);
+          break;
+
+	case stop_memory:
+          mcnt = *p++;
+	  printf ("/stop_memory/%d/%ld", mcnt, (long int) *p++);
+          break;
+
+	case duplicate:
+	  printf ("/duplicate/%ld", (long int) *p++);
+	  break;
+
+	case anychar:
+	  printf ("/anychar");
+	  break;
+
+	case charset:
+        case charset_not:
+          {
+#  ifdef WCHAR
+	    int i, length;
+	    wchar_t *workp = p;
+	    printf ("/charset [%s",
+	            (re_opcode_t) *(workp - 1) == charset_not ? "^" : "");
+	    p += 5;
+	    length = *workp++; /* the length of char_classes */
+	    for (i=0 ; i<length ; i++)
+	      printf("[:%lx:]", (long int) *p++);
+	    length = *workp++; /* the length of collating_symbol */
+	    for (i=0 ; i<length ;)
+	      {
+		printf("[.");
+		while(*p != 0)
+		  PUT_CHAR((i++,*p++));
+		i++,p++;
+		printf(".]");
+	      }
+	    length = *workp++; /* the length of equivalence_class */
+	    for (i=0 ; i<length ;)
+	      {
+		printf("[=");
+		while(*p != 0)
+		  PUT_CHAR((i++,*p++));
+		i++,p++;
+		printf("=]");
+	      }
+	    length = *workp++; /* the length of char_range */
+	    for (i=0 ; i<length ; i++)
+	      {
+		wchar_t range_start = *p++;
+		wchar_t range_end = *p++;
+		printf("%C-%C", range_start, range_end);
+	      }
+	    length = *workp++; /* the length of char */
+	    for (i=0 ; i<length ; i++)
+	      printf("%C", *p++);
+	    putchar (']');
+#  else
+            register int c, last = -100;
+	    register int in_range = 0;
+
+	    printf ("/charset [%s",
+	            (re_opcode_t) *(p - 1) == charset_not ? "^" : "");
+
+            assert (p + *p < pend);
+
+            for (c = 0; c < 256; c++)
+	      if (c / 8 < *p
+		  && (p[1 + (c/8)] & (1 << (c % 8))))
+		{
+		  /* Are we starting a range?  */
+		  if (last + 1 == c && ! in_range)
+		    {
+		      putchar ('-');
+		      in_range = 1;
+		    }
+		  /* Have we broken a range?  */
+		  else if (last + 1 != c && in_range)
+              {
+		      putchar (last);
+		      in_range = 0;
+		    }
+
+		  if (! in_range)
+		    putchar (c);
+
+		  last = c;
+              }
+
+	    if (in_range)
+	      putchar (last);
+
+	    putchar (']');
+
+	    p += 1 + *p;
+#  endif /* WCHAR */
+	  }
+	  break;
+
+	case begline:
+	  printf ("/begline");
+          break;
+
+	case endline:
+          printf ("/endline");
+          break;
+
+	case on_failure_jump:
+          PREFIX(extract_number_and_incr) (&mcnt, &p);
+#  ifdef _LIBC
+  	  printf ("/on_failure_jump to %td", p + mcnt - start);
+#  else
+  	  printf ("/on_failure_jump to %ld", (long int) (p + mcnt - start));
+#  endif
+          break;
+
+	case on_failure_keep_string_jump:
+          PREFIX(extract_number_and_incr) (&mcnt, &p);
+#  ifdef _LIBC
+  	  printf ("/on_failure_keep_string_jump to %td", p + mcnt - start);
+#  else
+  	  printf ("/on_failure_keep_string_jump to %ld",
+		  (long int) (p + mcnt - start));
+#  endif
+          break;
+
+	case dummy_failure_jump:
+          PREFIX(extract_number_and_incr) (&mcnt, &p);
+#  ifdef _LIBC
+  	  printf ("/dummy_failure_jump to %td", p + mcnt - start);
+#  else
+  	  printf ("/dummy_failure_jump to %ld", (long int) (p + mcnt - start));
+#  endif
+          break;
+
+	case push_dummy_failure:
+          printf ("/push_dummy_failure");
+          break;
+
+        case maybe_pop_jump:
+          PREFIX(extract_number_and_incr) (&mcnt, &p);
+#  ifdef _LIBC
+  	  printf ("/maybe_pop_jump to %td", p + mcnt - start);
+#  else
+  	  printf ("/maybe_pop_jump to %ld", (long int) (p + mcnt - start));
+#  endif
+	  break;
+
+        case pop_failure_jump:
+	  PREFIX(extract_number_and_incr) (&mcnt, &p);
+#  ifdef _LIBC
+  	  printf ("/pop_failure_jump to %td", p + mcnt - start);
+#  else
+  	  printf ("/pop_failure_jump to %ld", (long int) (p + mcnt - start));
+#  endif
+	  break;
+
+        case jump_past_alt:
+	  PREFIX(extract_number_and_incr) (&mcnt, &p);
+#  ifdef _LIBC
+  	  printf ("/jump_past_alt to %td", p + mcnt - start);
+#  else
+  	  printf ("/jump_past_alt to %ld", (long int) (p + mcnt - start));
+#  endif
+	  break;
+
+        case jump:
+	  PREFIX(extract_number_and_incr) (&mcnt, &p);
+#  ifdef _LIBC
+  	  printf ("/jump to %td", p + mcnt - start);
+#  else
+  	  printf ("/jump to %ld", (long int) (p + mcnt - start));
+#  endif
+	  break;
+
+        case succeed_n:
+          PREFIX(extract_number_and_incr) (&mcnt, &p);
+	  p1 = p + mcnt;
+          PREFIX(extract_number_and_incr) (&mcnt2, &p);
+#  ifdef _LIBC
+	  printf ("/succeed_n to %td, %d times", p1 - start, mcnt2);
+#  else
+	  printf ("/succeed_n to %ld, %d times",
+		  (long int) (p1 - start), mcnt2);
+#  endif
+          break;
+
+        case jump_n:
+          PREFIX(extract_number_and_incr) (&mcnt, &p);
+	  p1 = p + mcnt;
+          PREFIX(extract_number_and_incr) (&mcnt2, &p);
+	  printf ("/jump_n to %d, %d times", p1 - start, mcnt2);
+          break;
+
+        case set_number_at:
+          PREFIX(extract_number_and_incr) (&mcnt, &p);
+	  p1 = p + mcnt;
+          PREFIX(extract_number_and_incr) (&mcnt2, &p);
+#  ifdef _LIBC
+	  printf ("/set_number_at location %td to %d", p1 - start, mcnt2);
+#  else
+	  printf ("/set_number_at location %ld to %d",
+		  (long int) (p1 - start), mcnt2);
+#  endif
+          break;
+
+        case wordbound:
+	  printf ("/wordbound");
+	  break;
+
+	case notwordbound:
+	  printf ("/notwordbound");
+          break;
+
+	case wordbeg:
+	  printf ("/wordbeg");
+	  break;
+
+	case wordend:
+	  printf ("/wordend");
+	  break;
+
+#  ifdef emacs
+	case before_dot:
+	  printf ("/before_dot");
+          break;
+
+	case at_dot:
+	  printf ("/at_dot");
+          break;
+
+	case after_dot:
+	  printf ("/after_dot");
+          break;
+
+	case syntaxspec:
+          printf ("/syntaxspec");
+	  mcnt = *p++;
+	  printf ("/%d", mcnt);
+          break;
+
+	case notsyntaxspec:
+          printf ("/notsyntaxspec");
+	  mcnt = *p++;
+	  printf ("/%d", mcnt);
+	  break;
+#  endif /* emacs */
+
+	case wordchar:
+	  printf ("/wordchar");
+          break;
+
+	case notwordchar:
+	  printf ("/notwordchar");
+          break;
+
+	case begbuf:
+	  printf ("/begbuf");
+          break;
+
+	case endbuf:
+	  printf ("/endbuf");
+          break;
+
+        default:
+          printf ("?%ld", (long int) *(p-1));
+	}
+
+      putchar ('\n');
+    }
+
+#  ifdef _LIBC
+  printf ("%td:\tend of pattern.\n", p - start);
+#  else
+  printf ("%ld:\tend of pattern.\n", (long int) (p - start));
+#  endif
+}
+
+
+void
+PREFIX(print_compiled_pattern) (struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp)
+{
+  UCHAR_T *buffer = (UCHAR_T*) bufp->buffer;
+
+  PREFIX(print_partial_compiled_pattern) (buffer, buffer
+				  + bufp->used / sizeof(UCHAR_T));
+  printf ("%ld bytes used/%ld bytes allocated.\n",
+	  bufp->used, bufp->allocated);
+
+  if (bufp->fastmap_accurate && bufp->fastmap)
+    {
+      printf ("fastmap: ");
+      print_fastmap (bufp->fastmap);
+    }
+
+#  ifdef _LIBC
+  printf ("re_nsub: %Zd\t", bufp->re_nsub);
+#  else
+  printf ("re_nsub: %ld\t", (long int) bufp->re_nsub);
+#  endif
+  printf ("regs_alloc: %d\t", bufp->regs_allocated);
+  printf ("can_be_null: %d\t", bufp->can_be_null);
+  printf ("newline_anchor: %d\n", bufp->newline_anchor);
+  printf ("no_sub: %d\t", bufp->no_sub);
+  printf ("not_bol: %d\t", bufp->not_bol);
+  printf ("not_eol: %d\t", bufp->not_eol);
+  printf ("syntax: %lx\n", bufp->syntax);
+  /* Perhaps we should print the translate table?  */
+}
+
+
+void
+PREFIX(print_double_string) (const CHAR_T *where,
+			     const CHAR_T *string1,
+			     const CHAR_T *string2,
+			     int size1,
+			     int size2)
+{
+  int this_char;
+
+  if (where == NULL)
+    printf ("(null)");
+  else
+    {
+      int cnt;
+
+      if (FIRST_STRING_P (where))
+        {
+          for (this_char = where - string1; this_char < size1; this_char++)
+	    PUT_CHAR (string1[this_char]);
+
+          where = string2;
+        }
+
+      cnt = 0;
+      for (this_char = where - string2; this_char < size2; this_char++)
+	{
+	  PUT_CHAR (string2[this_char]);
+	  if (++cnt > 100)
+	    {
+	      fputs ("...", stdout);
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+#  ifndef DEFINED_ONCE
+void
+printchar (c)
+     int c;
+{
+  putc (c, stderr);
+}
+#  endif
+
+# else /* not DEBUG */
+
+#  ifndef DEFINED_ONCE
+#   undef assert
+#   define assert(e)
+
+#   define DEBUG_STATEMENT(e)
+#   define DEBUG_PRINT1(x)
+#   define DEBUG_PRINT2(x1, x2)
+#   define DEBUG_PRINT3(x1, x2, x3)
+#   define DEBUG_PRINT4(x1, x2, x3, x4)
+#  endif /* not DEFINED_ONCE */
+#  define DEBUG_PRINT_COMPILED_PATTERN(p, s, e)
+#  define DEBUG_PRINT_DOUBLE_STRING(w, s1, sz1, s2, sz2)
+
+# endif /* not DEBUG */
+
+
+
+# ifdef WCHAR
+/* This  convert a multibyte string to a wide character string.
+   And write their correspondances to offset_buffer(see below)
+   and write whether each wchar_t is binary data to is_binary.
+   This assume invalid multibyte sequences as binary data.
+   We assume offset_buffer and is_binary is already allocated
+   enough space.  */
+
+static size_t
+convert_mbs_to_wcs (CHAR_T *dest,
+		    const unsigned char* src,
+
+		    /* The length of multibyte string.  */
+		    size_t len,
+
+		    /* Correspondences between src(char string) and
+		       dest(wchar_t string) for optimization.  E.g.:
+		       src  = "xxxyzz"
+		       dest = {'X', 'Y', 'Z'}
+			 (each "xxx", "y" and "zz" represent one
+			  multibyte character corresponding to 'X',
+			  'Y' and 'Z'.)
+		       offset_buffer = {0, 0+3("xxx"), 0+3+1("y"),
+					0+3+1+2("zz")}
+				     = {0, 3, 4, 6} */
+		    int *offset_buffer,
+
+		    char *is_binary)
+{
+  wchar_t *pdest = dest;
+  const unsigned char *psrc = src;
+  size_t wc_count = 0;
+
+  mbstate_t mbs;
+  int i, consumed;
+  size_t mb_remain = len;
+  size_t mb_count = 0;
+
+  /* Initialize the conversion state.  */
+  memset (&mbs, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+
+  offset_buffer[0] = 0;
+  for( ; mb_remain > 0 ; ++wc_count, ++pdest, mb_remain -= consumed,
+	 psrc += consumed)
+    {
+      consumed = mbrtowc (pdest, psrc, mb_remain, &mbs);
+
+      if (consumed <= 0)
+	/* failed to convert. maybe src contains binary data.
+	   So we consume 1 byte manualy.  */
+	{
+	  *pdest = *psrc;
+	  consumed = 1;
+	  is_binary[wc_count] = TRUE;
+	}
+      else
+	is_binary[wc_count] = FALSE;
+      /* In sjis encoding, we use yen sign as escape character in
+	 place of reverse solidus. So we convert 0x5c(yen sign in
+	 sjis) to not 0xa5(yen sign in UCS2) but 0x5c(reverse
+	 solidus in UCS2).  */
+      if (consumed == 1 && (int) *psrc == 0x5c && (int) *pdest == 0xa5)
+	*pdest = (wchar_t) *psrc;
+
+      offset_buffer[wc_count + 1] = mb_count += consumed;
+    }
+
+  /* Fill remain of the buffer with sentinel.  */
+  for (i = wc_count + 1 ; i <= len ; i++)
+    offset_buffer[i] = mb_count + 1;
+
+  return wc_count;
+}
+
+# endif /* WCHAR */
+
+#else /* not INSIDE_RECURSION */
+
+/* Set by `re_set_syntax' to the current regexp syntax to recognize.  Can
+   also be assigned to arbitrarily: each pattern buffer stores its own
+   syntax, so it can be changed between regex compilations.  */
+/* This has no initializer because initialized variables in Emacs
+   become read-only after dumping.  */
+reg_syntax_t re_syntax_options;
+
+
+/* Specify the precise syntax of regexps for compilation.  This provides
+   for compatibility for various utilities which historically have
+   different, incompatible syntaxes.
+
+   The argument SYNTAX is a bit mask comprised of the various bits
+   defined in regex.h.  We return the old syntax.  */
+
+reg_syntax_t
+re_set_syntax (reg_syntax_t syntax)
+{
+  reg_syntax_t ret = re_syntax_options;
+
+  re_syntax_options = syntax;
+# ifdef DEBUG
+  if (syntax & RE_DEBUG)
+    debug = 1;
+  else if (debug) /* was on but now is not */
+    debug = 0;
+# endif /* DEBUG */
+  return ret;
+}
+# ifdef _LIBC
+weak_alias (__re_set_syntax, re_set_syntax)
+# endif
+
+/* This table gives an error message for each of the error codes listed
+   in regex.h.  Obviously the order here has to be same as there.
+   POSIX doesn't require that we do anything for REG_NOERROR,
+   but why not be nice?  */
+
+static const char re_error_msgid[] =
+  {
+# define REG_NOERROR_IDX	0
+    gettext_noop ("Success")	/* REG_NOERROR */
+    "\0"
+# define REG_NOMATCH_IDX (REG_NOERROR_IDX + sizeof "Success")
+    gettext_noop ("No match")	/* REG_NOMATCH */
+    "\0"
+# define REG_BADPAT_IDX	(REG_NOMATCH_IDX + sizeof "No match")
+    gettext_noop ("Invalid regular expression") /* REG_BADPAT */
+    "\0"
+# define REG_ECOLLATE_IDX (REG_BADPAT_IDX + sizeof "Invalid regular expression")
+    gettext_noop ("Invalid collation character") /* REG_ECOLLATE */
+    "\0"
+# define REG_ECTYPE_IDX	(REG_ECOLLATE_IDX + sizeof "Invalid collation character")
+    gettext_noop ("Invalid character class name") /* REG_ECTYPE */
+    "\0"
+# define REG_EESCAPE_IDX	(REG_ECTYPE_IDX + sizeof "Invalid character class name")
+    gettext_noop ("Trailing backslash") /* REG_EESCAPE */
+    "\0"
+# define REG_ESUBREG_IDX	(REG_EESCAPE_IDX + sizeof "Trailing backslash")
+    gettext_noop ("Invalid back reference") /* REG_ESUBREG */
+    "\0"
+# define REG_EBRACK_IDX	(REG_ESUBREG_IDX + sizeof "Invalid back reference")
+    gettext_noop ("Unmatched [ or [^")	/* REG_EBRACK */
+    "\0"
+# define REG_EPAREN_IDX	(REG_EBRACK_IDX + sizeof "Unmatched [ or [^")
+    gettext_noop ("Unmatched ( or \\(") /* REG_EPAREN */
+    "\0"
+# define REG_EBRACE_IDX	(REG_EPAREN_IDX + sizeof "Unmatched ( or \\(")
+    gettext_noop ("Unmatched \\{") /* REG_EBRACE */
+    "\0"
+# define REG_BADBR_IDX	(REG_EBRACE_IDX + sizeof "Unmatched \\{")
+    gettext_noop ("Invalid content of \\{\\}") /* REG_BADBR */
+    "\0"
+# define REG_ERANGE_IDX	(REG_BADBR_IDX + sizeof "Invalid content of \\{\\}")
+    gettext_noop ("Invalid range end")	/* REG_ERANGE */
+    "\0"
+# define REG_ESPACE_IDX	(REG_ERANGE_IDX + sizeof "Invalid range end")
+    gettext_noop ("Memory exhausted") /* REG_ESPACE */
+    "\0"
+# define REG_BADRPT_IDX	(REG_ESPACE_IDX + sizeof "Memory exhausted")
+    gettext_noop ("Invalid preceding regular expression") /* REG_BADRPT */
+    "\0"
+# define REG_EEND_IDX	(REG_BADRPT_IDX + sizeof "Invalid preceding regular expression")
+    gettext_noop ("Premature end of regular expression") /* REG_EEND */
+    "\0"
+# define REG_ESIZE_IDX	(REG_EEND_IDX + sizeof "Premature end of regular expression")
+    gettext_noop ("Regular expression too big") /* REG_ESIZE */
+    "\0"
+# define REG_ERPAREN_IDX	(REG_ESIZE_IDX + sizeof "Regular expression too big")
+    gettext_noop ("Unmatched ) or \\)") /* REG_ERPAREN */
+  };
+
+static const size_t re_error_msgid_idx[] =
+  {
+    REG_NOERROR_IDX,
+    REG_NOMATCH_IDX,
+    REG_BADPAT_IDX,
+    REG_ECOLLATE_IDX,
+    REG_ECTYPE_IDX,
+    REG_EESCAPE_IDX,
+    REG_ESUBREG_IDX,
+    REG_EBRACK_IDX,
+    REG_EPAREN_IDX,
+    REG_EBRACE_IDX,
+    REG_BADBR_IDX,
+    REG_ERANGE_IDX,
+    REG_ESPACE_IDX,
+    REG_BADRPT_IDX,
+    REG_EEND_IDX,
+    REG_ESIZE_IDX,
+    REG_ERPAREN_IDX
+  };
+
+#endif /* INSIDE_RECURSION */
+
+#ifndef DEFINED_ONCE
+/* Avoiding alloca during matching, to placate r_alloc.  */
+
+/* Define MATCH_MAY_ALLOCATE unless we need to make sure that the
+   searching and matching functions should not call alloca.  On some
+   systems, alloca is implemented in terms of malloc, and if we're
+   using the relocating allocator routines, then malloc could cause a
+   relocation, which might (if the strings being searched are in the
+   ralloc heap) shift the data out from underneath the regexp
+   routines.
+
+   Here's another reason to avoid allocation: Emacs
+   processes input from X in a signal handler; processing X input may
+   call malloc; if input arrives while a matching routine is calling
+   malloc, then we're scrod.  But Emacs can't just block input while
+   calling matching routines; then we don't notice interrupts when
+   they come in.  So, Emacs blocks input around all regexp calls
+   except the matching calls, which it leaves unprotected, in the
+   faith that they will not malloc.  */
+
+/* Normally, this is fine.  */
+# define MATCH_MAY_ALLOCATE
+
+/* When using GNU C, we are not REALLY using the C alloca, no matter
+   what config.h may say.  So don't take precautions for it.  */
+# ifdef __GNUC__
+#  undef C_ALLOCA
+# endif
+
+/* The match routines may not allocate if (1) they would do it with malloc
+   and (2) it's not safe for them to use malloc.
+   Note that if REL_ALLOC is defined, matching would not use malloc for the
+   failure stack, but we would still use it for the register vectors;
+   so REL_ALLOC should not affect this.  */
+# if (defined C_ALLOCA || defined REGEX_MALLOC) && defined emacs
+#  undef MATCH_MAY_ALLOCATE
+# endif
+#endif /* not DEFINED_ONCE */
+
+#ifdef INSIDE_RECURSION
+/* Failure stack declarations and macros; both re_compile_fastmap and
+   re_match_2 use a failure stack.  These have to be macros because of
+   REGEX_ALLOCATE_STACK.  */
+
+
+/* Number of failure points for which to initially allocate space
+   when matching.  If this number is exceeded, we allocate more
+   space, so it is not a hard limit.  */
+# ifndef INIT_FAILURE_ALLOC
+#  define INIT_FAILURE_ALLOC 5
+# endif
+
+/* Roughly the maximum number of failure points on the stack.  Would be
+   exactly that if always used MAX_FAILURE_ITEMS items each time we failed.
+   This is a variable only so users of regex can assign to it; we never
+   change it ourselves.  */
+
+# ifdef INT_IS_16BIT
+
+#  ifndef DEFINED_ONCE
+#   if defined MATCH_MAY_ALLOCATE
+/* 4400 was enough to cause a crash on Alpha OSF/1,
+   whose default stack limit is 2mb.  */
+long int re_max_failures = 4000;
+#   else
+long int re_max_failures = 2000;
+#   endif
+#  endif
+
+union PREFIX(fail_stack_elt)
+{
+  UCHAR_T *pointer;
+  long int integer;
+};
+
+typedef union PREFIX(fail_stack_elt) PREFIX(fail_stack_elt_t);
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  PREFIX(fail_stack_elt_t) *stack;
+  unsigned long int size;
+  unsigned long int avail;		/* Offset of next open position.  */
+} PREFIX(fail_stack_type);
+
+# else /* not INT_IS_16BIT */
+
+#  ifndef DEFINED_ONCE
+#   if defined MATCH_MAY_ALLOCATE
+/* 4400 was enough to cause a crash on Alpha OSF/1,
+   whose default stack limit is 2mb.  */
+int re_max_failures = 4000;
+#   else
+int re_max_failures = 2000;
+#   endif
+#  endif
+
+union PREFIX(fail_stack_elt)
+{
+  UCHAR_T *pointer;
+  int integer;
+};
+
+typedef union PREFIX(fail_stack_elt) PREFIX(fail_stack_elt_t);
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  PREFIX(fail_stack_elt_t) *stack;
+  unsigned size;
+  unsigned avail;			/* Offset of next open position.  */
+} PREFIX(fail_stack_type);
+
+# endif /* INT_IS_16BIT */
+
+# ifndef DEFINED_ONCE
+#  define FAIL_STACK_EMPTY()     (fail_stack.avail == 0)
+#  define FAIL_STACK_PTR_EMPTY() (fail_stack_ptr->avail == 0)
+#  define FAIL_STACK_FULL()      (fail_stack.avail == fail_stack.size)
+# endif
+
+
+/* Define macros to initialize and free the failure stack.
+   Do `return -2' if the alloc fails.  */
+
+# ifdef MATCH_MAY_ALLOCATE
+#  define INIT_FAIL_STACK()						\
+  do {									\
+    fail_stack.stack = (PREFIX(fail_stack_elt_t) *)		\
+      REGEX_ALLOCATE_STACK (INIT_FAILURE_ALLOC * sizeof (PREFIX(fail_stack_elt_t))); \
+									\
+    if (fail_stack.stack == NULL)				\
+      return -2;							\
+									\
+    fail_stack.size = INIT_FAILURE_ALLOC;			\
+    fail_stack.avail = 0;					\
+  } while (0)
+
+#  define RESET_FAIL_STACK()  REGEX_FREE_STACK (fail_stack.stack)
+# else
+#  define INIT_FAIL_STACK()						\
+  do {									\
+    fail_stack.avail = 0;					\
+  } while (0)
+
+#  define RESET_FAIL_STACK()
+# endif
+
+
+/* Double the size of FAIL_STACK, up to approximately `re_max_failures' items.
+
+   Return 1 if succeeds, and 0 if either ran out of memory
+   allocating space for it or it was already too large.
+
+   REGEX_REALLOCATE_STACK requires `destination' be declared.   */
+
+# define DOUBLE_FAIL_STACK(fail_stack)					\
+  ((fail_stack).size > (unsigned) (re_max_failures * MAX_FAILURE_ITEMS)	\
+   ? 0									\
+   : ((fail_stack).stack = (PREFIX(fail_stack_elt_t) *)			\
+        REGEX_REALLOCATE_STACK ((fail_stack).stack, 			\
+          (fail_stack).size * sizeof (PREFIX(fail_stack_elt_t)),	\
+          ((fail_stack).size << 1) * sizeof (PREFIX(fail_stack_elt_t))),\
+									\
+      (fail_stack).stack == NULL					\
+      ? 0								\
+      : ((fail_stack).size <<= 1, 					\
+         1)))
+
+
+/* Push pointer POINTER on FAIL_STACK.
+   Return 1 if was able to do so and 0 if ran out of memory allocating
+   space to do so.  */
+# define PUSH_PATTERN_OP(POINTER, FAIL_STACK)				\
+  ((FAIL_STACK_FULL ()							\
+    && !DOUBLE_FAIL_STACK (FAIL_STACK))					\
+   ? 0									\
+   : ((FAIL_STACK).stack[(FAIL_STACK).avail++].pointer = POINTER,	\
+      1))
+
+/* Push a pointer value onto the failure stack.
+   Assumes the variable `fail_stack'.  Probably should only
+   be called from within `PUSH_FAILURE_POINT'.  */
+# define PUSH_FAILURE_POINTER(item)					\
+  fail_stack.stack[fail_stack.avail++].pointer = (UCHAR_T *) (item)
+
+/* This pushes an integer-valued item onto the failure stack.
+   Assumes the variable `fail_stack'.  Probably should only
+   be called from within `PUSH_FAILURE_POINT'.  */
+# define PUSH_FAILURE_INT(item)					\
+  fail_stack.stack[fail_stack.avail++].integer = (item)
+
+/* Push a fail_stack_elt_t value onto the failure stack.
+   Assumes the variable `fail_stack'.  Probably should only
+   be called from within `PUSH_FAILURE_POINT'.  */
+# define PUSH_FAILURE_ELT(item)					\
+  fail_stack.stack[fail_stack.avail++] =  (item)
+
+/* These three POP... operations complement the three PUSH... operations.
+   All assume that `fail_stack' is nonempty.  */
+# define POP_FAILURE_POINTER() fail_stack.stack[--fail_stack.avail].pointer
+# define POP_FAILURE_INT() fail_stack.stack[--fail_stack.avail].integer
+# define POP_FAILURE_ELT() fail_stack.stack[--fail_stack.avail]
+
+/* Used to omit pushing failure point id's when we're not debugging.  */
+# ifdef DEBUG
+#  define DEBUG_PUSH PUSH_FAILURE_INT
+#  define DEBUG_POP(item_addr) *(item_addr) = POP_FAILURE_INT ()
+# else
+#  define DEBUG_PUSH(item)
+#  define DEBUG_POP(item_addr)
+# endif
+
+
+/* Push the information about the state we will need
+   if we ever fail back to it.
+
+   Requires variables fail_stack, regstart, regend, reg_info, and
+   num_regs_pushed be declared.  DOUBLE_FAIL_STACK requires `destination'
+   be declared.
+
+   Does `return FAILURE_CODE' if runs out of memory.  */
+
+# define PUSH_FAILURE_POINT(pattern_place, string_place, failure_code)	\
+  do {									\
+    char *destination;							\
+    /* Must be int, so when we don't save any registers, the arithmetic	\
+       of 0 + -1 isn't done as unsigned.  */				\
+    /* Can't be int, since there is not a shred of a guarantee that int	\
+       is wide enough to hold a value of something to which pointer can	\
+       be assigned */							\
+    active_reg_t this_reg;						\
+    									\
+    DEBUG_STATEMENT (failure_id++);					\
+    DEBUG_STATEMENT (nfailure_points_pushed++);				\
+    DEBUG_PRINT2 ("\nPUSH_FAILURE_POINT #%u:\n", failure_id);		\
+    DEBUG_PRINT2 ("  Before push, next avail: %d\n", (fail_stack).avail);\
+    DEBUG_PRINT2 ("                     size: %d\n", (fail_stack).size);\
+									\
+    DEBUG_PRINT2 ("  slots needed: %ld\n", NUM_FAILURE_ITEMS);		\
+    DEBUG_PRINT2 ("     available: %d\n", REMAINING_AVAIL_SLOTS);	\
+									\
+    /* Ensure we have enough space allocated for what we will push.  */	\
+    while (REMAINING_AVAIL_SLOTS < NUM_FAILURE_ITEMS)			\
+      {									\
+        if (!DOUBLE_FAIL_STACK (fail_stack))				\
+          return failure_code;						\
+									\
+        DEBUG_PRINT2 ("\n  Doubled stack; size now: %d\n",		\
+		       (fail_stack).size);				\
+        DEBUG_PRINT2 ("  slots available: %d\n", REMAINING_AVAIL_SLOTS);\
+      }									\
+									\
+    /* Push the info, starting with the registers.  */			\
+    DEBUG_PRINT1 ("\n");						\
+									\
+    if (1)								\
+      for (this_reg = lowest_active_reg; this_reg <= highest_active_reg; \
+	   this_reg++)							\
+	{								\
+	  DEBUG_PRINT2 ("  Pushing reg: %lu\n", this_reg);		\
+	  DEBUG_STATEMENT (num_regs_pushed++);				\
+									\
+	  DEBUG_PRINT2 ("    start: %p\n", regstart[this_reg]);		\
+	  PUSH_FAILURE_POINTER (regstart[this_reg]);			\
+									\
+	  DEBUG_PRINT2 ("    end: %p\n", regend[this_reg]);		\
+	  PUSH_FAILURE_POINTER (regend[this_reg]);			\
+									\
+	  DEBUG_PRINT2 ("    info: %p\n      ",				\
+			reg_info[this_reg].word.pointer);		\
+	  DEBUG_PRINT2 (" match_null=%d",				\
+			REG_MATCH_NULL_STRING_P (reg_info[this_reg]));	\
+	  DEBUG_PRINT2 (" active=%d", IS_ACTIVE (reg_info[this_reg]));	\
+	  DEBUG_PRINT2 (" matched_something=%d",			\
+			MATCHED_SOMETHING (reg_info[this_reg]));	\
+	  DEBUG_PRINT2 (" ever_matched=%d",				\
+			EVER_MATCHED_SOMETHING (reg_info[this_reg]));	\
+	  DEBUG_PRINT1 ("\n");						\
+	  PUSH_FAILURE_ELT (reg_info[this_reg].word);			\
+	}								\
+									\
+    DEBUG_PRINT2 ("  Pushing  low active reg: %ld\n", lowest_active_reg);\
+    PUSH_FAILURE_INT (lowest_active_reg);				\
+									\
+    DEBUG_PRINT2 ("  Pushing high active reg: %ld\n", highest_active_reg);\
+    PUSH_FAILURE_INT (highest_active_reg);				\
+									\
+    DEBUG_PRINT2 ("  Pushing pattern %p:\n", pattern_place);		\
+    DEBUG_PRINT_COMPILED_PATTERN (bufp, pattern_place, pend);		\
+    PUSH_FAILURE_POINTER (pattern_place);				\
+									\
+    DEBUG_PRINT2 ("  Pushing string %p: `", string_place);		\
+    DEBUG_PRINT_DOUBLE_STRING (string_place, string1, size1, string2,   \
+				 size2);				\
+    DEBUG_PRINT1 ("'\n");						\
+    PUSH_FAILURE_POINTER (string_place);				\
+									\
+    DEBUG_PRINT2 ("  Pushing failure id: %u\n", failure_id);		\
+    DEBUG_PUSH (failure_id);						\
+  } while (0)
+
+# ifndef DEFINED_ONCE
+/* This is the number of items that are pushed and popped on the stack
+   for each register.  */
+#  define NUM_REG_ITEMS  3
+
+/* Individual items aside from the registers.  */
+#  ifdef DEBUG
+#   define NUM_NONREG_ITEMS 5 /* Includes failure point id.  */
+#  else
+#   define NUM_NONREG_ITEMS 4
+#  endif
+
+/* We push at most this many items on the stack.  */
+/* We used to use (num_regs - 1), which is the number of registers
+   this regexp will save; but that was changed to 5
+   to avoid stack overflow for a regexp with lots of parens.  */
+#  define MAX_FAILURE_ITEMS (5 * NUM_REG_ITEMS + NUM_NONREG_ITEMS)
+
+/* We actually push this many items.  */
+#  define NUM_FAILURE_ITEMS				\
+  (((0							\
+     ? 0 : highest_active_reg - lowest_active_reg + 1)	\
+    * NUM_REG_ITEMS)					\
+   + NUM_NONREG_ITEMS)
+
+/* How many items can still be added to the stack without overflowing it.  */
+#  define REMAINING_AVAIL_SLOTS ((fail_stack).size - (fail_stack).avail)
+# endif /* not DEFINED_ONCE */
+
+
+/* Pops what PUSH_FAIL_STACK pushes.
+
+   We restore into the parameters, all of which should be lvalues:
+     STR -- the saved data position.
+     PAT -- the saved pattern position.
+     LOW_REG, HIGH_REG -- the highest and lowest active registers.
+     REGSTART, REGEND -- arrays of string positions.
+     REG_INFO -- array of information about each subexpression.
+
+   Also assumes the variables `fail_stack' and (if debugging), `bufp',
+   `pend', `string1', `size1', `string2', and `size2'.  */
+# define POP_FAILURE_POINT(str, pat, low_reg, high_reg, regstart, regend, reg_info)\
+{									\
+  DEBUG_STATEMENT (unsigned failure_id;)				\
+  active_reg_t this_reg;						\
+  const UCHAR_T *string_temp;						\
+									\
+  assert (!FAIL_STACK_EMPTY ());					\
+									\
+  /* Remove failure points and point to how many regs pushed.  */	\
+  DEBUG_PRINT1 ("POP_FAILURE_POINT:\n");				\
+  DEBUG_PRINT2 ("  Before pop, next avail: %d\n", fail_stack.avail);	\
+  DEBUG_PRINT2 ("                    size: %d\n", fail_stack.size);	\
+									\
+  assert (fail_stack.avail >= NUM_NONREG_ITEMS);			\
+									\
+  DEBUG_POP (&failure_id);						\
+  DEBUG_PRINT2 ("  Popping failure id: %u\n", failure_id);		\
+									\
+  /* If the saved string location is NULL, it came from an		\
+     on_failure_keep_string_jump opcode, and we want to throw away the	\
+     saved NULL, thus retaining our current position in the string.  */	\
+  string_temp = POP_FAILURE_POINTER ();					\
+  if (string_temp != NULL)						\
+    str = (const CHAR_T *) string_temp;					\
+									\
+  DEBUG_PRINT2 ("  Popping string %p: `", str);				\
+  DEBUG_PRINT_DOUBLE_STRING (str, string1, size1, string2, size2);	\
+  DEBUG_PRINT1 ("'\n");							\
+									\
+  pat = (UCHAR_T *) POP_FAILURE_POINTER ();				\
+  DEBUG_PRINT2 ("  Popping pattern %p:\n", pat);			\
+  DEBUG_PRINT_COMPILED_PATTERN (bufp, pat, pend);			\
+									\
+  /* Restore register info.  */						\
+  high_reg = (active_reg_t) POP_FAILURE_INT ();				\
+  DEBUG_PRINT2 ("  Popping high active reg: %ld\n", high_reg);		\
+									\
+  low_reg = (active_reg_t) POP_FAILURE_INT ();				\
+  DEBUG_PRINT2 ("  Popping  low active reg: %ld\n", low_reg);		\
+									\
+  if (1)								\
+    for (this_reg = high_reg; this_reg >= low_reg; this_reg--)		\
+      {									\
+	DEBUG_PRINT2 ("    Popping reg: %ld\n", this_reg);		\
+									\
+	reg_info[this_reg].word = POP_FAILURE_ELT ();			\
+	DEBUG_PRINT2 ("      info: %p\n",				\
+		      reg_info[this_reg].word.pointer);			\
+									\
+	regend[this_reg] = (const CHAR_T *) POP_FAILURE_POINTER ();	\
+	DEBUG_PRINT2 ("      end: %p\n", regend[this_reg]);		\
+									\
+	regstart[this_reg] = (const CHAR_T *) POP_FAILURE_POINTER ();	\
+	DEBUG_PRINT2 ("      start: %p\n", regstart[this_reg]);		\
+      }									\
+  else									\
+    {									\
+      for (this_reg = highest_active_reg; this_reg > high_reg; this_reg--) \
+	{								\
+	  reg_info[this_reg].word.integer = 0;				\
+	  regend[this_reg] = 0;						\
+	  regstart[this_reg] = 0;					\
+	}								\
+      highest_active_reg = high_reg;					\
+    }									\
+									\
+  set_regs_matched_done = 0;						\
+  DEBUG_STATEMENT (nfailure_points_popped++);				\
+} /* POP_FAILURE_POINT */
+
+/* Structure for per-register (a.k.a. per-group) information.
+   Other register information, such as the
+   starting and ending positions (which are addresses), and the list of
+   inner groups (which is a bits list) are maintained in separate
+   variables.
+
+   We are making a (strictly speaking) nonportable assumption here: that
+   the compiler will pack our bit fields into something that fits into
+   the type of `word', i.e., is something that fits into one item on the
+   failure stack.  */
+
+
+/* Declarations and macros for re_match_2.  */
+
+typedef union
+{
+  PREFIX(fail_stack_elt_t) word;
+  struct
+  {
+      /* This field is one if this group can match the empty string,
+         zero if not.  If not yet determined,  `MATCH_NULL_UNSET_VALUE'.  */
+# define MATCH_NULL_UNSET_VALUE 3
+    unsigned match_null_string_p : 2;
+    unsigned is_active : 1;
+    unsigned matched_something : 1;
+    unsigned ever_matched_something : 1;
+  } bits;
+} PREFIX(register_info_type);
+
+# ifndef DEFINED_ONCE
+#  define REG_MATCH_NULL_STRING_P(R)  ((R).bits.match_null_string_p)
+#  define IS_ACTIVE(R)  ((R).bits.is_active)
+#  define MATCHED_SOMETHING(R)  ((R).bits.matched_something)
+#  define EVER_MATCHED_SOMETHING(R)  ((R).bits.ever_matched_something)
+
+
+/* Call this when have matched a real character; it sets `matched' flags
+   for the subexpressions which we are currently inside.  Also records
+   that those subexprs have matched.  */
+#  define SET_REGS_MATCHED()						\
+  do									\
+    {									\
+      if (!set_regs_matched_done)					\
+	{								\
+	  active_reg_t r;						\
+	  set_regs_matched_done = 1;					\
+	  for (r = lowest_active_reg; r <= highest_active_reg; r++)	\
+	    {								\
+	      MATCHED_SOMETHING (reg_info[r])				\
+		= EVER_MATCHED_SOMETHING (reg_info[r])			\
+		= 1;							\
+	    }								\
+	}								\
+    }									\
+  while (0)
+# endif /* not DEFINED_ONCE */
+
+/* Registers are set to a sentinel when they haven't yet matched.  */
+static CHAR_T PREFIX(reg_unset_dummy);
+# define REG_UNSET_VALUE (&PREFIX(reg_unset_dummy))
+# define REG_UNSET(e) ((e) == REG_UNSET_VALUE)
+
+/* Subroutine declarations and macros for regex_compile.  */
+static void PREFIX(store_op1) (re_opcode_t op, UCHAR_T *loc, int arg);
+static void PREFIX(store_op2) (re_opcode_t op, UCHAR_T *loc,
+			       int arg1, int arg2);
+static void PREFIX(insert_op1) (re_opcode_t op, UCHAR_T *loc,
+				int arg, UCHAR_T *end);
+static void PREFIX(insert_op2) (re_opcode_t op, UCHAR_T *loc,
+				int arg1, int arg2, UCHAR_T *end);
+static boolean PREFIX(at_begline_loc_p) (const CHAR_T *pattern,
+					 const CHAR_T *p,
+					 reg_syntax_t syntax);
+static boolean PREFIX(at_endline_loc_p) (const CHAR_T *p,
+					 const CHAR_T *pend,
+					 reg_syntax_t syntax);
+# ifdef WCHAR
+static reg_errcode_t wcs_compile_range (CHAR_T range_start,
+					const CHAR_T **p_ptr,
+					const CHAR_T *pend,
+					char *translate,
+					reg_syntax_t syntax,
+					UCHAR_T *b,
+					CHAR_T *char_set);
+static void insert_space (int num, CHAR_T *loc, CHAR_T *end);
+# else /* BYTE */
+static reg_errcode_t byte_compile_range (unsigned int range_start,
+					 const char **p_ptr,
+					 const char *pend,
+					 char *translate,
+					 reg_syntax_t syntax,
+					 unsigned char *b);
+# endif /* WCHAR */
+
+/* Fetch the next character in the uncompiled pattern---translating it
+   if necessary.  Also cast from a signed character in the constant
+   string passed to us by the user to an unsigned char that we can use
+   as an array index (in, e.g., `translate').  */
+/* ifdef MBS_SUPPORT, we translate only if character <= 0xff,
+   because it is impossible to allocate 4GB array for some encodings
+   which have 4 byte character_set like UCS4.  */
+# ifndef PATFETCH
+#  ifdef WCHAR
+#   define PATFETCH(c)							\
+  do {if (p == pend) return REG_EEND;					\
+    c = (UCHAR_T) *p++;							\
+    if (translate && (c <= 0xff)) c = (UCHAR_T) translate[c];		\
+  } while (0)
+#  else /* BYTE */
+#   define PATFETCH(c)							\
+  do {if (p == pend) return REG_EEND;					\
+    c = (unsigned char) *p++;						\
+    if (translate) c = (unsigned char) translate[c];			\
+  } while (0)
+#  endif /* WCHAR */
+# endif
+
+/* Fetch the next character in the uncompiled pattern, with no
+   translation.  */
+# define PATFETCH_RAW(c)						\
+  do {if (p == pend) return REG_EEND;					\
+    c = (UCHAR_T) *p++; 	       					\
+  } while (0)
+
+/* Go backwards one character in the pattern.  */
+# define PATUNFETCH p--
+
+
+/* If `translate' is non-null, return translate[D], else just D.  We
+   cast the subscript to translate because some data is declared as
+   `char *', to avoid warnings when a string constant is passed.  But
+   when we use a character as a subscript we must make it unsigned.  */
+/* ifdef MBS_SUPPORT, we translate only if character <= 0xff,
+   because it is impossible to allocate 4GB array for some encodings
+   which have 4 byte character_set like UCS4.  */
+
+# ifndef TRANSLATE
+#  ifdef WCHAR
+#   define TRANSLATE(d) \
+  ((translate && ((UCHAR_T) (d)) <= 0xff) \
+   ? (char) translate[(unsigned char) (d)] : (d))
+# else /* BYTE */
+#   define TRANSLATE(d) \
+  (translate ? (char) translate[(unsigned char) (d)] : (d))
+#  endif /* WCHAR */
+# endif
+
+
+/* Macros for outputting the compiled pattern into `buffer'.  */
+
+/* If the buffer isn't allocated when it comes in, use this.  */
+# define INIT_BUF_SIZE  (32 * sizeof(UCHAR_T))
+
+/* Make sure we have at least N more bytes of space in buffer.  */
+# ifdef WCHAR
+#  define GET_BUFFER_SPACE(n)						\
+    while (((unsigned long)b - (unsigned long)COMPILED_BUFFER_VAR	\
+            + (n)*sizeof(CHAR_T)) > bufp->allocated)			\
+      EXTEND_BUFFER ()
+# else /* BYTE */
+#  define GET_BUFFER_SPACE(n)						\
+    while ((unsigned long) (b - bufp->buffer + (n)) > bufp->allocated)	\
+      EXTEND_BUFFER ()
+# endif /* WCHAR */
+
+/* Make sure we have one more byte of buffer space and then add C to it.  */
+# define BUF_PUSH(c)							\
+  do {									\
+    GET_BUFFER_SPACE (1);						\
+    *b++ = (UCHAR_T) (c);						\
+  } while (0)
+
+
+/* Ensure we have two more bytes of buffer space and then append C1 and C2.  */
+# define BUF_PUSH_2(c1, c2)						\
+  do {									\
+    GET_BUFFER_SPACE (2);						\
+    *b++ = (UCHAR_T) (c1);						\
+    *b++ = (UCHAR_T) (c2);						\
+  } while (0)
+
+
+/* As with BUF_PUSH_2, except for three bytes.  */
+# define BUF_PUSH_3(c1, c2, c3)						\
+  do {									\
+    GET_BUFFER_SPACE (3);						\
+    *b++ = (UCHAR_T) (c1);						\
+    *b++ = (UCHAR_T) (c2);						\
+    *b++ = (UCHAR_T) (c3);						\
+  } while (0)
+
+/* Store a jump with opcode OP at LOC to location TO.  We store a
+   relative address offset by the three bytes the jump itself occupies.  */
+# define STORE_JUMP(op, loc, to) \
+ PREFIX(store_op1) (op, loc, (int) ((to) - (loc) - (1 + OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE)))
+
+/* Likewise, for a two-argument jump.  */
+# define STORE_JUMP2(op, loc, to, arg) \
+  PREFIX(store_op2) (op, loc, (int) ((to) - (loc) - (1 + OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE)), arg)
+
+/* Like `STORE_JUMP', but for inserting.  Assume `b' is the buffer end.  */
+# define INSERT_JUMP(op, loc, to) \
+  PREFIX(insert_op1) (op, loc, (int) ((to) - (loc) - (1 + OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE)), b)
+
+/* Like `STORE_JUMP2', but for inserting.  Assume `b' is the buffer end.  */
+# define INSERT_JUMP2(op, loc, to, arg) \
+  PREFIX(insert_op2) (op, loc, (int) ((to) - (loc) - (1 + OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE)),\
+	      arg, b)
+
+/* This is not an arbitrary limit: the arguments which represent offsets
+   into the pattern are two bytes long.  So if 2^16 bytes turns out to
+   be too small, many things would have to change.  */
+/* Any other compiler which, like MSC, has allocation limit below 2^16
+   bytes will have to use approach similar to what was done below for
+   MSC and drop MAX_BUF_SIZE a bit.  Otherwise you may end up
+   reallocating to 0 bytes.  Such thing is not going to work too well.
+   You have been warned!!  */
+# ifndef DEFINED_ONCE
+#  if defined _MSC_VER  && !defined WIN32
+/* Microsoft C 16-bit versions limit malloc to approx 65512 bytes.
+   The REALLOC define eliminates a flurry of conversion warnings,
+   but is not required. */
+#   define MAX_BUF_SIZE  65500L
+#   define REALLOC(p,s) realloc ((p), (size_t) (s))
+#  else
+#   define MAX_BUF_SIZE (1L << 16)
+#   define REALLOC(p,s) realloc ((p), (s))
+#  endif
+
+/* Extend the buffer by twice its current size via realloc and
+   reset the pointers that pointed into the old block to point to the
+   correct places in the new one.  If extending the buffer results in it
+   being larger than MAX_BUF_SIZE, then flag memory exhausted.  */
+#  if __BOUNDED_POINTERS__
+#   define SET_HIGH_BOUND(P) (__ptrhigh (P) = __ptrlow (P) + bufp->allocated)
+#   define MOVE_BUFFER_POINTER(P) \
+  (__ptrlow (P) += incr, SET_HIGH_BOUND (P), __ptrvalue (P) += incr)
+#   define ELSE_EXTEND_BUFFER_HIGH_BOUND	\
+  else						\
+    {						\
+      SET_HIGH_BOUND (b);			\
+      SET_HIGH_BOUND (begalt);			\
+      if (fixup_alt_jump)			\
+	SET_HIGH_BOUND (fixup_alt_jump);	\
+      if (laststart)				\
+	SET_HIGH_BOUND (laststart);		\
+      if (pending_exact)			\
+	SET_HIGH_BOUND (pending_exact);		\
+    }
+#  else
+#   define MOVE_BUFFER_POINTER(P) (P) += incr
+#   define ELSE_EXTEND_BUFFER_HIGH_BOUND
+#  endif
+# endif /* not DEFINED_ONCE */
+
+# ifdef WCHAR
+#  define EXTEND_BUFFER()						\
+  do {									\
+    UCHAR_T *old_buffer = COMPILED_BUFFER_VAR;				\
+    int wchar_count;							\
+    if (bufp->allocated + sizeof(UCHAR_T) > MAX_BUF_SIZE)		\
+      return REG_ESIZE;							\
+    bufp->allocated <<= 1;						\
+    if (bufp->allocated > MAX_BUF_SIZE)					\
+      bufp->allocated = MAX_BUF_SIZE;					\
+    /* How many characters the new buffer can have?  */			\
+    wchar_count = bufp->allocated / sizeof(UCHAR_T);			\
+    if (wchar_count == 0) wchar_count = 1;				\
+    /* Truncate the buffer to CHAR_T align.  */			\
+    bufp->allocated = wchar_count * sizeof(UCHAR_T);			\
+    RETALLOC (COMPILED_BUFFER_VAR, wchar_count, UCHAR_T);		\
+    bufp->buffer = (char*)COMPILED_BUFFER_VAR;				\
+    if (COMPILED_BUFFER_VAR == NULL)					\
+      return REG_ESPACE;						\
+    /* If the buffer moved, move all the pointers into it.  */		\
+    if (old_buffer != COMPILED_BUFFER_VAR)				\
+      {									\
+	int incr = COMPILED_BUFFER_VAR - old_buffer;			\
+	MOVE_BUFFER_POINTER (b);					\
+	MOVE_BUFFER_POINTER (begalt);					\
+	if (fixup_alt_jump)						\
+	  MOVE_BUFFER_POINTER (fixup_alt_jump);				\
+	if (laststart)							\
+	  MOVE_BUFFER_POINTER (laststart);				\
+	if (pending_exact)						\
+	  MOVE_BUFFER_POINTER (pending_exact);				\
+      }									\
+    ELSE_EXTEND_BUFFER_HIGH_BOUND					\
+  } while (0)
+# else /* BYTE */
+#  define EXTEND_BUFFER()						\
+  do {									\
+    UCHAR_T *old_buffer = COMPILED_BUFFER_VAR;				\
+    if (bufp->allocated == MAX_BUF_SIZE)				\
+      return REG_ESIZE;							\
+    bufp->allocated <<= 1;						\
+    if (bufp->allocated > MAX_BUF_SIZE)					\
+      bufp->allocated = MAX_BUF_SIZE;					\
+    bufp->buffer = REALLOC (COMPILED_BUFFER_VAR, bufp->allocated);	\
+    if (COMPILED_BUFFER_VAR == NULL)					\
+      return REG_ESPACE;						\
+    /* If the buffer moved, move all the pointers into it.  */		\
+    if (old_buffer != COMPILED_BUFFER_VAR)				\
+      {									\
+	int incr = COMPILED_BUFFER_VAR - old_buffer;			\
+	MOVE_BUFFER_POINTER (b);					\
+	MOVE_BUFFER_POINTER (begalt);					\
+	if (fixup_alt_jump)						\
+	  MOVE_BUFFER_POINTER (fixup_alt_jump);				\
+	if (laststart)							\
+	  MOVE_BUFFER_POINTER (laststart);				\
+	if (pending_exact)						\
+	  MOVE_BUFFER_POINTER (pending_exact);				\
+      }									\
+    ELSE_EXTEND_BUFFER_HIGH_BOUND					\
+  } while (0)
+# endif /* WCHAR */
+
+# ifndef DEFINED_ONCE
+/* Since we have one byte reserved for the register number argument to
+   {start,stop}_memory, the maximum number of groups we can report
+   things about is what fits in that byte.  */
+#  define MAX_REGNUM 255
+
+/* But patterns can have more than `MAX_REGNUM' registers.  We just
+   ignore the excess.  */
+typedef unsigned regnum_t;
+
+
+/* Macros for the compile stack.  */
+
+/* Since offsets can go either forwards or backwards, this type needs to
+   be able to hold values from -(MAX_BUF_SIZE - 1) to MAX_BUF_SIZE - 1.  */
+/* int may be not enough when sizeof(int) == 2.  */
+typedef long pattern_offset_t;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  pattern_offset_t begalt_offset;
+  pattern_offset_t fixup_alt_jump;
+  pattern_offset_t inner_group_offset;
+  pattern_offset_t laststart_offset;
+  regnum_t regnum;
+} compile_stack_elt_t;
+
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  compile_stack_elt_t *stack;
+  unsigned size;
+  unsigned avail;			/* Offset of next open position.  */
+} compile_stack_type;
+
+
+#  define INIT_COMPILE_STACK_SIZE 32
+
+#  define COMPILE_STACK_EMPTY  (compile_stack.avail == 0)
+#  define COMPILE_STACK_FULL  (compile_stack.avail == compile_stack.size)
+
+/* The next available element.  */
+#  define COMPILE_STACK_TOP (compile_stack.stack[compile_stack.avail])
+
+# endif /* not DEFINED_ONCE */
+
+/* Set the bit for character C in a list.  */
+# ifndef DEFINED_ONCE
+#  define SET_LIST_BIT(c)                               \
+  (b[((unsigned char) (c)) / BYTEWIDTH]               \
+   |= 1 << (((unsigned char) c) % BYTEWIDTH))
+# endif /* DEFINED_ONCE */
+
+/* Get the next unsigned number in the uncompiled pattern.  */
+# define GET_UNSIGNED_NUMBER(num) \
+  {									\
+    while (p != pend)							\
+      {									\
+	PATFETCH (c);							\
+	if (c < '0' || c > '9')						\
+	  break;							\
+	if (num <= RE_DUP_MAX)						\
+	  {								\
+	    if (num < 0)						\
+	      num = 0;							\
+	    num = num * 10 + c - '0';					\
+	  }								\
+      }									\
+  }
+
+# ifndef DEFINED_ONCE
+#  if defined _LIBC || WIDE_CHAR_SUPPORT
+/* The GNU C library provides support for user-defined character classes
+   and the functions from ISO C amendement 1.  */
+#   ifdef CHARCLASS_NAME_MAX
+#    define CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH CHARCLASS_NAME_MAX
+#   else
+/* This shouldn't happen but some implementation might still have this
+   problem.  Use a reasonable default value.  */
+#    define CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH 256
+#   endif
+
+#   ifdef _LIBC
+#    define IS_CHAR_CLASS(string) __wctype (string)
+#   else
+#    define IS_CHAR_CLASS(string) wctype (string)
+#   endif
+#  else
+#   define CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH  6 /* Namely, `xdigit'.  */
+
+#   define IS_CHAR_CLASS(string)					\
+   (STREQ (string, "alpha") || STREQ (string, "upper")			\
+    || STREQ (string, "lower") || STREQ (string, "digit")		\
+    || STREQ (string, "alnum") || STREQ (string, "xdigit")		\
+    || STREQ (string, "space") || STREQ (string, "print")		\
+    || STREQ (string, "punct") || STREQ (string, "graph")		\
+    || STREQ (string, "cntrl") || STREQ (string, "blank"))
+#  endif
+# endif /* DEFINED_ONCE */
+
+# ifndef MATCH_MAY_ALLOCATE
+
+/* If we cannot allocate large objects within re_match_2_internal,
+   we make the fail stack and register vectors global.
+   The fail stack, we grow to the maximum size when a regexp
+   is compiled.
+   The register vectors, we adjust in size each time we
+   compile a regexp, according to the number of registers it needs.  */
+
+static PREFIX(fail_stack_type) fail_stack;
+
+/* Size with which the following vectors are currently allocated.
+   That is so we can make them bigger as needed,
+   but never make them smaller.  */
+#  ifdef DEFINED_ONCE
+static int regs_allocated_size;
+
+static const char **     regstart, **     regend;
+static const char ** old_regstart, ** old_regend;
+static const char **best_regstart, **best_regend;
+static const char **reg_dummy;
+#  endif /* DEFINED_ONCE */
+
+static PREFIX(register_info_type) *PREFIX(reg_info);
+static PREFIX(register_info_type) *PREFIX(reg_info_dummy);
+
+/* Make the register vectors big enough for NUM_REGS registers,
+   but don't make them smaller.  */
+
+static void
+PREFIX(regex_grow_registers) (int num_regs)
+{
+  if (num_regs > regs_allocated_size)
+    {
+      RETALLOC_IF (regstart,	 num_regs, const char *);
+      RETALLOC_IF (regend,	 num_regs, const char *);
+      RETALLOC_IF (old_regstart, num_regs, const char *);
+      RETALLOC_IF (old_regend,	 num_regs, const char *);
+      RETALLOC_IF (best_regstart, num_regs, const char *);
+      RETALLOC_IF (best_regend,	 num_regs, const char *);
+      RETALLOC_IF (PREFIX(reg_info), num_regs, PREFIX(register_info_type));
+      RETALLOC_IF (reg_dummy,	 num_regs, const char *);
+      RETALLOC_IF (PREFIX(reg_info_dummy), num_regs, PREFIX(register_info_type));
+
+      regs_allocated_size = num_regs;
+    }
+}
+
+# endif /* not MATCH_MAY_ALLOCATE */
+
+# ifndef DEFINED_ONCE
+static boolean group_in_compile_stack (compile_stack_type
+				       compile_stack,
+				       regnum_t regnum);
+# endif /* not DEFINED_ONCE */
+
+/* `regex_compile' compiles PATTERN (of length SIZE) according to SYNTAX.
+   Returns one of error codes defined in `regex.h', or zero for success.
+
+   Assumes the `allocated' (and perhaps `buffer') and `translate'
+   fields are set in BUFP on entry.
+
+   If it succeeds, results are put in BUFP (if it returns an error, the
+   contents of BUFP are undefined):
+     `buffer' is the compiled pattern;
+     `syntax' is set to SYNTAX;
+     `used' is set to the length of the compiled pattern;
+     `fastmap_accurate' is zero;
+     `re_nsub' is the number of subexpressions in PATTERN;
+     `not_bol' and `not_eol' are zero;
+
+   The `fastmap' and `newline_anchor' fields are neither
+   examined nor set.  */
+
+/* Return, freeing storage we allocated.  */
+# ifdef WCHAR
+#  define FREE_STACK_RETURN(value)		\
+  return (free(pattern), free(mbs_offset), free(is_binary), free (compile_stack.stack), value)
+# else
+#  define FREE_STACK_RETURN(value)		\
+  return (free (compile_stack.stack), value)
+# endif /* WCHAR */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+PREFIX(regex_compile) (const char *ARG_PREFIX(pattern),
+		       size_t ARG_PREFIX(size),
+		       reg_syntax_t syntax,
+		       struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp)
+{
+  /* We fetch characters from PATTERN here.  Even though PATTERN is
+     `char *' (i.e., signed), we declare these variables as unsigned, so
+     they can be reliably used as array indices.  */
+  register UCHAR_T c, c1;
+
+#ifdef WCHAR
+  /* A temporary space to keep wchar_t pattern and compiled pattern.  */
+  CHAR_T *pattern, *COMPILED_BUFFER_VAR;
+  size_t size;
+  /* offset buffer for optimization. See convert_mbs_to_wc.  */
+  int *mbs_offset = NULL;
+  /* It hold whether each wchar_t is binary data or not.  */
+  char *is_binary = NULL;
+  /* A flag whether exactn is handling binary data or not.  */
+  char is_exactn_bin = FALSE;
+#endif /* WCHAR */
+
+  /* A random temporary spot in PATTERN.  */
+  const CHAR_T *p1;
+
+  /* Points to the end of the buffer, where we should append.  */
+  register UCHAR_T *b;
+
+  /* Keeps track of unclosed groups.  */
+  compile_stack_type compile_stack;
+
+  /* Points to the current (ending) position in the pattern.  */
+#ifdef WCHAR
+  const CHAR_T *p;
+  const CHAR_T *pend;
+#else /* BYTE */
+  const CHAR_T *p = pattern;
+  const CHAR_T *pend = pattern + size;
+#endif /* WCHAR */
+
+  /* How to translate the characters in the pattern.  */
+  RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE translate = bufp->translate;
+
+  /* Address of the count-byte of the most recently inserted `exactn'
+     command.  This makes it possible to tell if a new exact-match
+     character can be added to that command or if the character requires
+     a new `exactn' command.  */
+  UCHAR_T *pending_exact = 0;
+
+  /* Address of start of the most recently finished expression.
+     This tells, e.g., postfix * where to find the start of its
+     operand.  Reset at the beginning of groups and alternatives.  */
+  UCHAR_T *laststart = 0;
+
+  /* Address of beginning of regexp, or inside of last group.  */
+  UCHAR_T *begalt;
+
+  /* Address of the place where a forward jump should go to the end of
+     the containing expression.  Each alternative of an `or' -- except the
+     last -- ends with a forward jump of this sort.  */
+  UCHAR_T *fixup_alt_jump = 0;
+
+  /* Counts open-groups as they are encountered.  Remembered for the
+     matching close-group on the compile stack, so the same register
+     number is put in the stop_memory as the start_memory.  */
+  regnum_t regnum = 0;
+
+#ifdef WCHAR
+  /* Initialize the wchar_t PATTERN and offset_buffer.  */
+  p = pend = pattern = TALLOC(csize + 1, CHAR_T);
+  mbs_offset = TALLOC(csize + 1, int);
+  is_binary = TALLOC(csize + 1, char);
+  if (pattern == NULL || mbs_offset == NULL || is_binary == NULL)
+    {
+      free(pattern);
+      free(mbs_offset);
+      free(is_binary);
+      return REG_ESPACE;
+    }
+  pattern[csize] = L'\0';	/* sentinel */
+  size = convert_mbs_to_wcs(pattern, cpattern, csize, mbs_offset, is_binary);
+  pend = p + size;
+  if (size < 0)
+    {
+      free(pattern);
+      free(mbs_offset);
+      free(is_binary);
+      return REG_BADPAT;
+    }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  DEBUG_PRINT1 ("\nCompiling pattern: ");
+  if (debug)
+    {
+      unsigned debug_count;
+
+      for (debug_count = 0; debug_count < size; debug_count++)
+        PUT_CHAR (pattern[debug_count]);
+      putchar ('\n');
+    }
+#endif /* DEBUG */
+
+  /* Initialize the compile stack.  */
+  compile_stack.stack = TALLOC (INIT_COMPILE_STACK_SIZE, compile_stack_elt_t);
+  if (compile_stack.stack == NULL)
+    {
+#ifdef WCHAR
+      free(pattern);
+      free(mbs_offset);
+      free(is_binary);
+#endif
+      return REG_ESPACE;
+    }
+
+  compile_stack.size = INIT_COMPILE_STACK_SIZE;
+  compile_stack.avail = 0;
+
+  /* Initialize the pattern buffer.  */
+  bufp->syntax = syntax;
+  bufp->fastmap_accurate = 0;
+  bufp->not_bol = bufp->not_eol = 0;
+
+  /* Set `used' to zero, so that if we return an error, the pattern
+     printer (for debugging) will think there's no pattern.  We reset it
+     at the end.  */
+  bufp->used = 0;
+
+  /* Always count groups, whether or not bufp->no_sub is set.  */
+  bufp->re_nsub = 0;
+
+#if !defined emacs && !defined SYNTAX_TABLE
+  /* Initialize the syntax table.  */
+   init_syntax_once ();
+#endif
+
+  if (bufp->allocated == 0)
+    {
+      if (bufp->buffer)
+	{ /* If zero allocated, but buffer is non-null, try to realloc
+             enough space.  This loses if buffer's address is bogus, but
+             that is the user's responsibility.  */
+#ifdef WCHAR
+	  /* Free bufp->buffer and allocate an array for wchar_t pattern
+	     buffer.  */
+          free(bufp->buffer);
+          COMPILED_BUFFER_VAR = TALLOC (INIT_BUF_SIZE/sizeof(UCHAR_T),
+					UCHAR_T);
+#else
+          RETALLOC (COMPILED_BUFFER_VAR, INIT_BUF_SIZE, UCHAR_T);
+#endif /* WCHAR */
+        }
+      else
+        { /* Caller did not allocate a buffer.  Do it for them.  */
+          COMPILED_BUFFER_VAR = TALLOC (INIT_BUF_SIZE / sizeof(UCHAR_T),
+					UCHAR_T);
+        }
+
+      if (!COMPILED_BUFFER_VAR) FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_ESPACE);
+#ifdef WCHAR
+      bufp->buffer = (char*)COMPILED_BUFFER_VAR;
+#endif /* WCHAR */
+      bufp->allocated = INIT_BUF_SIZE;
+    }
+#ifdef WCHAR
+  else
+    COMPILED_BUFFER_VAR = (UCHAR_T*) bufp->buffer;
+#endif
+
+  begalt = b = COMPILED_BUFFER_VAR;
+
+  /* Loop through the uncompiled pattern until we're at the end.  */
+  while (p != pend)
+    {
+      PATFETCH (c);
+
+      switch (c)
+        {
+        case '^':
+          {
+            if (   /* If at start of pattern, it's an operator.  */
+                   p == pattern + 1
+                   /* If context independent, it's an operator.  */
+                || syntax & RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS
+                   /* Otherwise, depends on what's come before.  */
+                || PREFIX(at_begline_loc_p) (pattern, p, syntax))
+              BUF_PUSH (begline);
+            else
+              goto normal_char;
+          }
+          break;
+
+
+        case '$':
+          {
+            if (   /* If at end of pattern, it's an operator.  */
+                   p == pend
+                   /* If context independent, it's an operator.  */
+                || syntax & RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS
+                   /* Otherwise, depends on what's next.  */
+                || PREFIX(at_endline_loc_p) (p, pend, syntax))
+               BUF_PUSH (endline);
+             else
+               goto normal_char;
+           }
+           break;
+
+
+	case '+':
+        case '?':
+          if ((syntax & RE_BK_PLUS_QM)
+              || (syntax & RE_LIMITED_OPS))
+            goto normal_char;
+        handle_plus:
+        case '*':
+          /* If there is no previous pattern... */
+          if (!laststart)
+            {
+              if (syntax & RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS)
+                FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_BADRPT);
+              else if (!(syntax & RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS))
+                goto normal_char;
+            }
+
+          {
+            /* Are we optimizing this jump?  */
+            boolean keep_string_p = false;
+
+            /* 1 means zero (many) matches is allowed.  */
+            char zero_times_ok = 0, many_times_ok = 0;
+
+            /* If there is a sequence of repetition chars, collapse it
+               down to just one (the right one).  We can't combine
+               interval operators with these because of, e.g., `a{2}*',
+               which should only match an even number of `a's.  */
+
+            for (;;)
+              {
+                zero_times_ok |= c != '+';
+                many_times_ok |= c != '?';
+
+                if (p == pend)
+                  break;
+
+                PATFETCH (c);
+
+                if (c == '*'
+                    || (!(syntax & RE_BK_PLUS_QM) && (c == '+' || c == '?')))
+                  ;
+
+                else if (syntax & RE_BK_PLUS_QM  &&  c == '\\')
+                  {
+                    if (p == pend) FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_EESCAPE);
+
+                    PATFETCH (c1);
+                    if (!(c1 == '+' || c1 == '?'))
+                      {
+                        PATUNFETCH;
+                        PATUNFETCH;
+                        break;
+                      }
+
+                    c = c1;
+                  }
+                else
+                  {
+                    PATUNFETCH;
+                    break;
+                  }
+
+                /* If we get here, we found another repeat character.  */
+               }
+
+            /* Star, etc. applied to an empty pattern is equivalent
+               to an empty pattern.  */
+            if (!laststart)
+              break;
+
+            /* Now we know whether or not zero matches is allowed
+               and also whether or not two or more matches is allowed.  */
+            if (many_times_ok)
+              { /* More than one repetition is allowed, so put in at the
+                   end a backward relative jump from `b' to before the next
+                   jump we're going to put in below (which jumps from
+                   laststart to after this jump).
+
+                   But if we are at the `*' in the exact sequence `.*\n',
+                   insert an unconditional jump backwards to the .,
+                   instead of the beginning of the loop.  This way we only
+                   push a failure point once, instead of every time
+                   through the loop.  */
+                assert (p - 1 > pattern);
+
+                /* Allocate the space for the jump.  */
+                GET_BUFFER_SPACE (1 + OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE);
+
+                /* We know we are not at the first character of the pattern,
+                   because laststart was nonzero.  And we've already
+                   incremented `p', by the way, to be the character after
+                   the `*'.  Do we have to do something analogous here
+                   for null bytes, because of RE_DOT_NOT_NULL?  */
+                if (TRANSLATE (*(p - 2)) == TRANSLATE ('.')
+		    && zero_times_ok
+                    && p < pend && TRANSLATE (*p) == TRANSLATE ('\n')
+                    && !(syntax & RE_DOT_NEWLINE))
+                  { /* We have .*\n.  */
+                    STORE_JUMP (jump, b, laststart);
+                    keep_string_p = true;
+                  }
+                else
+                  /* Anything else.  */
+                  STORE_JUMP (maybe_pop_jump, b, laststart -
+			      (1 + OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE));
+
+                /* We've added more stuff to the buffer.  */
+                b += 1 + OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE;
+              }
+
+            /* On failure, jump from laststart to b + 3, which will be the
+               end of the buffer after this jump is inserted.  */
+	    /* ifdef WCHAR, 'b + 1 + OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE' instead of
+	       'b + 3'.  */
+            GET_BUFFER_SPACE (1 + OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE);
+            INSERT_JUMP (keep_string_p ? on_failure_keep_string_jump
+                                       : on_failure_jump,
+                         laststart, b + 1 + OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE);
+            pending_exact = 0;
+            b += 1 + OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE;
+
+            if (!zero_times_ok)
+              {
+                /* At least one repetition is required, so insert a
+                   `dummy_failure_jump' before the initial
+                   `on_failure_jump' instruction of the loop. This
+                   effects a skip over that instruction the first time
+                   we hit that loop.  */
+                GET_BUFFER_SPACE (1 + OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE);
+                INSERT_JUMP (dummy_failure_jump, laststart, laststart +
+			     2 + 2 * OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE);
+                b += 1 + OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE;
+              }
+            }
+	  break;
+
+
+	case '.':
+          laststart = b;
+          BUF_PUSH (anychar);
+          break;
+
+
+        case '[':
+          {
+            boolean had_char_class = false;
+#ifdef WCHAR
+	    CHAR_T range_start = 0xffffffff;
+#else
+	    unsigned int range_start = 0xffffffff;
+#endif
+            if (p == pend) FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_EBRACK);
+
+#ifdef WCHAR
+	    /* We assume a charset(_not) structure as a wchar_t array.
+	       charset[0] = (re_opcode_t) charset(_not)
+               charset[1] = l (= length of char_classes)
+               charset[2] = m (= length of collating_symbols)
+               charset[3] = n (= length of equivalence_classes)
+	       charset[4] = o (= length of char_ranges)
+	       charset[5] = p (= length of chars)
+
+               charset[6] = char_class (wctype_t)
+               charset[6+CHAR_CLASS_SIZE] = char_class (wctype_t)
+                         ...
+               charset[l+5]  = char_class (wctype_t)
+
+               charset[l+6]  = collating_symbol (wchar_t)
+                            ...
+               charset[l+m+5]  = collating_symbol (wchar_t)
+					ifdef _LIBC we use the index if
+					_NL_COLLATE_SYMB_EXTRAMB instead of
+					wchar_t string.
+
+               charset[l+m+6]  = equivalence_classes (wchar_t)
+                              ...
+               charset[l+m+n+5]  = equivalence_classes (wchar_t)
+					ifdef _LIBC we use the index in
+					_NL_COLLATE_WEIGHT instead of
+					wchar_t string.
+
+	       charset[l+m+n+6] = range_start
+	       charset[l+m+n+7] = range_end
+	                       ...
+	       charset[l+m+n+2o+4] = range_start
+	       charset[l+m+n+2o+5] = range_end
+					ifdef _LIBC we use the value looked up
+					in _NL_COLLATE_COLLSEQ instead of
+					wchar_t character.
+
+	       charset[l+m+n+2o+6] = char
+	                          ...
+	       charset[l+m+n+2o+p+5] = char
+
+	     */
+
+	    /* We need at least 6 spaces: the opcode, the length of
+               char_classes, the length of collating_symbols, the length of
+               equivalence_classes, the length of char_ranges, the length of
+               chars.  */
+	    GET_BUFFER_SPACE (6);
+
+	    /* Save b as laststart. And We use laststart as the pointer
+	       to the first element of the charset here.
+	       In other words, laststart[i] indicates charset[i].  */
+            laststart = b;
+
+            /* We test `*p == '^' twice, instead of using an if
+               statement, so we only need one BUF_PUSH.  */
+            BUF_PUSH (*p == '^' ? charset_not : charset);
+            if (*p == '^')
+              p++;
+
+            /* Push the length of char_classes, the length of
+               collating_symbols, the length of equivalence_classes, the
+               length of char_ranges and the length of chars.  */
+            BUF_PUSH_3 (0, 0, 0);
+            BUF_PUSH_2 (0, 0);
+
+            /* Remember the first position in the bracket expression.  */
+            p1 = p;
+
+            /* charset_not matches newline according to a syntax bit.  */
+            if ((re_opcode_t) b[-6] == charset_not
+                && (syntax & RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE))
+	      {
+		BUF_PUSH('\n');
+		laststart[5]++; /* Update the length of characters  */
+	      }
+
+            /* Read in characters and ranges, setting map bits.  */
+            for (;;)
+              {
+                if (p == pend) FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_EBRACK);
+
+                PATFETCH (c);
+
+                /* \ might escape characters inside [...] and [^...].  */
+                if ((syntax & RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS) && c == '\\')
+                  {
+                    if (p == pend) FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_EESCAPE);
+
+                    PATFETCH (c1);
+		    BUF_PUSH(c1);
+		    laststart[5]++; /* Update the length of chars  */
+		    range_start = c1;
+                    continue;
+                  }
+
+                /* Could be the end of the bracket expression.  If it's
+                   not (i.e., when the bracket expression is `[]' so
+                   far), the ']' character bit gets set way below.  */
+                if (c == ']' && p != p1 + 1)
+                  break;
+
+                /* Look ahead to see if it's a range when the last thing
+                   was a character class.  */
+                if (had_char_class && c == '-' && *p != ']')
+                  FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_ERANGE);
+
+                /* Look ahead to see if it's a range when the last thing
+                   was a character: if this is a hyphen not at the
+                   beginning or the end of a list, then it's the range
+                   operator.  */
+                if (c == '-'
+                    && !(p - 2 >= pattern && p[-2] == '[')
+                    && !(p - 3 >= pattern && p[-3] == '[' && p[-2] == '^')
+                    && *p != ']')
+                  {
+                    reg_errcode_t ret;
+		    /* Allocate the space for range_start and range_end.  */
+		    GET_BUFFER_SPACE (2);
+		    /* Update the pointer to indicate end of buffer.  */
+                    b += 2;
+                    ret = wcs_compile_range (range_start, &p, pend, translate,
+                                         syntax, b, laststart);
+                    if (ret != REG_NOERROR) FREE_STACK_RETURN (ret);
+                    range_start = 0xffffffff;
+                  }
+                else if (p[0] == '-' && p[1] != ']')
+                  { /* This handles ranges made up of characters only.  */
+                    reg_errcode_t ret;
+
+		    /* Move past the `-'.  */
+                    PATFETCH (c1);
+		    /* Allocate the space for range_start and range_end.  */
+		    GET_BUFFER_SPACE (2);
+		    /* Update the pointer to indicate end of buffer.  */
+                    b += 2;
+                    ret = wcs_compile_range (c, &p, pend, translate, syntax, b,
+                                         laststart);
+                    if (ret != REG_NOERROR) FREE_STACK_RETURN (ret);
+		    range_start = 0xffffffff;
+                  }
+
+                /* See if we're at the beginning of a possible character
+                   class.  */
+                else if (syntax & RE_CHAR_CLASSES && c == '[' && *p == ':')
+                  { /* Leave room for the null.  */
+                    char str[CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH + 1];
+
+                    PATFETCH (c);
+                    c1 = 0;
+
+                    /* If pattern is `[[:'.  */
+                    if (p == pend) FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_EBRACK);
+
+                    for (;;)
+                      {
+                        PATFETCH (c);
+                        if ((c == ':' && *p == ']') || p == pend)
+                          break;
+			if (c1 < CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH)
+			  str[c1++] = c;
+			else
+			  /* This is in any case an invalid class name.  */
+			  str[0] = '\0';
+                      }
+                    str[c1] = '\0';
+
+                    /* If isn't a word bracketed by `[:' and `:]':
+                       undo the ending character, the letters, and leave
+                       the leading `:' and `[' (but store them as character).  */
+                    if (c == ':' && *p == ']')
+                      {
+			wctype_t wt;
+			uintptr_t alignedp;
+
+			/* Query the character class as wctype_t.  */
+			wt = IS_CHAR_CLASS (str);
+			if (wt == 0)
+			  FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_ECTYPE);
+
+                        /* Throw away the ] at the end of the character
+                           class.  */
+                        PATFETCH (c);
+
+                        if (p == pend) FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_EBRACK);
+
+			/* Allocate the space for character class.  */
+                        GET_BUFFER_SPACE(CHAR_CLASS_SIZE);
+			/* Update the pointer to indicate end of buffer.  */
+                        b += CHAR_CLASS_SIZE;
+			/* Move data which follow character classes
+			    not to violate the data.  */
+                        insert_space(CHAR_CLASS_SIZE,
+				     laststart + 6 + laststart[1],
+				     b - 1);
+			alignedp = ((uintptr_t)(laststart + 6 + laststart[1])
+				    + __alignof__(wctype_t) - 1)
+			  	    & ~(uintptr_t)(__alignof__(wctype_t) - 1);
+			/* Store the character class.  */
+                        *((wctype_t*)alignedp) = wt;
+                        /* Update length of char_classes */
+                        laststart[1] += CHAR_CLASS_SIZE;
+
+                        had_char_class = true;
+                      }
+                    else
+                      {
+                        c1++;
+                        while (c1--)
+                          PATUNFETCH;
+                        BUF_PUSH ('[');
+                        BUF_PUSH (':');
+                        laststart[5] += 2; /* Update the length of characters  */
+			range_start = ':';
+                        had_char_class = false;
+                      }
+                  }
+                else if (syntax & RE_CHAR_CLASSES && c == '[' && (*p == '='
+							  || *p == '.'))
+		  {
+		    CHAR_T str[128];	/* Should be large enough.  */
+		    CHAR_T delim = *p; /* '=' or '.'  */
+# ifdef _LIBC
+		    uint32_t nrules =
+		      _NL_CURRENT_WORD (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_NRULES);
+# endif
+		    PATFETCH (c);
+		    c1 = 0;
+
+		    /* If pattern is `[[=' or '[[.'.  */
+		    if (p == pend) FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_EBRACK);
+
+		    for (;;)
+		      {
+			PATFETCH (c);
+			if ((c == delim && *p == ']') || p == pend)
+			  break;
+			if (c1 < sizeof (str) - 1)
+			  str[c1++] = c;
+			else
+			  /* This is in any case an invalid class name.  */
+			  str[0] = '\0';
+                      }
+		    str[c1] = '\0';
+
+		    if (c == delim && *p == ']' && str[0] != '\0')
+		      {
+                        unsigned int i, offset;
+			/* If we have no collation data we use the default
+			   collation in which each character is in a class
+			   by itself.  It also means that ASCII is the
+			   character set and therefore we cannot have character
+			   with more than one byte in the multibyte
+			   representation.  */
+
+                        /* If not defined _LIBC, we push the name and
+			   `\0' for the sake of matching performance.  */
+			int datasize = c1 + 1;
+
+# ifdef _LIBC
+			int32_t idx = 0;
+			if (nrules == 0)
+# endif
+			  {
+			    if (c1 != 1)
+			      FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_ECOLLATE);
+			  }
+# ifdef _LIBC
+			else
+			  {
+			    const int32_t *table;
+			    const int32_t *weights;
+			    const int32_t *extra;
+			    const int32_t *indirect;
+			    wint_t *cp;
+
+			    /* This #include defines a local function!  */
+#  include <locale/weightwc.h>
+
+			    if(delim == '=')
+			      {
+				/* We push the index for equivalence class.  */
+				cp = (wint_t*)str;
+
+				table = (const int32_t *)
+				  _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE,
+					       _NL_COLLATE_TABLEWC);
+				weights = (const int32_t *)
+				  _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE,
+					       _NL_COLLATE_WEIGHTWC);
+				extra = (const int32_t *)
+				  _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE,
+					       _NL_COLLATE_EXTRAWC);
+				indirect = (const int32_t *)
+				  _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE,
+					       _NL_COLLATE_INDIRECTWC);
+
+				idx = findidx ((const wint_t**)&cp);
+				if (idx == 0 || cp < (wint_t*) str + c1)
+				  /* This is no valid character.  */
+				  FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_ECOLLATE);
+
+				str[0] = (wchar_t)idx;
+			      }
+			    else /* delim == '.' */
+			      {
+				/* We push collation sequence value
+				   for collating symbol.  */
+				int32_t table_size;
+				const int32_t *symb_table;
+				const unsigned char *extra;
+				int32_t idx;
+				int32_t elem;
+				int32_t second;
+				int32_t hash;
+				char char_str[c1];
+
+				/* We have to convert the name to a single-byte
+				   string.  This is possible since the names
+				   consist of ASCII characters and the internal
+				   representation is UCS4.  */
+				for (i = 0; i < c1; ++i)
+				  char_str[i] = str[i];
+
+				table_size =
+				  _NL_CURRENT_WORD (LC_COLLATE,
+						    _NL_COLLATE_SYMB_HASH_SIZEMB);
+				symb_table = (const int32_t *)
+				  _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE,
+					       _NL_COLLATE_SYMB_TABLEMB);
+				extra = (const unsigned char *)
+				  _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE,
+					       _NL_COLLATE_SYMB_EXTRAMB);
+
+				/* Locate the character in the hashing table.  */
+				hash = elem_hash (char_str, c1);
+
+				idx = 0;
+				elem = hash % table_size;
+				second = hash % (table_size - 2);
+				while (symb_table[2 * elem] != 0)
+				  {
+				    /* First compare the hashing value.  */
+				    if (symb_table[2 * elem] == hash
+					&& c1 == extra[symb_table[2 * elem + 1]]
+					&& memcmp (char_str,
+						   &extra[symb_table[2 * elem + 1]
+							 + 1], c1) == 0)
+				      {
+					/* Yep, this is the entry.  */
+					idx = symb_table[2 * elem + 1];
+					idx += 1 + extra[idx];
+					break;
+				      }
+
+				    /* Next entry.  */
+				    elem += second;
+				  }
+
+				if (symb_table[2 * elem] != 0)
+				  {
+				    /* Compute the index of the byte sequence
+				       in the table.  */
+				    idx += 1 + extra[idx];
+				    /* Adjust for the alignment.  */
+				    idx = (idx + 3) & ~3;
+
+				    str[0] = (wchar_t) idx + 4;
+				  }
+				else if (symb_table[2 * elem] == 0 && c1 == 1)
+				  {
+				    /* No valid character.  Match it as a
+				       single byte character.  */
+				    had_char_class = false;
+				    BUF_PUSH(str[0]);
+				    /* Update the length of characters  */
+				    laststart[5]++;
+				    range_start = str[0];
+
+				    /* Throw away the ] at the end of the
+				       collating symbol.  */
+				    PATFETCH (c);
+				    /* exit from the switch block.  */
+				    continue;
+				  }
+				else
+				  FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_ECOLLATE);
+			      }
+			    datasize = 1;
+			  }
+# endif
+                        /* Throw away the ] at the end of the equivalence
+                           class (or collating symbol).  */
+                        PATFETCH (c);
+
+			/* Allocate the space for the equivalence class
+			   (or collating symbol) (and '\0' if needed).  */
+                        GET_BUFFER_SPACE(datasize);
+			/* Update the pointer to indicate end of buffer.  */
+                        b += datasize;
+
+			if (delim == '=')
+			  { /* equivalence class  */
+			    /* Calculate the offset of char_ranges,
+			       which is next to equivalence_classes.  */
+			    offset = laststart[1] + laststart[2]
+			      + laststart[3] +6;
+			    /* Insert space.  */
+			    insert_space(datasize, laststart + offset, b - 1);
+
+			    /* Write the equivalence_class and \0.  */
+			    for (i = 0 ; i < datasize ; i++)
+			      laststart[offset + i] = str[i];
+
+			    /* Update the length of equivalence_classes.  */
+			    laststart[3] += datasize;
+			    had_char_class = true;
+			  }
+			else /* delim == '.' */
+			  { /* collating symbol  */
+			    /* Calculate the offset of the equivalence_classes,
+			       which is next to collating_symbols.  */
+			    offset = laststart[1] + laststart[2] + 6;
+			    /* Insert space and write the collationg_symbol
+			       and \0.  */
+			    insert_space(datasize, laststart + offset, b-1);
+			    for (i = 0 ; i < datasize ; i++)
+			      laststart[offset + i] = str[i];
+
+			    /* In re_match_2_internal if range_start < -1, we
+			       assume -range_start is the offset of the
+			       collating symbol which is specified as
+			       the character of the range start.  So we assign
+			       -(laststart[1] + laststart[2] + 6) to
+			       range_start.  */
+			    range_start = -(laststart[1] + laststart[2] + 6);
+			    /* Update the length of collating_symbol.  */
+			    laststart[2] += datasize;
+			    had_char_class = false;
+			  }
+		      }
+                    else
+                      {
+                        c1++;
+                        while (c1--)
+                          PATUNFETCH;
+                        BUF_PUSH ('[');
+                        BUF_PUSH (delim);
+                        laststart[5] += 2; /* Update the length of characters  */
+			range_start = delim;
+                        had_char_class = false;
+                      }
+		  }
+                else
+                  {
+                    had_char_class = false;
+		    BUF_PUSH(c);
+		    laststart[5]++;  /* Update the length of characters  */
+		    range_start = c;
+                  }
+	      }
+
+#else /* BYTE */
+            /* Ensure that we have enough space to push a charset: the
+               opcode, the length count, and the bitset; 34 bytes in all.  */
+	    GET_BUFFER_SPACE (34);
+
+            laststart = b;
+
+            /* We test `*p == '^' twice, instead of using an if
+               statement, so we only need one BUF_PUSH.  */
+            BUF_PUSH (*p == '^' ? charset_not : charset);
+            if (*p == '^')
+              p++;
+
+            /* Remember the first position in the bracket expression.  */
+            p1 = p;
+
+            /* Push the number of bytes in the bitmap.  */
+            BUF_PUSH ((1 << BYTEWIDTH) / BYTEWIDTH);
+
+            /* Clear the whole map.  */
+            bzero (b, (1 << BYTEWIDTH) / BYTEWIDTH);
+
+            /* charset_not matches newline according to a syntax bit.  */
+            if ((re_opcode_t) b[-2] == charset_not
+                && (syntax & RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE))
+              SET_LIST_BIT ('\n');
+
+            /* Read in characters and ranges, setting map bits.  */
+            for (;;)
+              {
+                if (p == pend) FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_EBRACK);
+
+                PATFETCH (c);
+
+                /* \ might escape characters inside [...] and [^...].  */
+                if ((syntax & RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS) && c == '\\')
+                  {
+                    if (p == pend) FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_EESCAPE);
+
+                    PATFETCH (c1);
+                    SET_LIST_BIT (c1);
+		    range_start = c1;
+                    continue;
+                  }
+
+                /* Could be the end of the bracket expression.  If it's
+                   not (i.e., when the bracket expression is `[]' so
+                   far), the ']' character bit gets set way below.  */
+                if (c == ']' && p != p1 + 1)
+                  break;
+
+                /* Look ahead to see if it's a range when the last thing
+                   was a character class.  */
+                if (had_char_class && c == '-' && *p != ']')
+                  FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_ERANGE);
+
+                /* Look ahead to see if it's a range when the last thing
+                   was a character: if this is a hyphen not at the
+                   beginning or the end of a list, then it's the range
+                   operator.  */
+                if (c == '-'
+                    && !(p - 2 >= pattern && p[-2] == '[')
+                    && !(p - 3 >= pattern && p[-3] == '[' && p[-2] == '^')
+                    && *p != ']')
+                  {
+                    reg_errcode_t ret
+                      = byte_compile_range (range_start, &p, pend, translate,
+					    syntax, b);
+                    if (ret != REG_NOERROR) FREE_STACK_RETURN (ret);
+		    range_start = 0xffffffff;
+                  }
+
+                else if (p[0] == '-' && p[1] != ']')
+                  { /* This handles ranges made up of characters only.  */
+                    reg_errcode_t ret;
+
+		    /* Move past the `-'.  */
+                    PATFETCH (c1);
+
+                    ret = byte_compile_range (c, &p, pend, translate, syntax, b);
+                    if (ret != REG_NOERROR) FREE_STACK_RETURN (ret);
+		    range_start = 0xffffffff;
+                  }
+
+                /* See if we're at the beginning of a possible character
+                   class.  */
+
+                else if (syntax & RE_CHAR_CLASSES && c == '[' && *p == ':')
+                  { /* Leave room for the null.  */
+                    char str[CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH + 1];
+
+                    PATFETCH (c);
+                    c1 = 0;
+
+                    /* If pattern is `[[:'.  */
+                    if (p == pend) FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_EBRACK);
+
+                    for (;;)
+                      {
+                        PATFETCH (c);
+                        if ((c == ':' && *p == ']') || p == pend)
+                          break;
+			if (c1 < CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH)
+			  str[c1++] = c;
+			else
+			  /* This is in any case an invalid class name.  */
+			  str[0] = '\0';
+                      }
+                    str[c1] = '\0';
+
+                    /* If isn't a word bracketed by `[:' and `:]':
+                       undo the ending character, the letters, and leave
+                       the leading `:' and `[' (but set bits for them).  */
+                    if (c == ':' && *p == ']')
+                      {
+# if defined _LIBC || WIDE_CHAR_SUPPORT
+                        boolean is_lower = STREQ (str, "lower");
+                        boolean is_upper = STREQ (str, "upper");
+			wctype_t wt;
+                        int ch;
+
+			wt = IS_CHAR_CLASS (str);
+			if (wt == 0)
+			  FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_ECTYPE);
+
+                        /* Throw away the ] at the end of the character
+                           class.  */
+                        PATFETCH (c);
+
+                        if (p == pend) FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_EBRACK);
+
+                        for (ch = 0; ch < 1 << BYTEWIDTH; ++ch)
+			  {
+			    if (iswctype (btowc (ch), wt))
+			      SET_LIST_BIT (ch);
+
+			    if (translate && (is_upper || is_lower)
+				&& (ISUPPER (ch) || ISLOWER (ch)))
+			      SET_LIST_BIT (ch);
+			  }
+
+                        had_char_class = true;
+# else
+                        int ch;
+                        boolean is_alnum = STREQ (str, "alnum");
+                        boolean is_alpha = STREQ (str, "alpha");
+                        boolean is_blank = STREQ (str, "blank");
+                        boolean is_cntrl = STREQ (str, "cntrl");
+                        boolean is_digit = STREQ (str, "digit");
+                        boolean is_graph = STREQ (str, "graph");
+                        boolean is_lower = STREQ (str, "lower");
+                        boolean is_print = STREQ (str, "print");
+                        boolean is_punct = STREQ (str, "punct");
+                        boolean is_space = STREQ (str, "space");
+                        boolean is_upper = STREQ (str, "upper");
+                        boolean is_xdigit = STREQ (str, "xdigit");
+
+                        if (!IS_CHAR_CLASS (str))
+			  FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_ECTYPE);
+
+                        /* Throw away the ] at the end of the character
+                           class.  */
+                        PATFETCH (c);
+
+                        if (p == pend) FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_EBRACK);
+
+                        for (ch = 0; ch < 1 << BYTEWIDTH; ch++)
+                          {
+			    /* This was split into 3 if's to
+			       avoid an arbitrary limit in some compiler.  */
+                            if (   (is_alnum  && ISALNUM (ch))
+                                || (is_alpha  && ISALPHA (ch))
+                                || (is_blank  && ISBLANK (ch))
+                                || (is_cntrl  && ISCNTRL (ch)))
+			      SET_LIST_BIT (ch);
+			    if (   (is_digit  && ISDIGIT (ch))
+                                || (is_graph  && ISGRAPH (ch))
+                                || (is_lower  && ISLOWER (ch))
+                                || (is_print  && ISPRINT (ch)))
+			      SET_LIST_BIT (ch);
+			    if (   (is_punct  && ISPUNCT (ch))
+                                || (is_space  && ISSPACE (ch))
+                                || (is_upper  && ISUPPER (ch))
+                                || (is_xdigit && ISXDIGIT (ch)))
+			      SET_LIST_BIT (ch);
+			    if (   translate && (is_upper || is_lower)
+				&& (ISUPPER (ch) || ISLOWER (ch)))
+			      SET_LIST_BIT (ch);
+                          }
+                        had_char_class = true;
+# endif	/* libc || wctype.h */
+                      }
+                    else
+                      {
+                        c1++;
+                        while (c1--)
+                          PATUNFETCH;
+                        SET_LIST_BIT ('[');
+                        SET_LIST_BIT (':');
+			range_start = ':';
+                        had_char_class = false;
+                      }
+                  }
+                else if (syntax & RE_CHAR_CLASSES && c == '[' && *p == '=')
+		  {
+		    unsigned char str[MB_LEN_MAX + 1];
+# ifdef _LIBC
+		    uint32_t nrules =
+		      _NL_CURRENT_WORD (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_NRULES);
+# endif
+
+		    PATFETCH (c);
+		    c1 = 0;
+
+		    /* If pattern is `[[='.  */
+		    if (p == pend) FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_EBRACK);
+
+		    for (;;)
+		      {
+			PATFETCH (c);
+			if ((c == '=' && *p == ']') || p == pend)
+			  break;
+			if (c1 < MB_LEN_MAX)
+			  str[c1++] = c;
+			else
+			  /* This is in any case an invalid class name.  */
+			  str[0] = '\0';
+                      }
+		    str[c1] = '\0';
+
+		    if (c == '=' && *p == ']' && str[0] != '\0')
+		      {
+			/* If we have no collation data we use the default
+			   collation in which each character is in a class
+			   by itself.  It also means that ASCII is the
+			   character set and therefore we cannot have character
+			   with more than one byte in the multibyte
+			   representation.  */
+# ifdef _LIBC
+			if (nrules == 0)
+# endif
+			  {
+			    if (c1 != 1)
+			      FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_ECOLLATE);
+
+			    /* Throw away the ] at the end of the equivalence
+			       class.  */
+			    PATFETCH (c);
+
+			    /* Set the bit for the character.  */
+			    SET_LIST_BIT (str[0]);
+			  }
+# ifdef _LIBC
+			else
+			  {
+			    /* Try to match the byte sequence in `str' against
+			       those known to the collate implementation.
+			       First find out whether the bytes in `str' are
+			       actually from exactly one character.  */
+			    const int32_t *table;
+			    const unsigned char *weights;
+			    const unsigned char *extra;
+			    const int32_t *indirect;
+			    int32_t idx;
+			    const unsigned char *cp = str;
+			    int ch;
+
+			    /* This #include defines a local function!  */
+#  include <locale/weight.h>
+
+			    table = (const int32_t *)
+			      _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_TABLEMB);
+			    weights = (const unsigned char *)
+			      _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_WEIGHTMB);
+			    extra = (const unsigned char *)
+			      _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_EXTRAMB);
+			    indirect = (const int32_t *)
+			      _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_INDIRECTMB);
+
+			    idx = findidx (&cp);
+			    if (idx == 0 || cp < str + c1)
+			      /* This is no valid character.  */
+			      FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_ECOLLATE);
+
+			    /* Throw away the ] at the end of the equivalence
+			       class.  */
+			    PATFETCH (c);
+
+			    /* Now we have to go throught the whole table
+			       and find all characters which have the same
+			       first level weight.
+
+			       XXX Note that this is not entirely correct.
+			       we would have to match multibyte sequences
+			       but this is not possible with the current
+			       implementation.  */
+			    for (ch = 1; ch < 256; ++ch)
+			      /* XXX This test would have to be changed if we
+				 would allow matching multibyte sequences.  */
+			      if (table[ch] > 0)
+				{
+				  int32_t idx2 = table[ch];
+				  size_t len = weights[idx2];
+
+				  /* Test whether the lenghts match.  */
+				  if (weights[idx] == len)
+				    {
+				      /* They do.  New compare the bytes of
+					 the weight.  */
+				      size_t cnt = 0;
+
+				      while (cnt < len
+					     && (weights[idx + 1 + cnt]
+						 == weights[idx2 + 1 + cnt]))
+					++cnt;
+
+				      if (cnt == len)
+					/* They match.  Mark the character as
+					   acceptable.  */
+					SET_LIST_BIT (ch);
+				    }
+				}
+			  }
+# endif
+			had_char_class = true;
+		      }
+                    else
+                      {
+                        c1++;
+                        while (c1--)
+                          PATUNFETCH;
+                        SET_LIST_BIT ('[');
+                        SET_LIST_BIT ('=');
+			range_start = '=';
+                        had_char_class = false;
+                      }
+		  }
+                else if (syntax & RE_CHAR_CLASSES && c == '[' && *p == '.')
+		  {
+		    unsigned char str[128];	/* Should be large enough.  */
+# ifdef _LIBC
+		    uint32_t nrules =
+		      _NL_CURRENT_WORD (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_NRULES);
+# endif
+
+		    PATFETCH (c);
+		    c1 = 0;
+
+		    /* If pattern is `[[.'.  */
+		    if (p == pend) FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_EBRACK);
+
+		    for (;;)
+		      {
+			PATFETCH (c);
+			if ((c == '.' && *p == ']') || p == pend)
+			  break;
+			if (c1 < sizeof (str))
+			  str[c1++] = c;
+			else
+			  /* This is in any case an invalid class name.  */
+			  str[0] = '\0';
+                      }
+		    str[c1] = '\0';
+
+		    if (c == '.' && *p == ']' && str[0] != '\0')
+		      {
+			/* If we have no collation data we use the default
+			   collation in which each character is the name
+			   for its own class which contains only the one
+			   character.  It also means that ASCII is the
+			   character set and therefore we cannot have character
+			   with more than one byte in the multibyte
+			   representation.  */
+# ifdef _LIBC
+			if (nrules == 0)
+# endif
+			  {
+			    if (c1 != 1)
+			      FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_ECOLLATE);
+
+			    /* Throw away the ] at the end of the equivalence
+			       class.  */
+			    PATFETCH (c);
+
+			    /* Set the bit for the character.  */
+			    SET_LIST_BIT (str[0]);
+			    range_start = ((const unsigned char *) str)[0];
+			  }
+# ifdef _LIBC
+			else
+			  {
+			    /* Try to match the byte sequence in `str' against
+			       those known to the collate implementation.
+			       First find out whether the bytes in `str' are
+			       actually from exactly one character.  */
+			    int32_t table_size;
+			    const int32_t *symb_table;
+			    const unsigned char *extra;
+			    int32_t idx;
+			    int32_t elem;
+			    int32_t second;
+			    int32_t hash;
+
+			    table_size =
+			      _NL_CURRENT_WORD (LC_COLLATE,
+						_NL_COLLATE_SYMB_HASH_SIZEMB);
+			    symb_table = (const int32_t *)
+			      _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE,
+					   _NL_COLLATE_SYMB_TABLEMB);
+			    extra = (const unsigned char *)
+			      _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE,
+					   _NL_COLLATE_SYMB_EXTRAMB);
+
+			    /* Locate the character in the hashing table.  */
+			    hash = elem_hash (str, c1);
+
+			    idx = 0;
+			    elem = hash % table_size;
+			    second = hash % (table_size - 2);
+			    while (symb_table[2 * elem] != 0)
+			      {
+				/* First compare the hashing value.  */
+				if (symb_table[2 * elem] == hash
+				    && c1 == extra[symb_table[2 * elem + 1]]
+				    && memcmp (str,
+					       &extra[symb_table[2 * elem + 1]
+						     + 1],
+					       c1) == 0)
+				  {
+				    /* Yep, this is the entry.  */
+				    idx = symb_table[2 * elem + 1];
+				    idx += 1 + extra[idx];
+				    break;
+				  }
+
+				/* Next entry.  */
+				elem += second;
+			      }
+
+			    if (symb_table[2 * elem] == 0)
+			      /* This is no valid character.  */
+			      FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_ECOLLATE);
+
+			    /* Throw away the ] at the end of the equivalence
+			       class.  */
+			    PATFETCH (c);
+
+			    /* Now add the multibyte character(s) we found
+			       to the accept list.
+
+			       XXX Note that this is not entirely correct.
+			       we would have to match multibyte sequences
+			       but this is not possible with the current
+			       implementation.  Also, we have to match
+			       collating symbols, which expand to more than
+			       one file, as a whole and not allow the
+			       individual bytes.  */
+			    c1 = extra[idx++];
+			    if (c1 == 1)
+			      range_start = extra[idx];
+			    while (c1-- > 0)
+			      {
+				SET_LIST_BIT (extra[idx]);
+				++idx;
+			      }
+			  }
+# endif
+			had_char_class = false;
+		      }
+                    else
+                      {
+                        c1++;
+                        while (c1--)
+                          PATUNFETCH;
+                        SET_LIST_BIT ('[');
+                        SET_LIST_BIT ('.');
+			range_start = '.';
+                        had_char_class = false;
+                      }
+		  }
+                else
+                  {
+                    had_char_class = false;
+                    SET_LIST_BIT (c);
+		    range_start = c;
+                  }
+              }
+
+            /* Discard any (non)matching list bytes that are all 0 at the
+               end of the map.  Decrease the map-length byte too.  */
+            while ((int) b[-1] > 0 && b[b[-1] - 1] == 0)
+              b[-1]--;
+            b += b[-1];
+#endif /* WCHAR */
+          }
+          break;
+
+
+	case '(':
+          if (syntax & RE_NO_BK_PARENS)
+            goto handle_open;
+          else
+            goto normal_char;
+
+
+        case ')':
+          if (syntax & RE_NO_BK_PARENS)
+            goto handle_close;
+          else
+            goto normal_char;
+
+
+        case '\n':
+          if (syntax & RE_NEWLINE_ALT)
+            goto handle_alt;
+          else
+            goto normal_char;
+
+
+	case '|':
+          if (syntax & RE_NO_BK_VBAR)
+            goto handle_alt;
+          else
+            goto normal_char;
+
+
+        case '{':
+           if (syntax & RE_INTERVALS && syntax & RE_NO_BK_BRACES)
+             goto handle_interval;
+           else
+             goto normal_char;
+
+
+        case '\\':
+          if (p == pend) FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_EESCAPE);
+
+          /* Do not translate the character after the \, so that we can
+             distinguish, e.g., \B from \b, even if we normally would
+             translate, e.g., B to b.  */
+          PATFETCH_RAW (c);
+
+          switch (c)
+            {
+            case '(':
+              if (syntax & RE_NO_BK_PARENS)
+                goto normal_backslash;
+
+            handle_open:
+              bufp->re_nsub++;
+              regnum++;
+
+              if (COMPILE_STACK_FULL)
+                {
+                  RETALLOC (compile_stack.stack, compile_stack.size << 1,
+                            compile_stack_elt_t);
+                  if (compile_stack.stack == NULL) return REG_ESPACE;
+
+                  compile_stack.size <<= 1;
+                }
+
+              /* These are the values to restore when we hit end of this
+                 group.  They are all relative offsets, so that if the
+                 whole pattern moves because of realloc, they will still
+                 be valid.  */
+              COMPILE_STACK_TOP.begalt_offset = begalt - COMPILED_BUFFER_VAR;
+              COMPILE_STACK_TOP.fixup_alt_jump
+                = fixup_alt_jump ? fixup_alt_jump - COMPILED_BUFFER_VAR + 1 : 0;
+              COMPILE_STACK_TOP.laststart_offset = b - COMPILED_BUFFER_VAR;
+              COMPILE_STACK_TOP.regnum = regnum;
+
+              /* We will eventually replace the 0 with the number of
+                 groups inner to this one.  But do not push a
+                 start_memory for groups beyond the last one we can
+                 represent in the compiled pattern.  */
+              if (regnum <= MAX_REGNUM)
+                {
+                  COMPILE_STACK_TOP.inner_group_offset = b
+		    - COMPILED_BUFFER_VAR + 2;
+                  BUF_PUSH_3 (start_memory, regnum, 0);
+                }
+
+              compile_stack.avail++;
+
+              fixup_alt_jump = 0;
+              laststart = 0;
+              begalt = b;
+	      /* If we've reached MAX_REGNUM groups, then this open
+		 won't actually generate any code, so we'll have to
+		 clear pending_exact explicitly.  */
+	      pending_exact = 0;
+              break;
+
+
+            case ')':
+              if (syntax & RE_NO_BK_PARENS) goto normal_backslash;
+
+              if (COMPILE_STACK_EMPTY)
+		{
+		  if (syntax & RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD)
+		    goto normal_backslash;
+		  else
+		    FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_ERPAREN);
+		}
+
+            handle_close:
+              if (fixup_alt_jump)
+                { /* Push a dummy failure point at the end of the
+                     alternative for a possible future
+                     `pop_failure_jump' to pop.  See comments at
+                     `push_dummy_failure' in `re_match_2'.  */
+                  BUF_PUSH (push_dummy_failure);
+
+                  /* We allocated space for this jump when we assigned
+                     to `fixup_alt_jump', in the `handle_alt' case below.  */
+                  STORE_JUMP (jump_past_alt, fixup_alt_jump, b - 1);
+                }
+
+              /* See similar code for backslashed left paren above.  */
+              if (COMPILE_STACK_EMPTY)
+		{
+		  if (syntax & RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD)
+		    goto normal_char;
+		  else
+		    FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_ERPAREN);
+		}
+
+              /* Since we just checked for an empty stack above, this
+                 ``can't happen''.  */
+              assert (compile_stack.avail != 0);
+              {
+                /* We don't just want to restore into `regnum', because
+                   later groups should continue to be numbered higher,
+                   as in `(ab)c(de)' -- the second group is #2.  */
+                regnum_t this_group_regnum;
+
+                compile_stack.avail--;
+                begalt = COMPILED_BUFFER_VAR + COMPILE_STACK_TOP.begalt_offset;
+                fixup_alt_jump
+                  = COMPILE_STACK_TOP.fixup_alt_jump
+                    ? COMPILED_BUFFER_VAR + COMPILE_STACK_TOP.fixup_alt_jump - 1
+                    : 0;
+                laststart = COMPILED_BUFFER_VAR + COMPILE_STACK_TOP.laststart_offset;
+                this_group_regnum = COMPILE_STACK_TOP.regnum;
+		/* If we've reached MAX_REGNUM groups, then this open
+		   won't actually generate any code, so we'll have to
+		   clear pending_exact explicitly.  */
+		pending_exact = 0;
+
+                /* We're at the end of the group, so now we know how many
+                   groups were inside this one.  */
+                if (this_group_regnum <= MAX_REGNUM)
+                  {
+		    UCHAR_T *inner_group_loc
+                      = COMPILED_BUFFER_VAR + COMPILE_STACK_TOP.inner_group_offset;
+
+                    *inner_group_loc = regnum - this_group_regnum;
+                    BUF_PUSH_3 (stop_memory, this_group_regnum,
+                                regnum - this_group_regnum);
+                  }
+              }
+              break;
+
+
+            case '|':					/* `\|'.  */
+              if (syntax & RE_LIMITED_OPS || syntax & RE_NO_BK_VBAR)
+                goto normal_backslash;
+            handle_alt:
+              if (syntax & RE_LIMITED_OPS)
+                goto normal_char;
+
+              /* Insert before the previous alternative a jump which
+                 jumps to this alternative if the former fails.  */
+              GET_BUFFER_SPACE (1 + OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE);
+              INSERT_JUMP (on_failure_jump, begalt,
+			   b + 2 + 2 * OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE);
+              pending_exact = 0;
+              b += 1 + OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE;
+
+              /* The alternative before this one has a jump after it
+                 which gets executed if it gets matched.  Adjust that
+                 jump so it will jump to this alternative's analogous
+                 jump (put in below, which in turn will jump to the next
+                 (if any) alternative's such jump, etc.).  The last such
+                 jump jumps to the correct final destination.  A picture:
+                          _____ _____
+                          |   | |   |
+                          |   v |   v
+                         a | b   | c
+
+                 If we are at `b', then fixup_alt_jump right now points to a
+                 three-byte space after `a'.  We'll put in the jump, set
+                 fixup_alt_jump to right after `b', and leave behind three
+                 bytes which we'll fill in when we get to after `c'.  */
+
+              if (fixup_alt_jump)
+                STORE_JUMP (jump_past_alt, fixup_alt_jump, b);
+
+              /* Mark and leave space for a jump after this alternative,
+                 to be filled in later either by next alternative or
+                 when know we're at the end of a series of alternatives.  */
+              fixup_alt_jump = b;
+              GET_BUFFER_SPACE (1 + OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE);
+              b += 1 + OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE;
+
+              laststart = 0;
+              begalt = b;
+              break;
+
+
+            case '{':
+              /* If \{ is a literal.  */
+              if (!(syntax & RE_INTERVALS)
+                     /* If we're at `\{' and it's not the open-interval
+                        operator.  */
+		  || (syntax & RE_NO_BK_BRACES))
+                goto normal_backslash;
+
+            handle_interval:
+              {
+                /* If got here, then the syntax allows intervals.  */
+
+                /* At least (most) this many matches must be made.  */
+                int lower_bound = -1, upper_bound = -1;
+
+		/* Place in the uncompiled pattern (i.e., just after
+		   the '{') to go back to if the interval is invalid.  */
+		const CHAR_T *beg_interval = p;
+
+                if (p == pend)
+		  goto invalid_interval;
+
+                GET_UNSIGNED_NUMBER (lower_bound);
+
+                if (c == ',')
+                  {
+                    GET_UNSIGNED_NUMBER (upper_bound);
+		    if (upper_bound < 0)
+		      upper_bound = RE_DUP_MAX;
+                  }
+                else
+                  /* Interval such as `{1}' => match exactly once. */
+                  upper_bound = lower_bound;
+
+                if (! (0 <= lower_bound && lower_bound <= upper_bound))
+		  goto invalid_interval;
+
+                if (!(syntax & RE_NO_BK_BRACES))
+                  {
+		    if (c != '\\' || p == pend)
+		      goto invalid_interval;
+                    PATFETCH (c);
+                  }
+
+                if (c != '}')
+		  goto invalid_interval;
+
+                /* If it's invalid to have no preceding re.  */
+                if (!laststart)
+                  {
+		    if (syntax & RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS
+			&& !(syntax & RE_INVALID_INTERVAL_ORD))
+                      FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_BADRPT);
+                    else if (syntax & RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS)
+                      laststart = b;
+                    else
+                      goto unfetch_interval;
+                  }
+
+                /* We just parsed a valid interval.  */
+
+                if (RE_DUP_MAX < upper_bound)
+		  FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_BADBR);
+
+                /* If the upper bound is zero, don't want to succeed at
+                   all; jump from `laststart' to `b + 3', which will be
+		   the end of the buffer after we insert the jump.  */
+		/* ifdef WCHAR, 'b + 1 + OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE'
+		   instead of 'b + 3'.  */
+                 if (upper_bound == 0)
+                   {
+                     GET_BUFFER_SPACE (1 + OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE);
+                     INSERT_JUMP (jump, laststart, b + 1
+				  + OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE);
+                     b += 1 + OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE;
+                   }
+
+                 /* Otherwise, we have a nontrivial interval.  When
+                    we're all done, the pattern will look like:
+                      set_number_at <jump count> <upper bound>
+                      set_number_at <succeed_n count> <lower bound>
+                      succeed_n <after jump addr> <succeed_n count>
+                      <body of loop>
+                      jump_n <succeed_n addr> <jump count>
+                    (The upper bound and `jump_n' are omitted if
+                    `upper_bound' is 1, though.)  */
+                 else
+                   { /* If the upper bound is > 1, we need to insert
+                        more at the end of the loop.  */
+                     unsigned nbytes = 2 + 4 * OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE +
+		       (upper_bound > 1) * (2 + 4 * OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE);
+
+                     GET_BUFFER_SPACE (nbytes);
+
+                     /* Initialize lower bound of the `succeed_n', even
+                        though it will be set during matching by its
+                        attendant `set_number_at' (inserted next),
+                        because `re_compile_fastmap' needs to know.
+                        Jump to the `jump_n' we might insert below.  */
+                     INSERT_JUMP2 (succeed_n, laststart,
+                                   b + 1 + 2 * OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE
+				   + (upper_bound > 1) * (1 + 2 * OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE)
+				   , lower_bound);
+                     b += 1 + 2 * OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE;
+
+                     /* Code to initialize the lower bound.  Insert
+                        before the `succeed_n'.  The `5' is the last two
+                        bytes of this `set_number_at', plus 3 bytes of
+                        the following `succeed_n'.  */
+		     /* ifdef WCHAR, The '1+2*OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE'
+			is the 'set_number_at', plus '1+OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE'
+			of the following `succeed_n'.  */
+                     PREFIX(insert_op2) (set_number_at, laststart, 1
+				 + 2 * OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE, lower_bound, b);
+                     b += 1 + 2 * OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE;
+
+                     if (upper_bound > 1)
+                       { /* More than one repetition is allowed, so
+                            append a backward jump to the `succeed_n'
+                            that starts this interval.
+
+                            When we've reached this during matching,
+                            we'll have matched the interval once, so
+                            jump back only `upper_bound - 1' times.  */
+                         STORE_JUMP2 (jump_n, b, laststart
+				      + 2 * OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE + 1,
+                                      upper_bound - 1);
+                         b += 1 + 2 * OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE;
+
+                         /* The location we want to set is the second
+                            parameter of the `jump_n'; that is `b-2' as
+                            an absolute address.  `laststart' will be
+                            the `set_number_at' we're about to insert;
+                            `laststart+3' the number to set, the source
+                            for the relative address.  But we are
+                            inserting into the middle of the pattern --
+                            so everything is getting moved up by 5.
+                            Conclusion: (b - 2) - (laststart + 3) + 5,
+                            i.e., b - laststart.
+
+                            We insert this at the beginning of the loop
+                            so that if we fail during matching, we'll
+                            reinitialize the bounds.  */
+                         PREFIX(insert_op2) (set_number_at, laststart,
+					     b - laststart,
+					     upper_bound - 1, b);
+                         b += 1 + 2 * OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE;
+                       }
+                   }
+                pending_exact = 0;
+		break;
+
+	      invalid_interval:
+		if (!(syntax & RE_INVALID_INTERVAL_ORD))
+		  FREE_STACK_RETURN (p == pend ? REG_EBRACE : REG_BADBR);
+	      unfetch_interval:
+		/* Match the characters as literals.  */
+		p = beg_interval;
+		c = '{';
+		if (syntax & RE_NO_BK_BRACES)
+		  goto normal_char;
+		else
+		  goto normal_backslash;
+	      }
+
+#ifdef emacs
+            /* There is no way to specify the before_dot and after_dot
+               operators.  rms says this is ok.  --karl  */
+            case '=':
+              BUF_PUSH (at_dot);
+              break;
+
+            case 's':
+              laststart = b;
+              PATFETCH (c);
+              BUF_PUSH_2 (syntaxspec, syntax_spec_code[c]);
+              break;
+
+            case 'S':
+              laststart = b;
+              PATFETCH (c);
+              BUF_PUSH_2 (notsyntaxspec, syntax_spec_code[c]);
+              break;
+#endif /* emacs */
+
+
+            case 'w':
+	      if (syntax & RE_NO_GNU_OPS)
+		goto normal_char;
+              laststart = b;
+              BUF_PUSH (wordchar);
+              break;
+
+
+            case 'W':
+	      if (syntax & RE_NO_GNU_OPS)
+		goto normal_char;
+              laststart = b;
+              BUF_PUSH (notwordchar);
+              break;
+
+
+            case '<':
+	      if (syntax & RE_NO_GNU_OPS)
+		goto normal_char;
+              BUF_PUSH (wordbeg);
+              break;
+
+            case '>':
+	      if (syntax & RE_NO_GNU_OPS)
+		goto normal_char;
+              BUF_PUSH (wordend);
+              break;
+
+            case 'b':
+	      if (syntax & RE_NO_GNU_OPS)
+		goto normal_char;
+              BUF_PUSH (wordbound);
+              break;
+
+            case 'B':
+	      if (syntax & RE_NO_GNU_OPS)
+		goto normal_char;
+              BUF_PUSH (notwordbound);
+              break;
+
+            case '`':
+	      if (syntax & RE_NO_GNU_OPS)
+		goto normal_char;
+              BUF_PUSH (begbuf);
+              break;
+
+            case '\'':
+	      if (syntax & RE_NO_GNU_OPS)
+		goto normal_char;
+              BUF_PUSH (endbuf);
+              break;
+
+            case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5':
+            case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+              if (syntax & RE_NO_BK_REFS)
+                goto normal_char;
+
+              c1 = c - '0';
+
+              if (c1 > regnum)
+                FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_ESUBREG);
+
+              /* Can't back reference to a subexpression if inside of it.  */
+              if (group_in_compile_stack (compile_stack, (regnum_t) c1))
+                goto normal_char;
+
+              laststart = b;
+              BUF_PUSH_2 (duplicate, c1);
+              break;
+
+
+            case '+':
+            case '?':
+              if (syntax & RE_BK_PLUS_QM)
+                goto handle_plus;
+              else
+                goto normal_backslash;
+
+            default:
+            normal_backslash:
+              /* You might think it would be useful for \ to mean
+                 not to translate; but if we don't translate it
+                 it will never match anything.  */
+              c = TRANSLATE (c);
+              goto normal_char;
+            }
+          break;
+
+
+	default:
+        /* Expects the character in `c'.  */
+	normal_char:
+	      /* If no exactn currently being built.  */
+          if (!pending_exact
+#ifdef WCHAR
+	      /* If last exactn handle binary(or character) and
+		 new exactn handle character(or binary).  */
+	      || is_exactn_bin != is_binary[p - 1 - pattern]
+#endif /* WCHAR */
+
+              /* If last exactn not at current position.  */
+              || pending_exact + *pending_exact + 1 != b
+
+              /* We have only one byte following the exactn for the count.  */
+	      || *pending_exact == (1 << BYTEWIDTH) - 1
+
+              /* If followed by a repetition operator.  */
+              || *p == '*' || *p == '^'
+	      || ((syntax & RE_BK_PLUS_QM)
+		  ? *p == '\\' && (p[1] == '+' || p[1] == '?')
+		  : (*p == '+' || *p == '?'))
+	      || ((syntax & RE_INTERVALS)
+                  && ((syntax & RE_NO_BK_BRACES)
+		      ? *p == '{'
+                      : (p[0] == '\\' && p[1] == '{'))))
+	    {
+	      /* Start building a new exactn.  */
+
+              laststart = b;
+
+#ifdef WCHAR
+	      /* Is this exactn binary data or character? */
+	      is_exactn_bin = is_binary[p - 1 - pattern];
+	      if (is_exactn_bin)
+		  BUF_PUSH_2 (exactn_bin, 0);
+	      else
+		  BUF_PUSH_2 (exactn, 0);
+#else
+	      BUF_PUSH_2 (exactn, 0);
+#endif /* WCHAR */
+	      pending_exact = b - 1;
+            }
+
+	  BUF_PUSH (c);
+          (*pending_exact)++;
+	  break;
+        } /* switch (c) */
+    } /* while p != pend */
+
+
+  /* Through the pattern now.  */
+
+  if (fixup_alt_jump)
+    STORE_JUMP (jump_past_alt, fixup_alt_jump, b);
+
+  if (!COMPILE_STACK_EMPTY)
+    FREE_STACK_RETURN (REG_EPAREN);
+
+  /* If we don't want backtracking, force success
+     the first time we reach the end of the compiled pattern.  */
+  if (syntax & RE_NO_POSIX_BACKTRACKING)
+    BUF_PUSH (succeed);
+
+#ifdef WCHAR
+  free (pattern);
+  free (mbs_offset);
+  free (is_binary);
+#endif
+  free (compile_stack.stack);
+
+  /* We have succeeded; set the length of the buffer.  */
+#ifdef WCHAR
+  bufp->used = (uintptr_t) b - (uintptr_t) COMPILED_BUFFER_VAR;
+#else
+  bufp->used = b - bufp->buffer;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  if (debug)
+    {
+      DEBUG_PRINT1 ("\nCompiled pattern: \n");
+      PREFIX(print_compiled_pattern) (bufp);
+    }
+#endif /* DEBUG */
+
+#ifndef MATCH_MAY_ALLOCATE
+  /* Initialize the failure stack to the largest possible stack.  This
+     isn't necessary unless we're trying to avoid calling alloca in
+     the search and match routines.  */
+  {
+    int num_regs = bufp->re_nsub + 1;
+
+    /* Since DOUBLE_FAIL_STACK refuses to double only if the current size
+       is strictly greater than re_max_failures, the largest possible stack
+       is 2 * re_max_failures failure points.  */
+    if (fail_stack.size < (2 * re_max_failures * MAX_FAILURE_ITEMS))
+      {
+	fail_stack.size = (2 * re_max_failures * MAX_FAILURE_ITEMS);
+
+# ifdef emacs
+	if (! fail_stack.stack)
+	  fail_stack.stack
+	    = (PREFIX(fail_stack_elt_t) *) xmalloc (fail_stack.size
+				    * sizeof (PREFIX(fail_stack_elt_t)));
+	else
+	  fail_stack.stack
+	    = (PREFIX(fail_stack_elt_t) *) xrealloc (fail_stack.stack,
+				     (fail_stack.size
+				      * sizeof (PREFIX(fail_stack_elt_t))));
+# else /* not emacs */
+	if (! fail_stack.stack)
+	  fail_stack.stack
+	    = malloc (fail_stack.size * sizeof (PREFIX(fail_stack_elt_t)));
+	else
+	  fail_stack.stack
+	    = realloc (fail_stack.stack,
+		       fail_stack.size * sizeof (PREFIX(fail_stack_elt_t)));
+# endif /* not emacs */
+      }
+
+   PREFIX(regex_grow_registers) (num_regs);
+  }
+#endif /* not MATCH_MAY_ALLOCATE */
+
+  return REG_NOERROR;
+} /* regex_compile */
+
+/* Subroutines for `regex_compile'.  */
+
+/* Store OP at LOC followed by two-byte integer parameter ARG.  */
+/* ifdef WCHAR, integer parameter is 1 wchar_t.  */
+
+static void
+PREFIX(store_op1) (re_opcode_t op, UCHAR_T *loc, int arg)
+{
+  *loc = (UCHAR_T) op;
+  STORE_NUMBER (loc + 1, arg);
+}
+
+
+/* Like `store_op1', but for two two-byte parameters ARG1 and ARG2.  */
+/* ifdef WCHAR, integer parameter is 1 wchar_t.  */
+
+static void
+PREFIX(store_op2) (re_opcode_t op, UCHAR_T *loc, int arg1, int arg2)
+{
+  *loc = (UCHAR_T) op;
+  STORE_NUMBER (loc + 1, arg1);
+  STORE_NUMBER (loc + 1 + OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE, arg2);
+}
+
+
+/* Copy the bytes from LOC to END to open up three bytes of space at LOC
+   for OP followed by two-byte integer parameter ARG.  */
+/* ifdef WCHAR, integer parameter is 1 wchar_t.  */
+
+static void
+PREFIX(insert_op1) (re_opcode_t op, UCHAR_T *loc, int arg, UCHAR_T *end)
+{
+  register UCHAR_T *pfrom = end;
+  register UCHAR_T *pto = end + 1 + OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE;
+
+  while (pfrom != loc)
+    *--pto = *--pfrom;
+
+  PREFIX(store_op1) (op, loc, arg);
+}
+
+
+/* Like `insert_op1', but for two two-byte parameters ARG1 and ARG2.  */
+/* ifdef WCHAR, integer parameter is 1 wchar_t.  */
+
+static void
+PREFIX(insert_op2) (re_opcode_t op, UCHAR_T *loc, int arg1, int arg2,
+		    UCHAR_T *end)
+{
+  register UCHAR_T *pfrom = end;
+  register UCHAR_T *pto = end + 1 + 2 * OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE;
+
+  while (pfrom != loc)
+    *--pto = *--pfrom;
+
+  PREFIX(store_op2) (op, loc, arg1, arg2);
+}
+
+
+/* P points to just after a ^ in PATTERN.  Return true if that ^ comes
+   after an alternative or a begin-subexpression.  We assume there is at
+   least one character before the ^.  */
+
+static boolean
+PREFIX(at_begline_loc_p) (const CHAR_T *pattern, const CHAR_T *p,
+			  reg_syntax_t syntax)
+{
+  const CHAR_T *prev = p - 2;
+  boolean prev_prev_backslash = prev > pattern && prev[-1] == '\\';
+
+  return
+       /* After a subexpression?  */
+       (*prev == '(' && (syntax & RE_NO_BK_PARENS || prev_prev_backslash))
+       /* After an alternative?  */
+    || (*prev == '|' && (syntax & RE_NO_BK_VBAR || prev_prev_backslash));
+}
+
+
+/* The dual of at_begline_loc_p.  This one is for $.  We assume there is
+   at least one character after the $, i.e., `P < PEND'.  */
+
+static boolean
+PREFIX(at_endline_loc_p) (const CHAR_T *p, const CHAR_T *pend,
+			  reg_syntax_t syntax)
+{
+  const CHAR_T *next = p;
+  boolean next_backslash = *next == '\\';
+  const CHAR_T *next_next = p + 1 < pend ? p + 1 : 0;
+
+  return
+       /* Before a subexpression?  */
+       (syntax & RE_NO_BK_PARENS ? *next == ')'
+        : next_backslash && next_next && *next_next == ')')
+       /* Before an alternative?  */
+    || (syntax & RE_NO_BK_VBAR ? *next == '|'
+        : next_backslash && next_next && *next_next == '|');
+}
+
+#else /* not INSIDE_RECURSION */
+
+/* Returns true if REGNUM is in one of COMPILE_STACK's elements and
+   false if it's not.  */
+
+static boolean
+group_in_compile_stack (compile_stack_type compile_stack,
+			regnum_t regnum)
+{
+  int this_element;
+
+  for (this_element = compile_stack.avail - 1;
+       this_element >= 0;
+       this_element--)
+    if (compile_stack.stack[this_element].regnum == regnum)
+      return true;
+
+  return false;
+}
+#endif /* not INSIDE_RECURSION */
+
+#ifdef INSIDE_RECURSION
+
+#ifdef WCHAR
+/* This insert space, which size is "num", into the pattern at "loc".
+   "end" must point the end of the allocated buffer.  */
+static void
+insert_space (int num, CHAR_T *loc, CHAR_T *end)
+{
+  register CHAR_T *pto = end;
+  register CHAR_T *pfrom = end - num;
+
+  while (pfrom >= loc)
+    *pto-- = *pfrom--;
+}
+#endif /* WCHAR */
+
+#ifdef WCHAR
+static reg_errcode_t
+wcs_compile_range (CHAR_T range_start_char,
+		   const CHAR_T **p_ptr, const CHAR_T *pend,
+		   RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE translate, reg_syntax_t syntax,
+		   CHAR_T *b, CHAR_T *char_set)
+{
+  const CHAR_T *p = *p_ptr;
+  CHAR_T range_start, range_end;
+  reg_errcode_t ret;
+# ifdef _LIBC
+  uint32_t nrules;
+  uint32_t start_val, end_val;
+# endif
+  if (p == pend)
+    return REG_ERANGE;
+
+# ifdef _LIBC
+  nrules = _NL_CURRENT_WORD (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_NRULES);
+  if (nrules != 0)
+    {
+      const char *collseq = (const char *) _NL_CURRENT(LC_COLLATE,
+						       _NL_COLLATE_COLLSEQWC);
+      const unsigned char *extra = (const unsigned char *)
+	_NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_SYMB_EXTRAMB);
+
+      if (range_start_char < -1)
+	{
+	  /* range_start is a collating symbol.  */
+	  int32_t *wextra;
+	  /* Retreive the index and get collation sequence value.  */
+	  wextra = (int32_t*)(extra + char_set[-range_start_char]);
+	  start_val = wextra[1 + *wextra];
+	}
+      else
+	start_val = collseq_table_lookup(collseq, TRANSLATE(range_start_char));
+
+      end_val = collseq_table_lookup (collseq, TRANSLATE (p[0]));
+
+      /* Report an error if the range is empty and the syntax prohibits
+	 this.  */
+      ret = ((syntax & RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES)
+	     && (start_val > end_val))? REG_ERANGE : REG_NOERROR;
+
+      /* Insert space to the end of the char_ranges.  */
+      insert_space(2, b - char_set[5] - 2, b - 1);
+      *(b - char_set[5] - 2) = (wchar_t)start_val;
+      *(b - char_set[5] - 1) = (wchar_t)end_val;
+      char_set[4]++; /* ranges_index */
+    }
+  else
+# endif
+    {
+      range_start = (range_start_char >= 0)? TRANSLATE (range_start_char):
+	range_start_char;
+      range_end = TRANSLATE (p[0]);
+      /* Report an error if the range is empty and the syntax prohibits
+	 this.  */
+      ret = ((syntax & RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES)
+	     && (range_start > range_end))? REG_ERANGE : REG_NOERROR;
+
+      /* Insert space to the end of the char_ranges.  */
+      insert_space(2, b - char_set[5] - 2, b - 1);
+      *(b - char_set[5] - 2) = range_start;
+      *(b - char_set[5] - 1) = range_end;
+      char_set[4]++; /* ranges_index */
+    }
+  /* Have to increment the pointer into the pattern string, so the
+     caller isn't still at the ending character.  */
+  (*p_ptr)++;
+
+  return ret;
+}
+#else /* BYTE */
+/* Read the ending character of a range (in a bracket expression) from the
+   uncompiled pattern *P_PTR (which ends at PEND).  We assume the
+   starting character is in `P[-2]'.  (`P[-1]' is the character `-'.)
+   Then we set the translation of all bits between the starting and
+   ending characters (inclusive) in the compiled pattern B.
+
+   Return an error code.
+
+   We use these short variable names so we can use the same macros as
+   `regex_compile' itself.  */
+
+static reg_errcode_t
+byte_compile_range (unsigned int range_start_char,
+		    const char **p_ptr, const char *pend,
+		    RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE translate, reg_syntax_t syntax,
+		    unsigned char *b)
+{
+  unsigned this_char;
+  const char *p = *p_ptr;
+  reg_errcode_t ret;
+# if _LIBC
+  const unsigned char *collseq;
+  unsigned int start_colseq;
+  unsigned int end_colseq;
+# else
+  unsigned end_char;
+# endif
+
+  if (p == pend)
+    return REG_ERANGE;
+
+  /* Have to increment the pointer into the pattern string, so the
+     caller isn't still at the ending character.  */
+  (*p_ptr)++;
+
+  /* Report an error if the range is empty and the syntax prohibits this.  */
+  ret = syntax & RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES ? REG_ERANGE : REG_NOERROR;
+
+# if _LIBC
+  collseq = (const unsigned char *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE,
+						 _NL_COLLATE_COLLSEQMB);
+
+  start_colseq = collseq[(unsigned char) TRANSLATE (range_start_char)];
+  end_colseq = collseq[(unsigned char) TRANSLATE (p[0])];
+  for (this_char = 0; this_char <= (unsigned char) -1; ++this_char)
+    {
+      unsigned int this_colseq = collseq[(unsigned char) TRANSLATE (this_char)];
+
+      if (start_colseq <= this_colseq && this_colseq <= end_colseq)
+	{
+	  SET_LIST_BIT (TRANSLATE (this_char));
+	  ret = REG_NOERROR;
+	}
+    }
+# else
+  /* Here we see why `this_char' has to be larger than an `unsigned
+     char' -- we would otherwise go into an infinite loop, since all
+     characters <= 0xff.  */
+  range_start_char = TRANSLATE (range_start_char);
+  /* TRANSLATE(p[0]) is casted to char (not unsigned char) in TRANSLATE,
+     and some compilers cast it to int implicitly, so following for_loop
+     may fall to (almost) infinite loop.
+     e.g. If translate[p[0]] = 0xff, end_char may equals to 0xffffffff.
+     To avoid this, we cast p[0] to unsigned int and truncate it.  */
+  end_char = ((unsigned)TRANSLATE(p[0]) & ((1 << BYTEWIDTH) - 1));
+
+  for (this_char = range_start_char; this_char <= end_char; ++this_char)
+    {
+      SET_LIST_BIT (TRANSLATE (this_char));
+      ret = REG_NOERROR;
+    }
+# endif
+
+  return ret;
+}
+#endif /* WCHAR */
+
+/* re_compile_fastmap computes a ``fastmap'' for the compiled pattern in
+   BUFP.  A fastmap records which of the (1 << BYTEWIDTH) possible
+   characters can start a string that matches the pattern.  This fastmap
+   is used by re_search to skip quickly over impossible starting points.
+
+   The caller must supply the address of a (1 << BYTEWIDTH)-byte data
+   area as BUFP->fastmap.
+
+   We set the `fastmap', `fastmap_accurate', and `can_be_null' fields in
+   the pattern buffer.
+
+   Returns 0 if we succeed, -2 if an internal error.   */
+
+#ifdef WCHAR
+/* local function for re_compile_fastmap.
+   truncate wchar_t character to char.  */
+
+static unsigned char
+truncate_wchar (CHAR_T c)
+{
+  unsigned char buf[MB_CUR_MAX];
+  mbstate_t state;
+  int retval;
+  memset (&state, '\0', sizeof (state));
+  retval = wcrtomb (buf, c, &state);
+  return retval > 0 ? buf[0] : (unsigned char) c;
+}
+#endif /* WCHAR */
+
+static int
+PREFIX(re_compile_fastmap) (struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp)
+{
+  int j, k;
+#ifdef MATCH_MAY_ALLOCATE
+  PREFIX(fail_stack_type) fail_stack;
+#endif
+#ifndef REGEX_MALLOC
+  char *destination;
+#endif
+
+  register char *fastmap = bufp->fastmap;
+
+#ifdef WCHAR
+  /* We need to cast pattern to (wchar_t*), because we casted this compiled
+     pattern to (char*) in regex_compile.  */
+  UCHAR_T *pattern = (UCHAR_T*)bufp->buffer;
+  register UCHAR_T *pend = (UCHAR_T*) (bufp->buffer + bufp->used);
+#else /* BYTE */
+  UCHAR_T *pattern = bufp->buffer;
+  register UCHAR_T *pend = pattern + bufp->used;
+#endif /* WCHAR */
+  UCHAR_T *p = pattern;
+
+#ifdef REL_ALLOC
+  /* This holds the pointer to the failure stack, when
+     it is allocated relocatably.  */
+  fail_stack_elt_t *failure_stack_ptr;
+#endif
+
+  /* Assume that each path through the pattern can be null until
+     proven otherwise.  We set this false at the bottom of switch
+     statement, to which we get only if a particular path doesn't
+     match the empty string.  */
+  boolean path_can_be_null = true;
+
+  /* We aren't doing a `succeed_n' to begin with.  */
+  boolean succeed_n_p = false;
+
+  assert (fastmap != NULL && p != NULL);
+
+  INIT_FAIL_STACK ();
+  bzero (fastmap, 1 << BYTEWIDTH);  /* Assume nothing's valid.  */
+  bufp->fastmap_accurate = 1;	    /* It will be when we're done.  */
+  bufp->can_be_null = 0;
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      if (p == pend || *p == succeed)
+	{
+	  /* We have reached the (effective) end of pattern.  */
+	  if (!FAIL_STACK_EMPTY ())
+	    {
+	      bufp->can_be_null |= path_can_be_null;
+
+	      /* Reset for next path.  */
+	      path_can_be_null = true;
+
+	      p = fail_stack.stack[--fail_stack.avail].pointer;
+
+	      continue;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    break;
+	}
+
+      /* We should never be about to go beyond the end of the pattern.  */
+      assert (p < pend);
+
+      switch (SWITCH_ENUM_CAST ((re_opcode_t) *p++))
+	{
+
+        /* I guess the idea here is to simply not bother with a fastmap
+           if a backreference is used, since it's too hard to figure out
+           the fastmap for the corresponding group.  Setting
+           `can_be_null' stops `re_search_2' from using the fastmap, so
+           that is all we do.  */
+	case duplicate:
+	  bufp->can_be_null = 1;
+          goto done;
+
+
+      /* Following are the cases which match a character.  These end
+         with `break'.  */
+
+#ifdef WCHAR
+	case exactn:
+          fastmap[truncate_wchar(p[1])] = 1;
+	  break;
+#else /* BYTE */
+	case exactn:
+          fastmap[p[1]] = 1;
+	  break;
+#endif /* WCHAR */
+#ifdef MBS_SUPPORT
+	case exactn_bin:
+	  fastmap[p[1]] = 1;
+	  break;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef WCHAR
+        /* It is hard to distinguish fastmap from (multi byte) characters
+           which depends on current locale.  */
+        case charset:
+	case charset_not:
+	case wordchar:
+	case notwordchar:
+          bufp->can_be_null = 1;
+          goto done;
+#else /* BYTE */
+        case charset:
+          for (j = *p++ * BYTEWIDTH - 1; j >= 0; j--)
+	    if (p[j / BYTEWIDTH] & (1 << (j % BYTEWIDTH)))
+              fastmap[j] = 1;
+	  break;
+
+
+	case charset_not:
+	  /* Chars beyond end of map must be allowed.  */
+	  for (j = *p * BYTEWIDTH; j < (1 << BYTEWIDTH); j++)
+            fastmap[j] = 1;
+
+	  for (j = *p++ * BYTEWIDTH - 1; j >= 0; j--)
+	    if (!(p[j / BYTEWIDTH] & (1 << (j % BYTEWIDTH))))
+              fastmap[j] = 1;
+          break;
+
+
+	case wordchar:
+	  for (j = 0; j < (1 << BYTEWIDTH); j++)
+	    if (SYNTAX (j) == Sword)
+	      fastmap[j] = 1;
+	  break;
+
+
+	case notwordchar:
+	  for (j = 0; j < (1 << BYTEWIDTH); j++)
+	    if (SYNTAX (j) != Sword)
+	      fastmap[j] = 1;
+	  break;
+#endif /* WCHAR */
+
+        case anychar:
+	  {
+	    int fastmap_newline = fastmap['\n'];
+
+	    /* `.' matches anything ...  */
+	    for (j = 0; j < (1 << BYTEWIDTH); j++)
+	      fastmap[j] = 1;
+
+	    /* ... except perhaps newline.  */
+	    if (!(bufp->syntax & RE_DOT_NEWLINE))
+	      fastmap['\n'] = fastmap_newline;
+
+	    /* Return if we have already set `can_be_null'; if we have,
+	       then the fastmap is irrelevant.  Something's wrong here.  */
+	    else if (bufp->can_be_null)
+	      goto done;
+
+	    /* Otherwise, have to check alternative paths.  */
+	    break;
+	  }
+
+#ifdef emacs
+        case syntaxspec:
+	  k = *p++;
+	  for (j = 0; j < (1 << BYTEWIDTH); j++)
+	    if (SYNTAX (j) == (enum syntaxcode) k)
+	      fastmap[j] = 1;
+	  break;
+
+
+	case notsyntaxspec:
+	  k = *p++;
+	  for (j = 0; j < (1 << BYTEWIDTH); j++)
+	    if (SYNTAX (j) != (enum syntaxcode) k)
+	      fastmap[j] = 1;
+	  break;
+
+
+      /* All cases after this match the empty string.  These end with
+         `continue'.  */
+
+
+	case before_dot:
+	case at_dot:
+	case after_dot:
+          continue;
+#endif /* emacs */
+
+
+        case no_op:
+        case begline:
+        case endline:
+	case begbuf:
+	case endbuf:
+	case wordbound:
+	case notwordbound:
+	case wordbeg:
+	case wordend:
+        case push_dummy_failure:
+          continue;
+
+
+	case jump_n:
+        case pop_failure_jump:
+	case maybe_pop_jump:
+	case jump:
+        case jump_past_alt:
+	case dummy_failure_jump:
+          EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (j, p);
+	  p += j;
+	  if (j > 0)
+	    continue;
+
+          /* Jump backward implies we just went through the body of a
+             loop and matched nothing.  Opcode jumped to should be
+             `on_failure_jump' or `succeed_n'.  Just treat it like an
+             ordinary jump.  For a * loop, it has pushed its failure
+             point already; if so, discard that as redundant.  */
+          if ((re_opcode_t) *p != on_failure_jump
+	      && (re_opcode_t) *p != succeed_n)
+	    continue;
+
+          p++;
+          EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (j, p);
+          p += j;
+
+          /* If what's on the stack is where we are now, pop it.  */
+          if (!FAIL_STACK_EMPTY ()
+	      && fail_stack.stack[fail_stack.avail - 1].pointer == p)
+            fail_stack.avail--;
+
+          continue;
+
+
+        case on_failure_jump:
+        case on_failure_keep_string_jump:
+	handle_on_failure_jump:
+          EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (j, p);
+
+          /* For some patterns, e.g., `(a?)?', `p+j' here points to the
+             end of the pattern.  We don't want to push such a point,
+             since when we restore it above, entering the switch will
+             increment `p' past the end of the pattern.  We don't need
+             to push such a point since we obviously won't find any more
+             fastmap entries beyond `pend'.  Such a pattern can match
+             the null string, though.  */
+          if (p + j < pend)
+            {
+              if (!PUSH_PATTERN_OP (p + j, fail_stack))
+		{
+		  RESET_FAIL_STACK ();
+		  return -2;
+		}
+            }
+          else
+            bufp->can_be_null = 1;
+
+          if (succeed_n_p)
+            {
+              EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (k, p);	/* Skip the n.  */
+              succeed_n_p = false;
+	    }
+
+          continue;
+
+
+	case succeed_n:
+          /* Get to the number of times to succeed.  */
+          p += OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE;
+
+          /* Increment p past the n for when k != 0.  */
+          EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (k, p);
+          if (k == 0)
+	    {
+              p -= 2 * OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE;
+  	      succeed_n_p = true;  /* Spaghetti code alert.  */
+              goto handle_on_failure_jump;
+            }
+          continue;
+
+
+	case set_number_at:
+          p += 2 * OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE;
+          continue;
+
+
+	case start_memory:
+        case stop_memory:
+	  p += 2;
+	  continue;
+
+
+	default:
+          abort (); /* We have listed all the cases.  */
+        } /* switch *p++ */
+
+      /* Getting here means we have found the possible starting
+         characters for one path of the pattern -- and that the empty
+         string does not match.  We need not follow this path further.
+         Instead, look at the next alternative (remembered on the
+         stack), or quit if no more.  The test at the top of the loop
+         does these things.  */
+      path_can_be_null = false;
+      p = pend;
+    } /* while p */
+
+  /* Set `can_be_null' for the last path (also the first path, if the
+     pattern is empty).  */
+  bufp->can_be_null |= path_can_be_null;
+
+ done:
+  RESET_FAIL_STACK ();
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#else /* not INSIDE_RECURSION */
+
+int
+re_compile_fastmap (struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp)
+{
+# ifdef MBS_SUPPORT
+  if (MB_CUR_MAX != 1)
+    return wcs_re_compile_fastmap(bufp);
+  else
+# endif
+    return byte_re_compile_fastmap(bufp);
+} /* re_compile_fastmap */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+weak_alias (__re_compile_fastmap, re_compile_fastmap)
+#endif
+
+
+/* Set REGS to hold NUM_REGS registers, storing them in STARTS and
+   ENDS.  Subsequent matches using PATTERN_BUFFER and REGS will use
+   this memory for recording register information.  STARTS and ENDS
+   must be allocated using the malloc library routine, and must each
+   be at least NUM_REGS * sizeof (regoff_t) bytes long.
+
+   If NUM_REGS == 0, then subsequent matches should allocate their own
+   register data.
+
+   Unless this function is called, the first search or match using
+   PATTERN_BUFFER will allocate its own register data, without
+   freeing the old data.  */
+
+void
+re_set_registers (struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp,
+		  struct re_registers *regs,
+		  unsigned int num_regs,
+		  regoff_t *starts, regoff_t *ends)
+{
+  if (num_regs)
+    {
+      bufp->regs_allocated = REGS_REALLOCATE;
+      regs->num_regs = num_regs;
+      regs->start = starts;
+      regs->end = ends;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      bufp->regs_allocated = REGS_UNALLOCATED;
+      regs->num_regs = 0;
+      regs->start = regs->end = (regoff_t *) 0;
+    }
+}
+#ifdef _LIBC
+weak_alias (__re_set_registers, re_set_registers)
+#endif
+
+/* Searching routines.  */
+
+/* Like re_search_2, below, but only one string is specified, and
+   doesn't let you say where to stop matching.  */
+
+int
+re_search (struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp,
+	   const char *string,
+	   int size, int startpos, int range,
+	   struct re_registers *regs)
+{
+  return re_search_2 (bufp, NULL, 0, string, size, startpos, range,
+		      regs, size);
+}
+#ifdef _LIBC
+weak_alias (__re_search, re_search)
+#endif
+
+
+/* Using the compiled pattern in BUFP->buffer, first tries to match the
+   virtual concatenation of STRING1 and STRING2, starting first at index
+   STARTPOS, then at STARTPOS + 1, and so on.
+
+   STRING1 and STRING2 have length SIZE1 and SIZE2, respectively.
+
+   RANGE is how far to scan while trying to match.  RANGE = 0 means try
+   only at STARTPOS; in general, the last start tried is STARTPOS +
+   RANGE.
+
+   In REGS, return the indices of the virtual concatenation of STRING1
+   and STRING2 that matched the entire BUFP->buffer and its contained
+   subexpressions.
+
+   Do not consider matching one past the index STOP in the virtual
+   concatenation of STRING1 and STRING2.
+
+   We return either the position in the strings at which the match was
+   found, -1 if no match, or -2 if error (such as failure
+   stack overflow).  */
+
+int
+re_search_2 (struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp,
+	     const char *string1, int size1,
+	     const char *string2, int size2,
+	     int startpos, int range,
+	     struct re_registers *regs,
+	     int stop)
+{
+# ifdef MBS_SUPPORT
+  if (MB_CUR_MAX != 1)
+    return wcs_re_search_2 (bufp, string1, size1, string2, size2, startpos,
+			    range, regs, stop);
+  else
+# endif
+    return byte_re_search_2 (bufp, string1, size1, string2, size2, startpos,
+			     range, regs, stop);
+} /* re_search_2 */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+weak_alias (__re_search_2, re_search_2)
+#endif
+
+#endif /* not INSIDE_RECURSION */
+
+#ifdef INSIDE_RECURSION
+
+#ifdef MATCH_MAY_ALLOCATE
+# define FREE_VAR(var) if (var) REGEX_FREE (var); var = NULL
+#else
+# define FREE_VAR(var) if (var) free (var); var = NULL
+#endif
+
+#ifdef WCHAR
+# define MAX_ALLOCA_SIZE	2000
+
+# define FREE_WCS_BUFFERS() \
+  do {									      \
+    if (size1 > MAX_ALLOCA_SIZE)					      \
+      {									      \
+	free (wcs_string1);						      \
+	free (mbs_offset1);						      \
+      }									      \
+    else								      \
+      {									      \
+	FREE_VAR (wcs_string1);						      \
+	FREE_VAR (mbs_offset1);						      \
+      }									      \
+    if (size2 > MAX_ALLOCA_SIZE) 					      \
+      {									      \
+	free (wcs_string2);						      \
+	free (mbs_offset2);						      \
+      }									      \
+    else								      \
+      {									      \
+	FREE_VAR (wcs_string2);						      \
+	FREE_VAR (mbs_offset2);						      \
+      }									      \
+  } while (0)
+
+#endif
+
+
+static int
+PREFIX(re_search_2) (struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp,
+		     const char *string1, int size1,
+		     const char *string2, int size2,
+		     int startpos, int range,
+		     struct re_registers *regs,
+		     int stop)
+{
+  int val;
+  register char *fastmap = bufp->fastmap;
+  register RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE translate = bufp->translate;
+  int total_size = size1 + size2;
+  int endpos = startpos + range;
+#ifdef WCHAR
+  /* We need wchar_t* buffers correspond to cstring1, cstring2.  */
+  wchar_t *wcs_string1 = NULL, *wcs_string2 = NULL;
+  /* We need the size of wchar_t buffers correspond to csize1, csize2.  */
+  int wcs_size1 = 0, wcs_size2 = 0;
+  /* offset buffer for optimizatoin. See convert_mbs_to_wc.  */
+  int *mbs_offset1 = NULL, *mbs_offset2 = NULL;
+  /* They hold whether each wchar_t is binary data or not.  */
+  char *is_binary = NULL;
+#endif /* WCHAR */
+
+  /* Check for out-of-range STARTPOS.  */
+  if (startpos < 0 || startpos > total_size)
+    return -1;
+
+  /* Fix up RANGE if it might eventually take us outside
+     the virtual concatenation of STRING1 and STRING2.
+     Make sure we won't move STARTPOS below 0 or above TOTAL_SIZE.  */
+  if (endpos < 0)
+    range = 0 - startpos;
+  else if (endpos > total_size)
+    range = total_size - startpos;
+
+  /* If the search isn't to be a backwards one, don't waste time in a
+     search for a pattern that must be anchored.  */
+  if (bufp->used > 0 && range > 0
+      && ((re_opcode_t) bufp->buffer[0] == begbuf
+	  /* `begline' is like `begbuf' if it cannot match at newlines.  */
+	  || ((re_opcode_t) bufp->buffer[0] == begline
+	      && !bufp->newline_anchor)))
+    {
+      if (startpos > 0)
+	return -1;
+      else
+	range = 1;
+    }
+
+#ifdef emacs
+  /* In a forward search for something that starts with \=.
+     don't keep searching past point.  */
+  if (bufp->used > 0 && (re_opcode_t) bufp->buffer[0] == at_dot && range > 0)
+    {
+      range = PT - startpos;
+      if (range <= 0)
+	return -1;
+    }
+#endif /* emacs */
+
+  /* Update the fastmap now if not correct already.  */
+  if (fastmap && !bufp->fastmap_accurate)
+    if (re_compile_fastmap (bufp) == -2)
+      return -2;
+
+#ifdef WCHAR
+  /* Allocate wchar_t array for wcs_string1 and wcs_string2 and
+     fill them with converted string.  */
+  if (size1 != 0)
+    {
+      if (size1 > MAX_ALLOCA_SIZE)
+	{
+	  wcs_string1 = TALLOC (size1 + 1, CHAR_T);
+	  mbs_offset1 = TALLOC (size1 + 1, int);
+	  is_binary = TALLOC (size1 + 1, char);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  wcs_string1 = REGEX_TALLOC (size1 + 1, CHAR_T);
+	  mbs_offset1 = REGEX_TALLOC (size1 + 1, int);
+	  is_binary = REGEX_TALLOC (size1 + 1, char);
+	}
+      if (!wcs_string1 || !mbs_offset1 || !is_binary)
+	{
+	  if (size1 > MAX_ALLOCA_SIZE)
+	    {
+	      free (wcs_string1);
+	      free (mbs_offset1);
+	      free (is_binary);
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      FREE_VAR (wcs_string1);
+	      FREE_VAR (mbs_offset1);
+	      FREE_VAR (is_binary);
+	    }
+	  return -2;
+	}
+      wcs_size1 = convert_mbs_to_wcs(wcs_string1, string1, size1,
+				     mbs_offset1, is_binary);
+      wcs_string1[wcs_size1] = L'\0'; /* for a sentinel  */
+      if (size1 > MAX_ALLOCA_SIZE)
+	free (is_binary);
+      else
+	FREE_VAR (is_binary);
+    }
+  if (size2 != 0)
+    {
+      if (size2 > MAX_ALLOCA_SIZE)
+	{
+	  wcs_string2 = TALLOC (size2 + 1, CHAR_T);
+	  mbs_offset2 = TALLOC (size2 + 1, int);
+	  is_binary = TALLOC (size2 + 1, char);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  wcs_string2 = REGEX_TALLOC (size2 + 1, CHAR_T);
+	  mbs_offset2 = REGEX_TALLOC (size2 + 1, int);
+	  is_binary = REGEX_TALLOC (size2 + 1, char);
+	}
+      if (!wcs_string2 || !mbs_offset2 || !is_binary)
+	{
+	  FREE_WCS_BUFFERS ();
+	  if (size2 > MAX_ALLOCA_SIZE)
+	    free (is_binary);
+	  else
+	    FREE_VAR (is_binary);
+	  return -2;
+	}
+      wcs_size2 = convert_mbs_to_wcs(wcs_string2, string2, size2,
+				     mbs_offset2, is_binary);
+      wcs_string2[wcs_size2] = L'\0'; /* for a sentinel  */
+      if (size2 > MAX_ALLOCA_SIZE)
+	free (is_binary);
+      else
+	FREE_VAR (is_binary);
+    }
+#endif /* WCHAR */
+
+
+  /* Loop through the string, looking for a place to start matching.  */
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      /* If a fastmap is supplied, skip quickly over characters that
+         cannot be the start of a match.  If the pattern can match the
+         null string, however, we don't need to skip characters; we want
+         the first null string.  */
+      if (fastmap && startpos < total_size && !bufp->can_be_null)
+	{
+	  if (range > 0)	/* Searching forwards.  */
+	    {
+	      register const char *d;
+	      register int lim = 0;
+	      int irange = range;
+
+              if (startpos < size1 && startpos + range >= size1)
+                lim = range - (size1 - startpos);
+
+	      d = (startpos >= size1 ? string2 - size1 : string1) + startpos;
+
+              /* Written out as an if-else to avoid testing `translate'
+                 inside the loop.  */
+	      if (translate)
+                while (range > lim
+                       && !fastmap[(unsigned char)
+				   translate[(unsigned char) *d++]])
+                  range--;
+	      else
+                while (range > lim && !fastmap[(unsigned char) *d++])
+                  range--;
+
+	      startpos += irange - range;
+	    }
+	  else				/* Searching backwards.  */
+	    {
+	      register CHAR_T c = (size1 == 0 || startpos >= size1
+				      ? string2[startpos - size1]
+				      : string1[startpos]);
+
+	      if (!fastmap[(unsigned char) TRANSLATE (c)])
+		goto advance;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      /* If can't match the null string, and that's all we have left, fail.  */
+      if (range >= 0 && startpos == total_size && fastmap
+          && !bufp->can_be_null)
+       {
+#ifdef WCHAR
+         FREE_WCS_BUFFERS ();
+#endif
+         return -1;
+       }
+
+#ifdef WCHAR
+      val = wcs_re_match_2_internal (bufp, string1, size1, string2,
+				     size2, startpos, regs, stop,
+				     wcs_string1, wcs_size1,
+				     wcs_string2, wcs_size2,
+				     mbs_offset1, mbs_offset2);
+#else /* BYTE */
+      val = byte_re_match_2_internal (bufp, string1, size1, string2,
+				      size2, startpos, regs, stop);
+#endif /* BYTE */
+
+#ifndef REGEX_MALLOC
+# ifdef C_ALLOCA
+      alloca (0);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+      if (val >= 0)
+	{
+#ifdef WCHAR
+	  FREE_WCS_BUFFERS ();
+#endif
+	  return startpos;
+	}
+
+      if (val == -2)
+	{
+#ifdef WCHAR
+	  FREE_WCS_BUFFERS ();
+#endif
+	  return -2;
+	}
+
+    advance:
+      if (!range)
+        break;
+      else if (range > 0)
+        {
+          range--;
+          startpos++;
+        }
+      else
+        {
+          range++;
+          startpos--;
+        }
+    }
+#ifdef WCHAR
+  FREE_WCS_BUFFERS ();
+#endif
+  return -1;
+}
+
+#ifdef WCHAR
+/* This converts PTR, a pointer into one of the search wchar_t strings
+   `string1' and `string2' into an multibyte string offset from the
+   beginning of that string. We use mbs_offset to optimize.
+   See convert_mbs_to_wcs.  */
+# define POINTER_TO_OFFSET(ptr)						\
+  (FIRST_STRING_P (ptr)							\
+   ? ((regoff_t)(mbs_offset1 != NULL? mbs_offset1[(ptr)-string1] : 0))	\
+   : ((regoff_t)((mbs_offset2 != NULL? mbs_offset2[(ptr)-string2] : 0)	\
+		 + csize1)))
+#else /* BYTE */
+/* This converts PTR, a pointer into one of the search strings `string1'
+   and `string2' into an offset from the beginning of that string.  */
+# define POINTER_TO_OFFSET(ptr)			\
+  (FIRST_STRING_P (ptr)				\
+   ? ((regoff_t) ((ptr) - string1))		\
+   : ((regoff_t) ((ptr) - string2 + size1)))
+#endif /* WCHAR */
+
+/* Macros for dealing with the split strings in re_match_2.  */
+
+#define MATCHING_IN_FIRST_STRING  (dend == end_match_1)
+
+/* Call before fetching a character with *d.  This switches over to
+   string2 if necessary.  */
+#define PREFETCH()							\
+  while (d == dend)						    	\
+    {									\
+      /* End of string2 => fail.  */					\
+      if (dend == end_match_2) 						\
+        goto fail;							\
+      /* End of string1 => advance to string2.  */ 			\
+      d = string2;						        \
+      dend = end_match_2;						\
+    }
+
+/* Test if at very beginning or at very end of the virtual concatenation
+   of `string1' and `string2'.  If only one string, it's `string2'.  */
+#define AT_STRINGS_BEG(d) ((d) == (size1 ? string1 : string2) || !size2)
+#define AT_STRINGS_END(d) ((d) == end2)
+
+
+/* Test if D points to a character which is word-constituent.  We have
+   two special cases to check for: if past the end of string1, look at
+   the first character in string2; and if before the beginning of
+   string2, look at the last character in string1.  */
+#ifdef WCHAR
+/* Use internationalized API instead of SYNTAX.  */
+# define WORDCHAR_P(d)							\
+  (iswalnum ((wint_t)((d) == end1 ? *string2				\
+           : (d) == string2 - 1 ? *(end1 - 1) : *(d))) != 0		\
+   || ((d) == end1 ? *string2						\
+       : (d) == string2 - 1 ? *(end1 - 1) : *(d)) == L'_')
+#else /* BYTE */
+# define WORDCHAR_P(d)							\
+  (SYNTAX ((d) == end1 ? *string2					\
+           : (d) == string2 - 1 ? *(end1 - 1) : *(d))			\
+   == Sword)
+#endif /* WCHAR */
+
+/* Disabled due to a compiler bug -- see comment at case wordbound */
+#if 0
+/* Test if the character before D and the one at D differ with respect
+   to being word-constituent.  */
+#define AT_WORD_BOUNDARY(d)						\
+  (AT_STRINGS_BEG (d) || AT_STRINGS_END (d)				\
+   || WORDCHAR_P (d - 1) != WORDCHAR_P (d))
+#endif
+
+/* Free everything we malloc.  */
+#ifdef MATCH_MAY_ALLOCATE
+# ifdef WCHAR
+#  define FREE_VARIABLES()						\
+  do {									\
+    REGEX_FREE_STACK (fail_stack.stack);				\
+    FREE_VAR (regstart);						\
+    FREE_VAR (regend);							\
+    FREE_VAR (old_regstart);						\
+    FREE_VAR (old_regend);						\
+    FREE_VAR (best_regstart);						\
+    FREE_VAR (best_regend);						\
+    FREE_VAR (reg_info);						\
+    FREE_VAR (reg_dummy);						\
+    FREE_VAR (reg_info_dummy);						\
+    if (!cant_free_wcs_buf)						\
+      {									\
+        FREE_VAR (string1);						\
+        FREE_VAR (string2);						\
+        FREE_VAR (mbs_offset1);						\
+        FREE_VAR (mbs_offset2);						\
+      }									\
+  } while (0)
+# else /* BYTE */
+#  define FREE_VARIABLES()						\
+  do {									\
+    REGEX_FREE_STACK (fail_stack.stack);				\
+    FREE_VAR (regstart);						\
+    FREE_VAR (regend);							\
+    FREE_VAR (old_regstart);						\
+    FREE_VAR (old_regend);						\
+    FREE_VAR (best_regstart);						\
+    FREE_VAR (best_regend);						\
+    FREE_VAR (reg_info);						\
+    FREE_VAR (reg_dummy);						\
+    FREE_VAR (reg_info_dummy);						\
+  } while (0)
+# endif /* WCHAR */
+#else
+# ifdef WCHAR
+#  define FREE_VARIABLES()						\
+  do {									\
+    if (!cant_free_wcs_buf)						\
+      {									\
+        FREE_VAR (string1);						\
+        FREE_VAR (string2);						\
+        FREE_VAR (mbs_offset1);						\
+        FREE_VAR (mbs_offset2);						\
+      }									\
+  } while (0)
+# else /* BYTE */
+#  define FREE_VARIABLES() ((void)0) /* Do nothing!  But inhibit gcc warning. */
+# endif /* WCHAR */
+#endif /* not MATCH_MAY_ALLOCATE */
+
+/* These values must meet several constraints.  They must not be valid
+   register values; since we have a limit of 255 registers (because
+   we use only one byte in the pattern for the register number), we can
+   use numbers larger than 255.  They must differ by 1, because of
+   NUM_FAILURE_ITEMS above.  And the value for the lowest register must
+   be larger than the value for the highest register, so we do not try
+   to actually save any registers when none are active.  */
+#define NO_HIGHEST_ACTIVE_REG (1 << BYTEWIDTH)
+#define NO_LOWEST_ACTIVE_REG (NO_HIGHEST_ACTIVE_REG + 1)
+
+#else /* not INSIDE_RECURSION */
+/* Matching routines.  */
+
+#ifndef emacs   /* Emacs never uses this.  */
+/* re_match is like re_match_2 except it takes only a single string.  */
+
+int
+re_match (struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp,
+	  const char *string,
+	  int size, int pos,
+	  struct re_registers *regs)
+{
+  int result;
+# ifdef MBS_SUPPORT
+  if (MB_CUR_MAX != 1)
+    result = wcs_re_match_2_internal (bufp, NULL, 0, string, size,
+				      pos, regs, size,
+				      NULL, 0, NULL, 0, NULL, NULL);
+  else
+# endif
+    result = byte_re_match_2_internal (bufp, NULL, 0, string, size,
+				  pos, regs, size);
+# ifndef REGEX_MALLOC
+#  ifdef C_ALLOCA
+  alloca (0);
+#  endif
+# endif
+  return result;
+}
+# ifdef _LIBC
+weak_alias (__re_match, re_match)
+# endif
+#endif /* not emacs */
+
+#endif /* not INSIDE_RECURSION */
+
+#ifdef INSIDE_RECURSION
+static boolean PREFIX(group_match_null_string_p) (UCHAR_T **p,
+						  UCHAR_T *end,
+					PREFIX(register_info_type) *reg_info);
+static boolean PREFIX(alt_match_null_string_p) (UCHAR_T *p,
+						UCHAR_T *end,
+					PREFIX(register_info_type) *reg_info);
+static boolean PREFIX(common_op_match_null_string_p) (UCHAR_T **p,
+						      UCHAR_T *end,
+					PREFIX(register_info_type) *reg_info);
+static int PREFIX(bcmp_translate) (const CHAR_T *s1, const CHAR_T *s2,
+				   int len, char *translate);
+#else /* not INSIDE_RECURSION */
+
+/* re_match_2 matches the compiled pattern in BUFP against the
+   the (virtual) concatenation of STRING1 and STRING2 (of length SIZE1
+   and SIZE2, respectively).  We start matching at POS, and stop
+   matching at STOP.
+
+   If REGS is non-null and the `no_sub' field of BUFP is nonzero, we
+   store offsets for the substring each group matched in REGS.  See the
+   documentation for exactly how many groups we fill.
+
+   We return -1 if no match, -2 if an internal error (such as the
+   failure stack overflowing).  Otherwise, we return the length of the
+   matched substring.  */
+
+int
+re_match_2 (struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp,
+	    const char *string1, int size1,
+	    const char *string2, int size2,
+	    int pos, struct re_registers *regs,
+	    int stop)
+{
+  int result;
+# ifdef MBS_SUPPORT
+  if (MB_CUR_MAX != 1)
+    result = wcs_re_match_2_internal (bufp, string1, size1, string2, size2,
+				      pos, regs, stop,
+				      NULL, 0, NULL, 0, NULL, NULL);
+  else
+# endif
+    result = byte_re_match_2_internal (bufp, string1, size1, string2, size2,
+				  pos, regs, stop);
+
+#ifndef REGEX_MALLOC
+# ifdef C_ALLOCA
+  alloca (0);
+# endif
+#endif
+  return result;
+}
+#ifdef _LIBC
+weak_alias (__re_match_2, re_match_2)
+#endif
+
+#endif /* not INSIDE_RECURSION */
+
+#ifdef INSIDE_RECURSION
+
+#ifdef WCHAR
+
+/* This check the substring (from 0, to length) of the multibyte string,
+   to which offset_buffer correspond. And count how many wchar_t_characters
+   the substring occupy. We use offset_buffer to optimization.
+   See convert_mbs_to_wcs.  */
+
+static int
+count_mbs_length (int *offset_buffer, int length)
+{
+  int upper, lower;
+
+  /* Check whether the size is valid.  */
+  if (length < 0)
+    return -1;
+
+  if (offset_buffer == NULL)
+    return 0;
+
+  /* If there are no multibyte character, offset_buffer[i] == i.
+   Optmize for this case.  */
+  if (offset_buffer[length] == length)
+    return length;
+
+  /* Set up upper with length. (because for all i, offset_buffer[i] >= i)  */
+  upper = length;
+  lower = 0;
+
+  while (true)
+    {
+      int middle = (lower + upper) / 2;
+      if (middle == lower || middle == upper)
+	break;
+      if (offset_buffer[middle] > length)
+	upper = middle;
+      else if (offset_buffer[middle] < length)
+	lower = middle;
+      else
+	return middle;
+    }
+
+  return -1;
+}
+#endif /* WCHAR */
+
+/* This is a separate function so that we can force an alloca cleanup
+   afterwards.  */
+#ifdef WCHAR
+static int
+wcs_re_match_2_internal (struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp,
+			 const char *cstring1, int csize1,
+			 const char *cstring2, int csize2,
+			 int pos,
+			 struct re_registers *regs,
+			 int stop,
+			 /* string1 == string2 == NULL means
+			    string1/2, size1/2 and mbs_offset1/2 need
+			    setting up in this function.  */
+			 /* We need wchar_t * buffers corresponding to
+			    cstring1, cstring2.  */
+			 wchar_t *string1, int size1,
+			 wchar_t *string2, int size2,
+			 /* Offset buffer for optimization.  See
+			    convert_mbs_to_wc.  */
+			 int *mbs_offset1,
+			 int *mbs_offset2)
+#else /* BYTE */
+static int
+byte_re_match_2_internal (struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp,
+			  const char *string1, int size1,
+			  const char *string2, int size2,
+			  int pos,
+			  struct re_registers *regs,
+			  int stop)
+#endif /* BYTE */
+{
+  /* General temporaries.  */
+  int mcnt;
+  UCHAR_T *p1;
+#ifdef WCHAR
+  /* They hold whether each wchar_t is binary data or not.  */
+  char *is_binary = NULL;
+  /* If true, we can't free string1/2, mbs_offset1/2.  */
+  int cant_free_wcs_buf = 1;
+#endif /* WCHAR */
+
+  /* Just past the end of the corresponding string.  */
+  const CHAR_T *end1, *end2;
+
+  /* Pointers into string1 and string2, just past the last characters in
+     each to consider matching.  */
+  const CHAR_T *end_match_1, *end_match_2;
+
+  /* Where we are in the data, and the end of the current string.  */
+  const CHAR_T *d, *dend;
+
+  /* Where we are in the pattern, and the end of the pattern.  */
+#ifdef WCHAR
+  UCHAR_T *pattern, *p;
+  register UCHAR_T *pend;
+#else /* BYTE */
+  UCHAR_T *p = bufp->buffer;
+  register UCHAR_T *pend = p + bufp->used;
+#endif /* WCHAR */
+
+  /* Mark the opcode just after a start_memory, so we can test for an
+     empty subpattern when we get to the stop_memory.  */
+  UCHAR_T *just_past_start_mem = 0;
+
+  /* We use this to map every character in the string.  */
+  RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE translate = bufp->translate;
+
+  /* Failure point stack.  Each place that can handle a failure further
+     down the line pushes a failure point on this stack.  It consists of
+     restart, regend, and reg_info for all registers corresponding to
+     the subexpressions we're currently inside, plus the number of such
+     registers, and, finally, two char *'s.  The first char * is where
+     to resume scanning the pattern; the second one is where to resume
+     scanning the strings.  If the latter is zero, the failure point is
+     a ``dummy''; if a failure happens and the failure point is a dummy,
+     it gets discarded and the next next one is tried.  */
+#ifdef MATCH_MAY_ALLOCATE /* otherwise, this is global.  */
+  PREFIX(fail_stack_type) fail_stack;
+#endif
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  static unsigned failure_id;
+  unsigned nfailure_points_pushed = 0, nfailure_points_popped = 0;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef REL_ALLOC
+  /* This holds the pointer to the failure stack, when
+     it is allocated relocatably.  */
+  fail_stack_elt_t *failure_stack_ptr;
+#endif
+
+  /* We fill all the registers internally, independent of what we
+     return, for use in backreferences.  The number here includes
+     an element for register zero.  */
+  size_t num_regs = bufp->re_nsub + 1;
+
+  /* The currently active registers.  */
+  active_reg_t lowest_active_reg = NO_LOWEST_ACTIVE_REG;
+  active_reg_t highest_active_reg = NO_HIGHEST_ACTIVE_REG;
+
+  /* Information on the contents of registers. These are pointers into
+     the input strings; they record just what was matched (on this
+     attempt) by a subexpression part of the pattern, that is, the
+     regnum-th regstart pointer points to where in the pattern we began
+     matching and the regnum-th regend points to right after where we
+     stopped matching the regnum-th subexpression.  (The zeroth register
+     keeps track of what the whole pattern matches.)  */
+#ifdef MATCH_MAY_ALLOCATE /* otherwise, these are global.  */
+  const CHAR_T **regstart, **regend;
+#endif
+
+  /* If a group that's operated upon by a repetition operator fails to
+     match anything, then the register for its start will need to be
+     restored because it will have been set to wherever in the string we
+     are when we last see its open-group operator.  Similarly for a
+     register's end.  */
+#ifdef MATCH_MAY_ALLOCATE /* otherwise, these are global.  */
+  const CHAR_T **old_regstart, **old_regend;
+#endif
+
+  /* The is_active field of reg_info helps us keep track of which (possibly
+     nested) subexpressions we are currently in. The matched_something
+     field of reg_info[reg_num] helps us tell whether or not we have
+     matched any of the pattern so far this time through the reg_num-th
+     subexpression.  These two fields get reset each time through any
+     loop their register is in.  */
+#ifdef MATCH_MAY_ALLOCATE /* otherwise, this is global.  */
+  PREFIX(register_info_type) *reg_info;
+#endif
+
+  /* The following record the register info as found in the above
+     variables when we find a match better than any we've seen before.
+     This happens as we backtrack through the failure points, which in
+     turn happens only if we have not yet matched the entire string. */
+  unsigned best_regs_set = false;
+#ifdef MATCH_MAY_ALLOCATE /* otherwise, these are global.  */
+  const CHAR_T **best_regstart, **best_regend;
+#endif
+
+  /* Logically, this is `best_regend[0]'.  But we don't want to have to
+     allocate space for that if we're not allocating space for anything
+     else (see below).  Also, we never need info about register 0 for
+     any of the other register vectors, and it seems rather a kludge to
+     treat `best_regend' differently than the rest.  So we keep track of
+     the end of the best match so far in a separate variable.  We
+     initialize this to NULL so that when we backtrack the first time
+     and need to test it, it's not garbage.  */
+  const CHAR_T *match_end = NULL;
+
+  /* This helps SET_REGS_MATCHED avoid doing redundant work.  */
+  int set_regs_matched_done = 0;
+
+  /* Used when we pop values we don't care about.  */
+#ifdef MATCH_MAY_ALLOCATE /* otherwise, these are global.  */
+  const CHAR_T **reg_dummy;
+  PREFIX(register_info_type) *reg_info_dummy;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  /* Counts the total number of registers pushed.  */
+  unsigned num_regs_pushed = 0;
+#endif
+
+  /* Definitions for state transitions.  More efficiently for gcc.  */
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+# if defined HAVE_SUBTRACT_LOCAL_LABELS && defined SHARED
+#  define NEXT \
+      do								      \
+	{								      \
+	  int offset;							      \
+	  const void *__unbounded ptr;					      \
+	  offset = (p == pend						      \
+		    ? 0 : jmptable[SWITCH_ENUM_CAST ((re_opcode_t) *p++)]);   \
+	  ptr = &&end_of_pattern + offset;				      \
+	  goto *ptr;							      \
+	}								      \
+      while (0)
+#  define REF(x) \
+  &&label_##x - &&end_of_pattern
+#  define JUMP_TABLE_TYPE const int
+# else
+#  define NEXT \
+      do								      \
+	{								      \
+	  const void *__unbounded ptr;					      \
+	  ptr = (p == pend ? &&end_of_pattern				      \
+		 : jmptable[SWITCH_ENUM_CAST ((re_opcode_t) *p++)]);	      \
+	  goto *ptr;							      \
+	}								      \
+      while (0)
+#  define REF(x) \
+  &&label_##x
+#  define JUMP_TABLE_TYPE const void *const
+# endif
+# define CASE(x) label_##x
+  static JUMP_TABLE_TYPE jmptable[] =
+    {
+    REF (no_op),
+    REF (succeed),
+    REF (exactn),
+# ifdef MBS_SUPPORT
+    REF (exactn_bin),
+# endif
+    REF (anychar),
+    REF (charset),
+    REF (charset_not),
+    REF (start_memory),
+    REF (stop_memory),
+    REF (duplicate),
+    REF (begline),
+    REF (endline),
+    REF (begbuf),
+    REF (endbuf),
+    REF (jump),
+    REF (jump_past_alt),
+    REF (on_failure_jump),
+    REF (on_failure_keep_string_jump),
+    REF (pop_failure_jump),
+    REF (maybe_pop_jump),
+    REF (dummy_failure_jump),
+    REF (push_dummy_failure),
+    REF (succeed_n),
+    REF (jump_n),
+    REF (set_number_at),
+    REF (wordchar),
+    REF (notwordchar),
+    REF (wordbeg),
+    REF (wordend),
+    REF (wordbound),
+    REF (notwordbound)
+# ifdef emacs
+    ,REF (before_dot),
+    REF (at_dot),
+    REF (after_dot),
+    REF (syntaxspec),
+    REF (notsyntaxspec)
+# endif
+    };
+#else
+# define NEXT \
+  break
+# define CASE(x) \
+  case x
+#endif
+
+  DEBUG_PRINT1 ("\n\nEntering re_match_2.\n");
+
+  INIT_FAIL_STACK ();
+
+#ifdef MATCH_MAY_ALLOCATE
+  /* Do not bother to initialize all the register variables if there are
+     no groups in the pattern, as it takes a fair amount of time.  If
+     there are groups, we include space for register 0 (the whole
+     pattern), even though we never use it, since it simplifies the
+     array indexing.  We should fix this.  */
+  if (bufp->re_nsub)
+    {
+      regstart = REGEX_TALLOC (num_regs, const CHAR_T *);
+      regend = REGEX_TALLOC (num_regs, const CHAR_T *);
+      old_regstart = REGEX_TALLOC (num_regs, const CHAR_T *);
+      old_regend = REGEX_TALLOC (num_regs, const CHAR_T *);
+      best_regstart = REGEX_TALLOC (num_regs, const CHAR_T *);
+      best_regend = REGEX_TALLOC (num_regs, const CHAR_T *);
+      reg_info = REGEX_TALLOC (num_regs, PREFIX(register_info_type));
+      reg_dummy = REGEX_TALLOC (num_regs, const CHAR_T *);
+      reg_info_dummy = REGEX_TALLOC (num_regs, PREFIX(register_info_type));
+
+      if (!(regstart && regend && old_regstart && old_regend && reg_info
+            && best_regstart && best_regend && reg_dummy && reg_info_dummy))
+        {
+          FREE_VARIABLES ();
+          return -2;
+        }
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* We must initialize all our variables to NULL, so that
+         `FREE_VARIABLES' doesn't try to free them.  */
+      regstart = regend = old_regstart = old_regend = best_regstart
+        = best_regend = reg_dummy = NULL;
+      reg_info = reg_info_dummy = (PREFIX(register_info_type) *) NULL;
+    }
+#endif /* MATCH_MAY_ALLOCATE */
+
+  /* The starting position is bogus.  */
+#ifdef WCHAR
+  if (pos < 0 || pos > csize1 + csize2)
+#else /* BYTE */
+  if (pos < 0 || pos > size1 + size2)
+#endif
+    {
+      FREE_VARIABLES ();
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+#ifdef WCHAR
+  /* Allocate wchar_t array for string1 and string2 and
+     fill them with converted string.  */
+  if (string1 == NULL && string2 == NULL)
+    {
+      /* We need seting up buffers here.  */
+
+      /* We must free wcs buffers in this function.  */
+      cant_free_wcs_buf = 0;
+
+      if (csize1 != 0)
+	{
+	  string1 = REGEX_TALLOC (csize1 + 1, CHAR_T);
+	  mbs_offset1 = REGEX_TALLOC (csize1 + 1, int);
+	  is_binary = REGEX_TALLOC (csize1 + 1, char);
+	  if (!string1 || !mbs_offset1 || !is_binary)
+	    {
+	      FREE_VAR (string1);
+	      FREE_VAR (mbs_offset1);
+	      FREE_VAR (is_binary);
+	      return -2;
+	    }
+	}
+      if (csize2 != 0)
+	{
+	  string2 = REGEX_TALLOC (csize2 + 1, CHAR_T);
+	  mbs_offset2 = REGEX_TALLOC (csize2 + 1, int);
+	  is_binary = REGEX_TALLOC (csize2 + 1, char);
+	  if (!string2 || !mbs_offset2 || !is_binary)
+	    {
+	      FREE_VAR (string1);
+	      FREE_VAR (mbs_offset1);
+	      FREE_VAR (string2);
+	      FREE_VAR (mbs_offset2);
+	      FREE_VAR (is_binary);
+	      return -2;
+	    }
+	  size2 = convert_mbs_to_wcs(string2, cstring2, csize2,
+				     mbs_offset2, is_binary);
+	  string2[size2] = L'\0'; /* for a sentinel  */
+	  FREE_VAR (is_binary);
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* We need to cast pattern to (wchar_t*), because we casted this compiled
+     pattern to (char*) in regex_compile.  */
+  p = pattern = (CHAR_T*)bufp->buffer;
+  pend = (CHAR_T*)(bufp->buffer + bufp->used);
+
+#endif /* WCHAR */
+
+  /* Initialize subexpression text positions to -1 to mark ones that no
+     start_memory/stop_memory has been seen for. Also initialize the
+     register information struct.  */
+  for (mcnt = 1; (unsigned) mcnt < num_regs; mcnt++)
+    {
+      regstart[mcnt] = regend[mcnt]
+        = old_regstart[mcnt] = old_regend[mcnt] = REG_UNSET_VALUE;
+
+      REG_MATCH_NULL_STRING_P (reg_info[mcnt]) = MATCH_NULL_UNSET_VALUE;
+      IS_ACTIVE (reg_info[mcnt]) = 0;
+      MATCHED_SOMETHING (reg_info[mcnt]) = 0;
+      EVER_MATCHED_SOMETHING (reg_info[mcnt]) = 0;
+    }
+
+  /* We move `string1' into `string2' if the latter's empty -- but not if
+     `string1' is null.  */
+  if (size2 == 0 && string1 != NULL)
+    {
+      string2 = string1;
+      size2 = size1;
+      string1 = 0;
+      size1 = 0;
+#ifdef WCHAR
+      mbs_offset2 = mbs_offset1;
+      csize2 = csize1;
+      mbs_offset1 = NULL;
+      csize1 = 0;
+#endif
+    }
+  end1 = string1 + size1;
+  end2 = string2 + size2;
+
+  /* Compute where to stop matching, within the two strings.  */
+#ifdef WCHAR
+  if (stop <= csize1)
+    {
+      mcnt = count_mbs_length(mbs_offset1, stop);
+      end_match_1 = string1 + mcnt;
+      end_match_2 = string2;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (stop > csize1 + csize2)
+	stop = csize1 + csize2;
+      end_match_1 = end1;
+      mcnt = count_mbs_length(mbs_offset2, stop-csize1);
+      end_match_2 = string2 + mcnt;
+    }
+  if (mcnt < 0)
+    { /* count_mbs_length return error.  */
+      FREE_VARIABLES ();
+      return -1;
+    }
+#else
+  if (stop <= size1)
+    {
+      end_match_1 = string1 + stop;
+      end_match_2 = string2;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      end_match_1 = end1;
+      end_match_2 = string2 + stop - size1;
+    }
+#endif /* WCHAR */
+
+  /* `p' scans through the pattern as `d' scans through the data.
+     `dend' is the end of the input string that `d' points within.  `d'
+     is advanced into the following input string whenever necessary, but
+     this happens before fetching; therefore, at the beginning of the
+     loop, `d' can be pointing at the end of a string, but it cannot
+     equal `string2'.  */
+#ifdef WCHAR
+  if (size1 > 0 && pos <= csize1)
+    {
+      mcnt = count_mbs_length(mbs_offset1, pos);
+      d = string1 + mcnt;
+      dend = end_match_1;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      mcnt = count_mbs_length(mbs_offset2, pos-csize1);
+      d = string2 + mcnt;
+      dend = end_match_2;
+    }
+
+  if (mcnt < 0)
+    { /* count_mbs_length return error.  */
+      FREE_VARIABLES ();
+      return -1;
+    }
+#else
+  if (size1 > 0 && pos <= size1)
+    {
+      d = string1 + pos;
+      dend = end_match_1;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      d = string2 + pos - size1;
+      dend = end_match_2;
+    }
+#endif /* WCHAR */
+
+  DEBUG_PRINT1 ("The compiled pattern is:\n");
+  DEBUG_PRINT_COMPILED_PATTERN (bufp, p, pend);
+  DEBUG_PRINT1 ("The string to match is: `");
+  DEBUG_PRINT_DOUBLE_STRING (d, string1, size1, string2, size2);
+  DEBUG_PRINT1 ("'\n");
+
+  /* This loops over pattern commands.  It exits by returning from the
+     function if the match is complete, or it drops through if the match
+     fails at this starting point in the input data.  */
+  for (;;)
+    {
+#ifdef _LIBC
+      DEBUG_PRINT2 ("\n%p: ", p);
+#else
+      DEBUG_PRINT2 ("\n0x%x: ", p);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+      NEXT;
+#else
+      if (p == pend)
+#endif
+	{
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+	end_of_pattern:
+#endif
+	  /* End of pattern means we might have succeeded.  */
+	  DEBUG_PRINT1 ("end of pattern ... ");
+
+	  /* If we haven't matched the entire string, and we want the
+	     longest match, try backtracking.  */
+	  if (d != end_match_2)
+	    {
+	      /* 1 if this match ends in the same string (string1 or string2)
+		 as the best previous match.  */
+	      boolean same_str_p = (FIRST_STRING_P (match_end)
+				    == MATCHING_IN_FIRST_STRING);
+	      /* 1 if this match is the best seen so far.  */
+	      boolean best_match_p;
+
+	      /* AIX compiler got confused when this was combined
+		 with the previous declaration.  */
+	      if (same_str_p)
+		best_match_p = d > match_end;
+	      else
+		best_match_p = !MATCHING_IN_FIRST_STRING;
+
+	      DEBUG_PRINT1 ("backtracking.\n");
+
+	      if (!FAIL_STACK_EMPTY ())
+		{ /* More failure points to try.  */
+
+		  /* If exceeds best match so far, save it.  */
+		  if (!best_regs_set || best_match_p)
+		    {
+		      best_regs_set = true;
+		      match_end = d;
+
+		      DEBUG_PRINT1 ("\nSAVING match as best so far.\n");
+
+		      for (mcnt = 1; (unsigned) mcnt < num_regs; mcnt++)
+			{
+			  best_regstart[mcnt] = regstart[mcnt];
+			  best_regend[mcnt] = regend[mcnt];
+			}
+		    }
+		  goto fail;
+		}
+
+	      /* If no failure points, don't restore garbage.  And if
+		 last match is real best match, don't restore second
+		 best one. */
+	      else if (best_regs_set && !best_match_p)
+		{
+		restore_best_regs:
+		  /* Restore best match.  It may happen that `dend ==
+		     end_match_1' while the restored d is in string2.
+		     For example, the pattern `x.*y.*z' against the
+		     strings `x-' and `y-z-', if the two strings are
+		     not consecutive in memory.  */
+		  DEBUG_PRINT1 ("Restoring best registers.\n");
+
+		  d = match_end;
+		  dend = ((d >= string1 && d <= end1)
+			  ? end_match_1 : end_match_2);
+
+		  for (mcnt = 1; (unsigned) mcnt < num_regs; mcnt++)
+		    {
+		      regstart[mcnt] = best_regstart[mcnt];
+		      regend[mcnt] = best_regend[mcnt];
+		    }
+		}
+	    } /* d != end_match_2 */
+
+	succeed_label:
+	  DEBUG_PRINT1 ("Accepting match.\n");
+	  /* If caller wants register contents data back, do it.  */
+	  if (regs && !bufp->no_sub)
+	    {
+	      /* Have the register data arrays been allocated?  */
+	      if (bufp->regs_allocated == REGS_UNALLOCATED)
+		{ /* No.  So allocate them with malloc.  We need one
+		     extra element beyond `num_regs' for the `-1' marker
+		     GNU code uses.  */
+		  regs->num_regs = MAX (RE_NREGS, num_regs + 1);
+		  regs->start = TALLOC (regs->num_regs, regoff_t);
+		  regs->end = TALLOC (regs->num_regs, regoff_t);
+		  if (regs->start == NULL || regs->end == NULL)
+		    {
+		      FREE_VARIABLES ();
+		      return -2;
+		    }
+		  bufp->regs_allocated = REGS_REALLOCATE;
+		}
+	      else if (bufp->regs_allocated == REGS_REALLOCATE)
+		{ /* Yes.  If we need more elements than were already
+		     allocated, reallocate them.  If we need fewer, just
+		     leave it alone.  */
+		  if (regs->num_regs < num_regs + 1)
+		    {
+		      regs->num_regs = num_regs + 1;
+		      RETALLOC (regs->start, regs->num_regs, regoff_t);
+		      RETALLOC (regs->end, regs->num_regs, regoff_t);
+		      if (regs->start == NULL || regs->end == NULL)
+			{
+			  FREE_VARIABLES ();
+			  return -2;
+			}
+		    }
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  /* These braces fend off a "empty body in an else-statement"
+		     warning under GCC when assert expands to nothing.  */
+		  assert (bufp->regs_allocated == REGS_FIXED);
+		}
+
+	      /* Convert the pointer data in `regstart' and `regend' to
+		 indices.  Register zero has to be set differently,
+		 since we haven't kept track of any info for it.  */
+	      if (regs->num_regs > 0)
+		{
+		  regs->start[0] = pos;
+#ifdef WCHAR
+		  if (MATCHING_IN_FIRST_STRING)
+		    regs->end[0] = (mbs_offset1 != NULL ?
+				    mbs_offset1[d-string1] : 0);
+		  else
+		    regs->end[0] = csize1 + (mbs_offset2 != NULL
+					     ? mbs_offset2[d-string2] : 0);
+#else
+		  regs->end[0] = (MATCHING_IN_FIRST_STRING
+				  ? ((regoff_t) (d - string1))
+				  : ((regoff_t) (d - string2 + size1)));
+#endif /* WCHAR */
+		}
+
+	      /* Go through the first `min (num_regs, regs->num_regs)'
+		 registers, since that is all we initialized.  */
+	      for (mcnt = 1; (unsigned) mcnt < MIN (num_regs, regs->num_regs);
+		   mcnt++)
+		{
+		  if (REG_UNSET (regstart[mcnt]) || REG_UNSET (regend[mcnt]))
+		    regs->start[mcnt] = regs->end[mcnt] = -1;
+		  else
+		    {
+		      regs->start[mcnt]
+			= (regoff_t) POINTER_TO_OFFSET (regstart[mcnt]);
+		      regs->end[mcnt]
+			= (regoff_t) POINTER_TO_OFFSET (regend[mcnt]);
+		    }
+		}
+
+	      /* If the regs structure we return has more elements than
+		 were in the pattern, set the extra elements to -1.  If
+		 we (re)allocated the registers, this is the case,
+		 because we always allocate enough to have at least one
+		 -1 at the end.  */
+	      for (mcnt = num_regs; (unsigned) mcnt < regs->num_regs; mcnt++)
+		regs->start[mcnt] = regs->end[mcnt] = -1;
+	    } /* regs && !bufp->no_sub */
+
+	  DEBUG_PRINT4 ("%u failure points pushed, %u popped (%u remain).\n",
+			nfailure_points_pushed, nfailure_points_popped,
+			nfailure_points_pushed - nfailure_points_popped);
+	  DEBUG_PRINT2 ("%u registers pushed.\n", num_regs_pushed);
+
+#ifdef WCHAR
+	  if (MATCHING_IN_FIRST_STRING)
+	    mcnt = mbs_offset1 != NULL ? mbs_offset1[d-string1] : 0;
+	  else
+	    mcnt = (mbs_offset2 != NULL ? mbs_offset2[d-string2] : 0) +
+	      csize1;
+	  mcnt -= pos;
+#else
+	  mcnt = d - pos - (MATCHING_IN_FIRST_STRING
+			    ? string1 : string2 - size1);
+#endif /* WCHAR */
+
+	  DEBUG_PRINT2 ("Returning %d from re_match_2.\n", mcnt);
+
+	  FREE_VARIABLES ();
+	  return mcnt;
+	}
+
+#ifndef __GNUC__
+      /* Otherwise match next pattern command.  */
+      switch (SWITCH_ENUM_CAST ((re_opcode_t) *p++))
+	{
+#endif
+        /* Ignore these.  Used to ignore the n of succeed_n's which
+           currently have n == 0.  */
+        CASE (no_op):
+          DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING no_op.\n");
+          NEXT;
+
+	CASE (succeed):
+          DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING succeed.\n");
+	  goto succeed_label;
+
+        /* Match the next n pattern characters exactly.  The following
+           byte in the pattern defines n, and the n bytes after that
+           are the characters to match.  */
+	CASE (exactn):
+#ifdef MBS_SUPPORT
+	CASE (exactn_bin):
+#endif
+	  mcnt = *p++;
+          DEBUG_PRINT2 ("EXECUTING exactn %d.\n", mcnt);
+
+          /* This is written out as an if-else so we don't waste time
+             testing `translate' inside the loop.  */
+          if (translate)
+	    {
+	      do
+		{
+		  PREFETCH ();
+#ifdef WCHAR
+		  if (*d <= 0xff)
+		    {
+		      if ((UCHAR_T) translate[(unsigned char) *d++]
+			  != (UCHAR_T) *p++)
+			goto fail;
+		    }
+		  else
+		    {
+		      if (*d++ != (CHAR_T) *p++)
+			goto fail;
+		    }
+#else
+		  if ((UCHAR_T) translate[(unsigned char) *d++]
+		      != (UCHAR_T) *p++)
+                    goto fail;
+#endif /* WCHAR */
+		}
+	      while (--mcnt);
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      do
+		{
+		  PREFETCH ();
+		  if (*d++ != (CHAR_T) *p++) goto fail;
+		}
+	      while (--mcnt);
+	    }
+	  SET_REGS_MATCHED ();
+          NEXT;
+
+
+        /* Match any character except possibly a newline or a null.  */
+	CASE (anychar):
+          DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING anychar.\n");
+
+          PREFETCH ();
+
+          if ((!(bufp->syntax & RE_DOT_NEWLINE) && TRANSLATE (*d) == '\n')
+              || (bufp->syntax & RE_DOT_NOT_NULL && TRANSLATE (*d) == '\000'))
+	    goto fail;
+
+          SET_REGS_MATCHED ();
+          DEBUG_PRINT2 ("  Matched `%ld'.\n", (long int) *d);
+          d++;
+	  NEXT;
+
+
+	CASE (charset):
+	CASE (charset_not):
+	  {
+	    register UCHAR_T c;
+#ifdef WCHAR
+	    unsigned int i, char_class_length, coll_symbol_length,
+              equiv_class_length, ranges_length, chars_length, length;
+	    CHAR_T *workp, *workp2, *charset_top;
+#define WORK_BUFFER_SIZE 128
+            CHAR_T str_buf[WORK_BUFFER_SIZE];
+# ifdef _LIBC
+	    uint32_t nrules;
+# endif /* _LIBC */
+#endif /* WCHAR */
+	    boolean not = (re_opcode_t) *(p - 1) == charset_not;
+
+            DEBUG_PRINT2 ("EXECUTING charset%s.\n", not ? "_not" : "");
+	    PREFETCH ();
+	    c = TRANSLATE (*d); /* The character to match.  */
+#ifdef WCHAR
+# ifdef _LIBC
+	    nrules = _NL_CURRENT_WORD (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_NRULES);
+# endif /* _LIBC */
+	    charset_top = p - 1;
+	    char_class_length = *p++;
+	    coll_symbol_length = *p++;
+	    equiv_class_length = *p++;
+	    ranges_length = *p++;
+	    chars_length = *p++;
+	    /* p points charset[6], so the address of the next instruction
+	       (charset[l+m+n+2o+k+p']) equals p[l+m+n+2*o+p'],
+	       where l=length of char_classes, m=length of collating_symbol,
+	       n=equivalence_class, o=length of char_range,
+	       p'=length of character.  */
+	    workp = p;
+	    /* Update p to indicate the next instruction.  */
+	    p += char_class_length + coll_symbol_length+ equiv_class_length +
+              2*ranges_length + chars_length;
+
+            /* match with char_class?  */
+	    for (i = 0; i < char_class_length ; i += CHAR_CLASS_SIZE)
+	      {
+		wctype_t wctype;
+		uintptr_t alignedp = ((uintptr_t)workp
+				      + __alignof__(wctype_t) - 1)
+		  		      & ~(uintptr_t)(__alignof__(wctype_t) - 1);
+		wctype = *((wctype_t*)alignedp);
+		workp += CHAR_CLASS_SIZE;
+		if (iswctype((wint_t)c, wctype))
+		  goto char_set_matched;
+	      }
+
+            /* match with collating_symbol?  */
+# ifdef _LIBC
+	    if (nrules != 0)
+	      {
+		const unsigned char *extra = (const unsigned char *)
+		  _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_SYMB_EXTRAMB);
+
+		for (workp2 = workp + coll_symbol_length ; workp < workp2 ;
+		     workp++)
+		  {
+		    int32_t *wextra;
+		    wextra = (int32_t*)(extra + *workp++);
+		    for (i = 0; i < *wextra; ++i)
+		      if (TRANSLATE(d[i]) != wextra[1 + i])
+			break;
+
+		    if (i == *wextra)
+		      {
+			/* Update d, however d will be incremented at
+			   char_set_matched:, we decrement d here.  */
+			d += i - 1;
+			goto char_set_matched;
+		      }
+		  }
+	      }
+	    else /* (nrules == 0) */
+# endif
+	      /* If we can't look up collation data, we use wcscoll
+		 instead.  */
+	      {
+		for (workp2 = workp + coll_symbol_length ; workp < workp2 ;)
+		  {
+		    const CHAR_T *backup_d = d, *backup_dend = dend;
+		    length = wcslen (workp);
+
+		    /* If wcscoll(the collating symbol, whole string) > 0,
+		       any substring of the string never match with the
+		       collating symbol.  */
+		    if (wcscoll (workp, d) > 0)
+		      {
+			workp += length + 1;
+			continue;
+		      }
+
+		    /* First, we compare the collating symbol with
+		       the first character of the string.
+		       If it don't match, we add the next character to
+		       the compare buffer in turn.  */
+		    for (i = 0 ; i < WORK_BUFFER_SIZE-1 ; i++, d++)
+		      {
+			int match;
+			if (d == dend)
+			  {
+			    if (dend == end_match_2)
+			      break;
+			    d = string2;
+			    dend = end_match_2;
+			  }
+
+			/* add next character to the compare buffer.  */
+			str_buf[i] = TRANSLATE(*d);
+			str_buf[i+1] = '\0';
+
+			match = wcscoll (workp, str_buf);
+			if (match == 0)
+			  goto char_set_matched;
+
+			if (match < 0)
+			  /* (str_buf > workp) indicate (str_buf + X > workp),
+			     because for all X (str_buf + X > str_buf).
+			     So we don't need continue this loop.  */
+			  break;
+
+			/* Otherwise(str_buf < workp),
+			   (str_buf+next_character) may equals (workp).
+			   So we continue this loop.  */
+		      }
+		    /* not matched */
+		    d = backup_d;
+		    dend = backup_dend;
+		    workp += length + 1;
+		  }
+              }
+            /* match with equivalence_class?  */
+# ifdef _LIBC
+	    if (nrules != 0)
+	      {
+                const CHAR_T *backup_d = d, *backup_dend = dend;
+		/* Try to match the equivalence class against
+		   those known to the collate implementation.  */
+		const int32_t *table;
+		const int32_t *weights;
+		const int32_t *extra;
+		const int32_t *indirect;
+		int32_t idx, idx2;
+		wint_t *cp;
+		size_t len;
+
+		/* This #include defines a local function!  */
+#  include <locale/weightwc.h>
+
+		table = (const int32_t *)
+		  _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_TABLEWC);
+		weights = (const wint_t *)
+		  _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_WEIGHTWC);
+		extra = (const wint_t *)
+		  _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_EXTRAWC);
+		indirect = (const int32_t *)
+		  _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_INDIRECTWC);
+
+		/* Write 1 collating element to str_buf, and
+		   get its index.  */
+		idx2 = 0;
+
+		for (i = 0 ; idx2 == 0 && i < WORK_BUFFER_SIZE - 1; i++)
+		  {
+		    cp = (wint_t*)str_buf;
+		    if (d == dend)
+		      {
+			if (dend == end_match_2)
+			  break;
+			d = string2;
+			dend = end_match_2;
+		      }
+		    str_buf[i] = TRANSLATE(*(d+i));
+		    str_buf[i+1] = '\0'; /* sentinel */
+		    idx2 = findidx ((const wint_t**)&cp);
+		  }
+
+		/* Update d, however d will be incremented at
+		   char_set_matched:, we decrement d here.  */
+		d = backup_d + ((wchar_t*)cp - (wchar_t*)str_buf - 1);
+		if (d >= dend)
+		  {
+		    if (dend == end_match_2)
+			d = dend;
+		    else
+		      {
+			d = string2;
+			dend = end_match_2;
+		      }
+		  }
+
+		len = weights[idx2];
+
+		for (workp2 = workp + equiv_class_length ; workp < workp2 ;
+		     workp++)
+		  {
+		    idx = (int32_t)*workp;
+		    /* We already checked idx != 0 in regex_compile. */
+
+		    if (idx2 != 0 && len == weights[idx])
+		      {
+			int cnt = 0;
+			while (cnt < len && (weights[idx + 1 + cnt]
+					     == weights[idx2 + 1 + cnt]))
+			  ++cnt;
+
+			if (cnt == len)
+			  goto char_set_matched;
+		      }
+		  }
+		/* not matched */
+                d = backup_d;
+                dend = backup_dend;
+	      }
+	    else /* (nrules == 0) */
+# endif
+	      /* If we can't look up collation data, we use wcscoll
+		 instead.  */
+	      {
+		for (workp2 = workp + equiv_class_length ; workp < workp2 ;)
+		  {
+		    const CHAR_T *backup_d = d, *backup_dend = dend;
+		    length = wcslen (workp);
+
+		    /* If wcscoll(the collating symbol, whole string) > 0,
+		       any substring of the string never match with the
+		       collating symbol.  */
+		    if (wcscoll (workp, d) > 0)
+		      {
+			workp += length + 1;
+			break;
+		      }
+
+		    /* First, we compare the equivalence class with
+		       the first character of the string.
+		       If it don't match, we add the next character to
+		       the compare buffer in turn.  */
+		    for (i = 0 ; i < WORK_BUFFER_SIZE - 1 ; i++, d++)
+		      {
+			int match;
+			if (d == dend)
+			  {
+			    if (dend == end_match_2)
+			      break;
+			    d = string2;
+			    dend = end_match_2;
+			  }
+
+			/* add next character to the compare buffer.  */
+			str_buf[i] = TRANSLATE(*d);
+			str_buf[i+1] = '\0';
+
+			match = wcscoll (workp, str_buf);
+
+			if (match == 0)
+			  goto char_set_matched;
+
+			if (match < 0)
+			/* (str_buf > workp) indicate (str_buf + X > workp),
+			   because for all X (str_buf + X > str_buf).
+			   So we don't need continue this loop.  */
+			  break;
+
+			/* Otherwise(str_buf < workp),
+			   (str_buf+next_character) may equals (workp).
+			   So we continue this loop.  */
+		      }
+		    /* not matched */
+		    d = backup_d;
+		    dend = backup_dend;
+		    workp += length + 1;
+		  }
+	      }
+
+            /* match with char_range?  */
+# ifdef _LIBC
+	    if (nrules != 0)
+	      {
+		uint32_t collseqval;
+		const char *collseq = (const char *)
+		  _NL_CURRENT(LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_COLLSEQWC);
+
+		collseqval = collseq_table_lookup (collseq, c);
+
+		for (; workp < p - chars_length ;)
+		  {
+		    uint32_t start_val, end_val;
+
+		    /* We already compute the collation sequence value
+		       of the characters (or collating symbols).  */
+		    start_val = (uint32_t) *workp++; /* range_start */
+		    end_val = (uint32_t) *workp++; /* range_end */
+
+		    if (start_val <= collseqval && collseqval <= end_val)
+		      goto char_set_matched;
+		  }
+	      }
+	    else
+# endif
+	      {
+		/* We set range_start_char at str_buf[0], range_end_char
+		   at str_buf[4], and compared char at str_buf[2].  */
+		str_buf[1] = 0;
+		str_buf[2] = c;
+		str_buf[3] = 0;
+		str_buf[5] = 0;
+		for (; workp < p - chars_length ;)
+		  {
+		    wchar_t *range_start_char, *range_end_char;
+
+		    /* match if (range_start_char <= c <= range_end_char).  */
+
+		    /* If range_start(or end) < 0, we assume -range_start(end)
+		       is the offset of the collating symbol which is specified
+		       as the character of the range start(end).  */
+
+		    /* range_start */
+		    if (*workp < 0)
+		      range_start_char = charset_top - (*workp++);
+		    else
+		      {
+			str_buf[0] = *workp++;
+			range_start_char = str_buf;
+		      }
+
+		    /* range_end */
+		    if (*workp < 0)
+		      range_end_char = charset_top - (*workp++);
+		    else
+		      {
+			str_buf[4] = *workp++;
+			range_end_char = str_buf + 4;
+		      }
+
+		    if (wcscoll (range_start_char, str_buf+2) <= 0
+			&& wcscoll (str_buf+2, range_end_char) <= 0)
+		      goto char_set_matched;
+		  }
+	      }
+
+            /* match with char?  */
+	    for (; workp < p ; workp++)
+	      if (c == *workp)
+		goto char_set_matched;
+
+	    not = !not;
+
+	  char_set_matched:
+	    if (not) goto fail;
+#else
+            /* Cast to `unsigned' instead of `unsigned char' in case the
+               bit list is a full 32 bytes long.  */
+	    if (c < (unsigned) (*p * BYTEWIDTH)
+		&& p[1 + c / BYTEWIDTH] & (1 << (c % BYTEWIDTH)))
+	      not = !not;
+
+	    p += 1 + *p;
+
+	    if (!not) goto fail;
+#undef WORK_BUFFER_SIZE
+#endif /* WCHAR */
+	    SET_REGS_MATCHED ();
+            d++;
+	    NEXT;
+	  }
+
+
+        /* The beginning of a group is represented by start_memory.
+           The arguments are the register number in the next byte, and the
+           number of groups inner to this one in the next.  The text
+           matched within the group is recorded (in the internal
+           registers data structure) under the register number.  */
+        CASE (start_memory):
+	  DEBUG_PRINT3 ("EXECUTING start_memory %ld (%ld):\n",
+			(long int) *p, (long int) p[1]);
+
+          /* Find out if this group can match the empty string.  */
+	  p1 = p;		/* To send to group_match_null_string_p.  */
+
+          if (REG_MATCH_NULL_STRING_P (reg_info[*p]) == MATCH_NULL_UNSET_VALUE)
+            REG_MATCH_NULL_STRING_P (reg_info[*p])
+              = PREFIX(group_match_null_string_p) (&p1, pend, reg_info);
+
+          /* Save the position in the string where we were the last time
+             we were at this open-group operator in case the group is
+             operated upon by a repetition operator, e.g., with `(a*)*b'
+             against `ab'; then we want to ignore where we are now in
+             the string in case this attempt to match fails.  */
+          old_regstart[*p] = REG_MATCH_NULL_STRING_P (reg_info[*p])
+                             ? REG_UNSET (regstart[*p]) ? d : regstart[*p]
+                             : regstart[*p];
+	  DEBUG_PRINT2 ("  old_regstart: %d\n",
+			 POINTER_TO_OFFSET (old_regstart[*p]));
+
+          regstart[*p] = d;
+	  DEBUG_PRINT2 ("  regstart: %d\n", POINTER_TO_OFFSET (regstart[*p]));
+
+          IS_ACTIVE (reg_info[*p]) = 1;
+          MATCHED_SOMETHING (reg_info[*p]) = 0;
+
+	  /* Clear this whenever we change the register activity status.  */
+	  set_regs_matched_done = 0;
+
+          /* This is the new highest active register.  */
+          highest_active_reg = *p;
+
+          /* If nothing was active before, this is the new lowest active
+             register.  */
+          if (lowest_active_reg == NO_LOWEST_ACTIVE_REG)
+            lowest_active_reg = *p;
+
+          /* Move past the register number and inner group count.  */
+          p += 2;
+	  just_past_start_mem = p;
+
+          NEXT;
+
+
+        /* The stop_memory opcode represents the end of a group.  Its
+           arguments are the same as start_memory's: the register
+           number, and the number of inner groups.  */
+	CASE (stop_memory):
+	  DEBUG_PRINT3 ("EXECUTING stop_memory %ld (%ld):\n",
+			(long int) *p, (long int) p[1]);
+
+          /* We need to save the string position the last time we were at
+             this close-group operator in case the group is operated
+             upon by a repetition operator, e.g., with `((a*)*(b*)*)*'
+             against `aba'; then we want to ignore where we are now in
+             the string in case this attempt to match fails.  */
+          old_regend[*p] = REG_MATCH_NULL_STRING_P (reg_info[*p])
+                           ? REG_UNSET (regend[*p]) ? d : regend[*p]
+			   : regend[*p];
+	  DEBUG_PRINT2 ("      old_regend: %d\n",
+			 POINTER_TO_OFFSET (old_regend[*p]));
+
+          regend[*p] = d;
+	  DEBUG_PRINT2 ("      regend: %d\n", POINTER_TO_OFFSET (regend[*p]));
+
+          /* This register isn't active anymore.  */
+          IS_ACTIVE (reg_info[*p]) = 0;
+
+	  /* Clear this whenever we change the register activity status.  */
+	  set_regs_matched_done = 0;
+
+          /* If this was the only register active, nothing is active
+             anymore.  */
+          if (lowest_active_reg == highest_active_reg)
+            {
+              lowest_active_reg = NO_LOWEST_ACTIVE_REG;
+              highest_active_reg = NO_HIGHEST_ACTIVE_REG;
+            }
+          else
+            { /* We must scan for the new highest active register, since
+                 it isn't necessarily one less than now: consider
+                 (a(b)c(d(e)f)g).  When group 3 ends, after the f), the
+                 new highest active register is 1.  */
+              UCHAR_T r = *p - 1;
+              while (r > 0 && !IS_ACTIVE (reg_info[r]))
+                r--;
+
+              /* If we end up at register zero, that means that we saved
+                 the registers as the result of an `on_failure_jump', not
+                 a `start_memory', and we jumped to past the innermost
+                 `stop_memory'.  For example, in ((.)*) we save
+                 registers 1 and 2 as a result of the *, but when we pop
+                 back to the second ), we are at the stop_memory 1.
+                 Thus, nothing is active.  */
+	      if (r == 0)
+                {
+                  lowest_active_reg = NO_LOWEST_ACTIVE_REG;
+                  highest_active_reg = NO_HIGHEST_ACTIVE_REG;
+                }
+              else
+                highest_active_reg = r;
+            }
+
+          /* If just failed to match something this time around with a
+             group that's operated on by a repetition operator, try to
+             force exit from the ``loop'', and restore the register
+             information for this group that we had before trying this
+             last match.  */
+          if ((!MATCHED_SOMETHING (reg_info[*p])
+               || just_past_start_mem == p - 1)
+	      && (p + 2) < pend)
+            {
+              boolean is_a_jump_n = false;
+
+              p1 = p + 2;
+              mcnt = 0;
+              switch ((re_opcode_t) *p1++)
+                {
+                  case jump_n:
+		    is_a_jump_n = true;
+                  case pop_failure_jump:
+		  case maybe_pop_jump:
+		  case jump:
+		  case dummy_failure_jump:
+                    EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (mcnt, p1);
+		    if (is_a_jump_n)
+		      p1 += OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE;
+                    break;
+
+                  default:
+                    /* do nothing */ ;
+                }
+	      p1 += mcnt;
+
+              /* If the next operation is a jump backwards in the pattern
+	         to an on_failure_jump right before the start_memory
+                 corresponding to this stop_memory, exit from the loop
+                 by forcing a failure after pushing on the stack the
+                 on_failure_jump's jump in the pattern, and d.  */
+              if (mcnt < 0 && (re_opcode_t) *p1 == on_failure_jump
+                  && (re_opcode_t) p1[1+OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE] == start_memory
+		  && p1[2+OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE] == *p)
+		{
+                  /* If this group ever matched anything, then restore
+                     what its registers were before trying this last
+                     failed match, e.g., with `(a*)*b' against `ab' for
+                     regstart[1], and, e.g., with `((a*)*(b*)*)*'
+                     against `aba' for regend[3].
+
+                     Also restore the registers for inner groups for,
+                     e.g., `((a*)(b*))*' against `aba' (register 3 would
+                     otherwise get trashed).  */
+
+                  if (EVER_MATCHED_SOMETHING (reg_info[*p]))
+		    {
+		      unsigned r;
+
+                      EVER_MATCHED_SOMETHING (reg_info[*p]) = 0;
+
+		      /* Restore this and inner groups' (if any) registers.  */
+                      for (r = *p; r < (unsigned) *p + (unsigned) *(p + 1);
+			   r++)
+                        {
+                          regstart[r] = old_regstart[r];
+
+                          /* xx why this test?  */
+                          if (old_regend[r] >= regstart[r])
+                            regend[r] = old_regend[r];
+                        }
+                    }
+		  p1++;
+                  EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (mcnt, p1);
+                  PUSH_FAILURE_POINT (p1 + mcnt, d, -2);
+
+                  goto fail;
+                }
+            }
+
+          /* Move past the register number and the inner group count.  */
+          p += 2;
+          NEXT;
+
+
+	/* \<digit> has been turned into a `duplicate' command which is
+           followed by the numeric value of <digit> as the register number.  */
+        CASE (duplicate):
+	  {
+	    register const CHAR_T *d2, *dend2;
+	    int regno = *p++;   /* Get which register to match against.  */
+	    DEBUG_PRINT2 ("EXECUTING duplicate %d.\n", regno);
+
+	    /* Can't back reference a group which we've never matched.  */
+            if (REG_UNSET (regstart[regno]) || REG_UNSET (regend[regno]))
+              goto fail;
+
+            /* Where in input to try to start matching.  */
+            d2 = regstart[regno];
+
+            /* Where to stop matching; if both the place to start and
+               the place to stop matching are in the same string, then
+               set to the place to stop, otherwise, for now have to use
+               the end of the first string.  */
+
+            dend2 = ((FIRST_STRING_P (regstart[regno])
+		      == FIRST_STRING_P (regend[regno]))
+		     ? regend[regno] : end_match_1);
+	    for (;;)
+	      {
+		/* If necessary, advance to next segment in register
+                   contents.  */
+		while (d2 == dend2)
+		  {
+		    if (dend2 == end_match_2) break;
+		    if (dend2 == regend[regno]) break;
+
+                    /* End of string1 => advance to string2. */
+                    d2 = string2;
+                    dend2 = regend[regno];
+		  }
+		/* At end of register contents => success */
+		if (d2 == dend2) break;
+
+		/* If necessary, advance to next segment in data.  */
+		PREFETCH ();
+
+		/* How many characters left in this segment to match.  */
+		mcnt = dend - d;
+
+		/* Want how many consecutive characters we can match in
+                   one shot, so, if necessary, adjust the count.  */
+                if (mcnt > dend2 - d2)
+		  mcnt = dend2 - d2;
+
+		/* Compare that many; failure if mismatch, else move
+                   past them.  */
+		if (translate
+                    ? PREFIX(bcmp_translate) (d, d2, mcnt, translate)
+                    : memcmp (d, d2, mcnt*sizeof(UCHAR_T)))
+		  goto fail;
+		d += mcnt, d2 += mcnt;
+
+		/* Do this because we've match some characters.  */
+		SET_REGS_MATCHED ();
+	      }
+	  }
+	  NEXT;
+
+
+        /* begline matches the empty string at the beginning of the string
+           (unless `not_bol' is set in `bufp'), and, if
+           `newline_anchor' is set, after newlines.  */
+	CASE (begline):
+          DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING begline.\n");
+
+          if (AT_STRINGS_BEG (d))
+            {
+              if (!bufp->not_bol)
+		{
+		  NEXT;
+		}
+            }
+          else if (d[-1] == '\n' && bufp->newline_anchor)
+            {
+              NEXT;
+            }
+          /* In all other cases, we fail.  */
+          goto fail;
+
+
+        /* endline is the dual of begline.  */
+	CASE (endline):
+          DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING endline.\n");
+
+          if (AT_STRINGS_END (d))
+            {
+              if (!bufp->not_eol)
+		{
+		  NEXT;
+		}
+            }
+
+          /* We have to ``prefetch'' the next character.  */
+          else if ((d == end1 ? *string2 : *d) == '\n'
+                   && bufp->newline_anchor)
+            {
+              NEXT;
+            }
+          goto fail;
+
+
+	/* Match at the very beginning of the data.  */
+        CASE (begbuf):
+          DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING begbuf.\n");
+          if (AT_STRINGS_BEG (d))
+	    {
+	      NEXT;
+	    }
+          goto fail;
+
+
+	/* Match at the very end of the data.  */
+        CASE (endbuf):
+          DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING endbuf.\n");
+	  if (AT_STRINGS_END (d))
+	    {
+	      NEXT;
+	    }
+          goto fail;
+
+
+        /* on_failure_keep_string_jump is used to optimize `.*\n'.  It
+           pushes NULL as the value for the string on the stack.  Then
+           `pop_failure_point' will keep the current value for the
+           string, instead of restoring it.  To see why, consider
+           matching `foo\nbar' against `.*\n'.  The .* matches the foo;
+           then the . fails against the \n.  But the next thing we want
+           to do is match the \n against the \n; if we restored the
+           string value, we would be back at the foo.
+
+           Because this is used only in specific cases, we don't need to
+           check all the things that `on_failure_jump' does, to make
+           sure the right things get saved on the stack.  Hence we don't
+           share its code.  The only reason to push anything on the
+           stack at all is that otherwise we would have to change
+           `anychar's code to do something besides goto fail in this
+           case; that seems worse than this.  */
+        CASE (on_failure_keep_string_jump):
+          DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING on_failure_keep_string_jump");
+
+          EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (mcnt, p);
+#ifdef _LIBC
+          DEBUG_PRINT3 (" %d (to %p):\n", mcnt, p + mcnt);
+#else
+          DEBUG_PRINT3 (" %d (to 0x%x):\n", mcnt, p + mcnt);
+#endif
+
+          PUSH_FAILURE_POINT (p + mcnt, NULL, -2);
+          NEXT;
+
+
+	/* Uses of on_failure_jump:
+
+           Each alternative starts with an on_failure_jump that points
+           to the beginning of the next alternative.  Each alternative
+           except the last ends with a jump that in effect jumps past
+           the rest of the alternatives.  (They really jump to the
+           ending jump of the following alternative, because tensioning
+           these jumps is a hassle.)
+
+           Repeats start with an on_failure_jump that points past both
+           the repetition text and either the following jump or
+           pop_failure_jump back to this on_failure_jump.  */
+	CASE (on_failure_jump):
+        on_failure:
+          DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING on_failure_jump");
+
+          EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (mcnt, p);
+#ifdef _LIBC
+          DEBUG_PRINT3 (" %d (to %p)", mcnt, p + mcnt);
+#else
+          DEBUG_PRINT3 (" %d (to 0x%x)", mcnt, p + mcnt);
+#endif
+
+          /* If this on_failure_jump comes right before a group (i.e.,
+             the original * applied to a group), save the information
+             for that group and all inner ones, so that if we fail back
+             to this point, the group's information will be correct.
+             For example, in \(a*\)*\1, we need the preceding group,
+             and in \(zz\(a*\)b*\)\2, we need the inner group.  */
+
+          /* We can't use `p' to check ahead because we push
+             a failure point to `p + mcnt' after we do this.  */
+          p1 = p;
+
+          /* We need to skip no_op's before we look for the
+             start_memory in case this on_failure_jump is happening as
+             the result of a completed succeed_n, as in \(a\)\{1,3\}b\1
+             against aba.  */
+          while (p1 < pend && (re_opcode_t) *p1 == no_op)
+            p1++;
+
+          if (p1 < pend && (re_opcode_t) *p1 == start_memory)
+            {
+              /* We have a new highest active register now.  This will
+                 get reset at the start_memory we are about to get to,
+                 but we will have saved all the registers relevant to
+                 this repetition op, as described above.  */
+              highest_active_reg = *(p1 + 1) + *(p1 + 2);
+              if (lowest_active_reg == NO_LOWEST_ACTIVE_REG)
+                lowest_active_reg = *(p1 + 1);
+            }
+
+          DEBUG_PRINT1 (":\n");
+          PUSH_FAILURE_POINT (p + mcnt, d, -2);
+          NEXT;
+
+
+        /* A smart repeat ends with `maybe_pop_jump'.
+	   We change it to either `pop_failure_jump' or `jump'.  */
+        CASE (maybe_pop_jump):
+          EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (mcnt, p);
+          DEBUG_PRINT2 ("EXECUTING maybe_pop_jump %d.\n", mcnt);
+          {
+	    register UCHAR_T *p2 = p;
+
+            /* Compare the beginning of the repeat with what in the
+               pattern follows its end. If we can establish that there
+               is nothing that they would both match, i.e., that we
+               would have to backtrack because of (as in, e.g., `a*a')
+               then we can change to pop_failure_jump, because we'll
+               never have to backtrack.
+
+               This is not true in the case of alternatives: in
+               `(a|ab)*' we do need to backtrack to the `ab' alternative
+               (e.g., if the string was `ab').  But instead of trying to
+               detect that here, the alternative has put on a dummy
+               failure point which is what we will end up popping.  */
+
+	    /* Skip over open/close-group commands.
+	       If what follows this loop is a ...+ construct,
+	       look at what begins its body, since we will have to
+	       match at least one of that.  */
+	    while (1)
+	      {
+		if (p2 + 2 < pend
+		    && ((re_opcode_t) *p2 == stop_memory
+			|| (re_opcode_t) *p2 == start_memory))
+		  p2 += 3;
+		else if (p2 + 2 + 2 * OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE < pend
+			 && (re_opcode_t) *p2 == dummy_failure_jump)
+		  p2 += 2 + 2 * OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE;
+		else
+		  break;
+	      }
+
+	    p1 = p + mcnt;
+	    /* p1[0] ... p1[2] are the `on_failure_jump' corresponding
+	       to the `maybe_finalize_jump' of this case.  Examine what
+	       follows.  */
+
+            /* If we're at the end of the pattern, we can change.  */
+            if (p2 == pend)
+	      {
+		/* Consider what happens when matching ":\(.*\)"
+		   against ":/".  I don't really understand this code
+		   yet.  */
+  	        p[-(1+OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE)] = (UCHAR_T)
+		  pop_failure_jump;
+                DEBUG_PRINT1
+                  ("  End of pattern: change to `pop_failure_jump'.\n");
+              }
+
+            else if ((re_opcode_t) *p2 == exactn
+#ifdef MBS_SUPPORT
+		     || (re_opcode_t) *p2 == exactn_bin
+#endif
+		     || (bufp->newline_anchor && (re_opcode_t) *p2 == endline))
+	      {
+		register UCHAR_T c
+                  = *p2 == (UCHAR_T) endline ? '\n' : p2[2];
+
+                if (((re_opcode_t) p1[1+OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE] == exactn
+#ifdef MBS_SUPPORT
+		     || (re_opcode_t) p1[1+OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE] == exactn_bin
+#endif
+		    ) && p1[3+OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE] != c)
+                  {
+  		    p[-(1+OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE)] = (UCHAR_T)
+		      pop_failure_jump;
+#ifdef WCHAR
+		      DEBUG_PRINT3 ("  %C != %C => pop_failure_jump.\n",
+				    (wint_t) c,
+				    (wint_t) p1[3+OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE]);
+#else
+		      DEBUG_PRINT3 ("  %c != %c => pop_failure_jump.\n",
+				    (char) c,
+				    (char) p1[3+OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE]);
+#endif
+                  }
+
+#ifndef WCHAR
+		else if ((re_opcode_t) p1[3] == charset
+			 || (re_opcode_t) p1[3] == charset_not)
+		  {
+		    int not = (re_opcode_t) p1[3] == charset_not;
+
+		    if (c < (unsigned) (p1[4] * BYTEWIDTH)
+			&& p1[5 + c / BYTEWIDTH] & (1 << (c % BYTEWIDTH)))
+		      not = !not;
+
+                    /* `not' is equal to 1 if c would match, which means
+                        that we can't change to pop_failure_jump.  */
+		    if (!not)
+                      {
+  		        p[-3] = (unsigned char) pop_failure_jump;
+                        DEBUG_PRINT1 ("  No match => pop_failure_jump.\n");
+                      }
+		  }
+#endif /* not WCHAR */
+	      }
+#ifndef WCHAR
+            else if ((re_opcode_t) *p2 == charset)
+	      {
+		/* We win if the first character of the loop is not part
+                   of the charset.  */
+                if ((re_opcode_t) p1[3] == exactn
+ 		    && ! ((int) p2[1] * BYTEWIDTH > (int) p1[5]
+ 			  && (p2[2 + p1[5] / BYTEWIDTH]
+ 			      & (1 << (p1[5] % BYTEWIDTH)))))
+		  {
+		    p[-3] = (unsigned char) pop_failure_jump;
+		    DEBUG_PRINT1 ("  No match => pop_failure_jump.\n");
+                  }
+
+		else if ((re_opcode_t) p1[3] == charset_not)
+		  {
+		    int idx;
+		    /* We win if the charset_not inside the loop
+		       lists every character listed in the charset after.  */
+		    for (idx = 0; idx < (int) p2[1]; idx++)
+		      if (! (p2[2 + idx] == 0
+			     || (idx < (int) p1[4]
+				 && ((p2[2 + idx] & ~ p1[5 + idx]) == 0))))
+			break;
+
+		    if (idx == p2[1])
+                      {
+  		        p[-3] = (unsigned char) pop_failure_jump;
+                        DEBUG_PRINT1 ("  No match => pop_failure_jump.\n");
+                      }
+		  }
+		else if ((re_opcode_t) p1[3] == charset)
+		  {
+		    int idx;
+		    /* We win if the charset inside the loop
+		       has no overlap with the one after the loop.  */
+		    for (idx = 0;
+			 idx < (int) p2[1] && idx < (int) p1[4];
+			 idx++)
+		      if ((p2[2 + idx] & p1[5 + idx]) != 0)
+			break;
+
+		    if (idx == p2[1] || idx == p1[4])
+                      {
+  		        p[-3] = (unsigned char) pop_failure_jump;
+                        DEBUG_PRINT1 ("  No match => pop_failure_jump.\n");
+                      }
+		  }
+	      }
+#endif /* not WCHAR */
+	  }
+	  p -= OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE;	/* Point at relative address again.  */
+	  if ((re_opcode_t) p[-1] != pop_failure_jump)
+	    {
+	      p[-1] = (UCHAR_T) jump;
+              DEBUG_PRINT1 ("  Match => jump.\n");
+	      goto unconditional_jump;
+	    }
+        /* Note fall through.  */
+
+
+	/* The end of a simple repeat has a pop_failure_jump back to
+           its matching on_failure_jump, where the latter will push a
+           failure point.  The pop_failure_jump takes off failure
+           points put on by this pop_failure_jump's matching
+           on_failure_jump; we got through the pattern to here from the
+           matching on_failure_jump, so didn't fail.  */
+        CASE (pop_failure_jump):
+          {
+            /* We need to pass separate storage for the lowest and
+               highest registers, even though we don't care about the
+               actual values.  Otherwise, we will restore only one
+               register from the stack, since lowest will == highest in
+               `pop_failure_point'.  */
+            active_reg_t dummy_low_reg, dummy_high_reg;
+            UCHAR_T *pdummy = NULL;
+            const CHAR_T *sdummy = NULL;
+
+            DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING pop_failure_jump.\n");
+            POP_FAILURE_POINT (sdummy, pdummy,
+                               dummy_low_reg, dummy_high_reg,
+                               reg_dummy, reg_dummy, reg_info_dummy);
+          }
+	  /* Note fall through.  */
+
+	unconditional_jump:
+#ifdef _LIBC
+	  DEBUG_PRINT2 ("\n%p: ", p);
+#else
+	  DEBUG_PRINT2 ("\n0x%x: ", p);
+#endif
+          /* Note fall through.  */
+
+        /* Unconditionally jump (without popping any failure points).  */
+        CASE (jump):
+	  EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (mcnt, p);	/* Get the amount to jump.  */
+          DEBUG_PRINT2 ("EXECUTING jump %d ", mcnt);
+	  p += mcnt;				/* Do the jump.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+          DEBUG_PRINT2 ("(to %p).\n", p);
+#else
+          DEBUG_PRINT2 ("(to 0x%x).\n", p);
+#endif
+	  NEXT;
+
+
+        /* We need this opcode so we can detect where alternatives end
+           in `group_match_null_string_p' et al.  */
+        CASE (jump_past_alt):
+          DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING jump_past_alt.\n");
+          goto unconditional_jump;
+
+
+        /* Normally, the on_failure_jump pushes a failure point, which
+           then gets popped at pop_failure_jump.  We will end up at
+           pop_failure_jump, also, and with a pattern of, say, `a+', we
+           are skipping over the on_failure_jump, so we have to push
+           something meaningless for pop_failure_jump to pop.  */
+        CASE (dummy_failure_jump):
+          DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING dummy_failure_jump.\n");
+          /* It doesn't matter what we push for the string here.  What
+             the code at `fail' tests is the value for the pattern.  */
+          PUSH_FAILURE_POINT (NULL, NULL, -2);
+          goto unconditional_jump;
+
+
+        /* At the end of an alternative, we need to push a dummy failure
+           point in case we are followed by a `pop_failure_jump', because
+           we don't want the failure point for the alternative to be
+           popped.  For example, matching `(a|ab)*' against `aab'
+           requires that we match the `ab' alternative.  */
+        CASE (push_dummy_failure):
+          DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING push_dummy_failure.\n");
+          /* See comments just above at `dummy_failure_jump' about the
+             two zeroes.  */
+          PUSH_FAILURE_POINT (NULL, NULL, -2);
+          NEXT;
+
+        /* Have to succeed matching what follows at least n times.
+           After that, handle like `on_failure_jump'.  */
+        CASE (succeed_n):
+          EXTRACT_NUMBER (mcnt, p + OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE);
+          DEBUG_PRINT2 ("EXECUTING succeed_n %d.\n", mcnt);
+
+          assert (mcnt >= 0);
+          /* Originally, this is how many times we HAVE to succeed.  */
+          if (mcnt > 0)
+            {
+               mcnt--;
+	       p += OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE;
+               STORE_NUMBER_AND_INCR (p, mcnt);
+#ifdef _LIBC
+               DEBUG_PRINT3 ("  Setting %p to %d.\n", p - OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE
+			     , mcnt);
+#else
+               DEBUG_PRINT3 ("  Setting 0x%x to %d.\n", p - OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE
+			     , mcnt);
+#endif
+            }
+	  else if (mcnt == 0)
+            {
+#ifdef _LIBC
+              DEBUG_PRINT2 ("  Setting two bytes from %p to no_op.\n",
+			    p + OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE);
+#else
+              DEBUG_PRINT2 ("  Setting two bytes from 0x%x to no_op.\n",
+			    p + OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE);
+#endif /* _LIBC */
+
+#ifdef WCHAR
+	      p[1] = (UCHAR_T) no_op;
+#else
+	      p[2] = (UCHAR_T) no_op;
+              p[3] = (UCHAR_T) no_op;
+#endif /* WCHAR */
+              goto on_failure;
+            }
+          NEXT;
+
+        CASE (jump_n):
+          EXTRACT_NUMBER (mcnt, p + OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE);
+          DEBUG_PRINT2 ("EXECUTING jump_n %d.\n", mcnt);
+
+          /* Originally, this is how many times we CAN jump.  */
+          if (mcnt)
+            {
+               mcnt--;
+               STORE_NUMBER (p + OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE, mcnt);
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+               DEBUG_PRINT3 ("  Setting %p to %d.\n", p + OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE,
+			     mcnt);
+#else
+               DEBUG_PRINT3 ("  Setting 0x%x to %d.\n", p + OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE,
+			     mcnt);
+#endif /* _LIBC */
+	       goto unconditional_jump;
+            }
+          /* If don't have to jump any more, skip over the rest of command.  */
+	  else
+	    p += 2 * OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE;
+          NEXT;
+
+	CASE (set_number_at):
+	  {
+            DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING set_number_at.\n");
+
+            EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (mcnt, p);
+            p1 = p + mcnt;
+            EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (mcnt, p);
+#ifdef _LIBC
+            DEBUG_PRINT3 ("  Setting %p to %d.\n", p1, mcnt);
+#else
+            DEBUG_PRINT3 ("  Setting 0x%x to %d.\n", p1, mcnt);
+#endif
+	    STORE_NUMBER (p1, mcnt);
+            NEXT;
+          }
+
+#if 0
+	/* The DEC Alpha C compiler 3.x generates incorrect code for the
+	   test  WORDCHAR_P (d - 1) != WORDCHAR_P (d)  in the expansion of
+	   AT_WORD_BOUNDARY, so this code is disabled.  Expanding the
+	   macro and introducing temporary variables works around the bug.  */
+
+	CASE (wordbound):
+	  DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING wordbound.\n");
+	  if (AT_WORD_BOUNDARY (d))
+	    {
+	      NEXT;
+	    }
+	  goto fail;
+
+	CASE (notwordbound):
+	  DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING notwordbound.\n");
+	  if (AT_WORD_BOUNDARY (d))
+	    goto fail;
+	  NEXT;
+#else
+	CASE (wordbound):
+	{
+	  boolean prevchar, thischar;
+
+	  DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING wordbound.\n");
+	  if (AT_STRINGS_BEG (d) || AT_STRINGS_END (d))
+	    {
+	      NEXT;
+	    }
+
+	  prevchar = WORDCHAR_P (d - 1);
+	  thischar = WORDCHAR_P (d);
+	  if (prevchar != thischar)
+	    {
+	      NEXT;
+	    }
+	  goto fail;
+	}
+
+      CASE (notwordbound):
+	{
+	  boolean prevchar, thischar;
+
+	  DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING notwordbound.\n");
+	  if (AT_STRINGS_BEG (d) || AT_STRINGS_END (d))
+	    goto fail;
+
+	  prevchar = WORDCHAR_P (d - 1);
+	  thischar = WORDCHAR_P (d);
+	  if (prevchar != thischar)
+	    goto fail;
+	  NEXT;
+	}
+#endif
+
+	CASE (wordbeg):
+          DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING wordbeg.\n");
+	  if (!AT_STRINGS_END (d) && WORDCHAR_P (d)
+	      && (AT_STRINGS_BEG (d) || !WORDCHAR_P (d - 1)))
+	    {
+	      NEXT;
+	    }
+          goto fail;
+
+	CASE (wordend):
+          DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING wordend.\n");
+	  if (!AT_STRINGS_BEG (d) && WORDCHAR_P (d - 1)
+              && (AT_STRINGS_END (d) || !WORDCHAR_P (d)))
+	    {
+	      NEXT;
+	    }
+          goto fail;
+
+#ifdef emacs
+  	CASE (before_dot):
+          DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING before_dot.\n");
+ 	  if (PTR_CHAR_POS ((unsigned char *) d) >= point)
+  	    goto fail;
+  	  NEXT;
+
+  	CASE (at_dot):
+          DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING at_dot.\n");
+ 	  if (PTR_CHAR_POS ((unsigned char *) d) != point)
+  	    goto fail;
+  	  NEXT;
+
+  	CASE (after_dot):
+          DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING after_dot.\n");
+          if (PTR_CHAR_POS ((unsigned char *) d) <= point)
+  	    goto fail;
+  	  NEXT;
+
+	CASE (syntaxspec):
+          DEBUG_PRINT2 ("EXECUTING syntaxspec %d.\n", mcnt);
+	  mcnt = *p++;
+	  goto matchsyntax;
+
+        CASE (wordchar):
+          DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING Emacs wordchar.\n");
+	  mcnt = (int) Sword;
+        matchsyntax:
+	  PREFETCH ();
+	  /* Can't use *d++ here; SYNTAX may be an unsafe macro.  */
+	  d++;
+	  if (SYNTAX (d[-1]) != (enum syntaxcode) mcnt)
+	    goto fail;
+          SET_REGS_MATCHED ();
+	  NEXT;
+
+	CASE (notsyntaxspec):
+          DEBUG_PRINT2 ("EXECUTING notsyntaxspec %d.\n", mcnt);
+	  mcnt = *p++;
+	  goto matchnotsyntax;
+
+        CASE (notwordchar):
+          DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING Emacs notwordchar.\n");
+	  mcnt = (int) Sword;
+        matchnotsyntax:
+	  PREFETCH ();
+	  /* Can't use *d++ here; SYNTAX may be an unsafe macro.  */
+	  d++;
+	  if (SYNTAX (d[-1]) == (enum syntaxcode) mcnt)
+	    goto fail;
+	  SET_REGS_MATCHED ();
+          NEXT;
+
+#else /* not emacs */
+	CASE (wordchar):
+          DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING non-Emacs wordchar.\n");
+	  PREFETCH ();
+          if (!WORDCHAR_P (d))
+            goto fail;
+	  SET_REGS_MATCHED ();
+          d++;
+	  NEXT;
+
+	CASE (notwordchar):
+          DEBUG_PRINT1 ("EXECUTING non-Emacs notwordchar.\n");
+	  PREFETCH ();
+	  if (WORDCHAR_P (d))
+            goto fail;
+          SET_REGS_MATCHED ();
+          d++;
+	  NEXT;
+#endif /* not emacs */
+
+#ifndef __GNUC__
+        default:
+          abort ();
+	}
+      continue;  /* Successfully executed one pattern command; keep going.  */
+#endif
+
+
+    /* We goto here if a matching operation fails. */
+    fail:
+      if (!FAIL_STACK_EMPTY ())
+	{ /* A restart point is known.  Restore to that state.  */
+          DEBUG_PRINT1 ("\nFAIL:\n");
+          POP_FAILURE_POINT (d, p,
+                             lowest_active_reg, highest_active_reg,
+                             regstart, regend, reg_info);
+
+          /* If this failure point is a dummy, try the next one.  */
+          if (!p)
+	    goto fail;
+
+          /* If we failed to the end of the pattern, don't examine *p.  */
+	  assert (p <= pend);
+          if (p < pend)
+            {
+              boolean is_a_jump_n = false;
+
+              /* If failed to a backwards jump that's part of a repetition
+                 loop, need to pop this failure point and use the next one.  */
+              switch ((re_opcode_t) *p)
+                {
+                case jump_n:
+                  is_a_jump_n = true;
+                case maybe_pop_jump:
+                case pop_failure_jump:
+                case jump:
+                  p1 = p + 1;
+                  EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (mcnt, p1);
+                  p1 += mcnt;
+
+                  if ((is_a_jump_n && (re_opcode_t) *p1 == succeed_n)
+                      || (!is_a_jump_n
+                          && (re_opcode_t) *p1 == on_failure_jump))
+                    goto fail;
+                  break;
+                default:
+                  /* do nothing */ ;
+                }
+            }
+
+          if (d >= string1 && d <= end1)
+	    dend = end_match_1;
+        }
+      else
+        break;   /* Matching at this starting point really fails.  */
+    } /* for (;;) */
+
+  if (best_regs_set)
+    goto restore_best_regs;
+
+  FREE_VARIABLES ();
+
+  return -1;         			/* Failure to match.  */
+} /* re_match_2 */
+
+/* Subroutine definitions for re_match_2.  */
+
+
+/* We are passed P pointing to a register number after a start_memory.
+
+   Return true if the pattern up to the corresponding stop_memory can
+   match the empty string, and false otherwise.
+
+   If we find the matching stop_memory, sets P to point to one past its number.
+   Otherwise, sets P to an undefined byte less than or equal to END.
+
+   We don't handle duplicates properly (yet).  */
+
+static boolean
+PREFIX(group_match_null_string_p) (UCHAR_T **p, UCHAR_T *end,
+				   PREFIX(register_info_type) *reg_info)
+{
+  int mcnt;
+  /* Point to after the args to the start_memory.  */
+  UCHAR_T *p1 = *p + 2;
+
+  while (p1 < end)
+    {
+      /* Skip over opcodes that can match nothing, and return true or
+	 false, as appropriate, when we get to one that can't, or to the
+         matching stop_memory.  */
+
+      switch ((re_opcode_t) *p1)
+        {
+        /* Could be either a loop or a series of alternatives.  */
+        case on_failure_jump:
+          p1++;
+          EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (mcnt, p1);
+
+          /* If the next operation is not a jump backwards in the
+	     pattern.  */
+
+	  if (mcnt >= 0)
+	    {
+              /* Go through the on_failure_jumps of the alternatives,
+                 seeing if any of the alternatives cannot match nothing.
+                 The last alternative starts with only a jump,
+                 whereas the rest start with on_failure_jump and end
+                 with a jump, e.g., here is the pattern for `a|b|c':
+
+                 /on_failure_jump/0/6/exactn/1/a/jump_past_alt/0/6
+                 /on_failure_jump/0/6/exactn/1/b/jump_past_alt/0/3
+                 /exactn/1/c
+
+                 So, we have to first go through the first (n-1)
+                 alternatives and then deal with the last one separately.  */
+
+
+              /* Deal with the first (n-1) alternatives, which start
+                 with an on_failure_jump (see above) that jumps to right
+                 past a jump_past_alt.  */
+
+              while ((re_opcode_t) p1[mcnt-(1+OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE)] ==
+		     jump_past_alt)
+                {
+                  /* `mcnt' holds how many bytes long the alternative
+                     is, including the ending `jump_past_alt' and
+                     its number.  */
+
+                  if (!PREFIX(alt_match_null_string_p) (p1, p1 + mcnt -
+						(1 + OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE),
+						reg_info))
+                    return false;
+
+                  /* Move to right after this alternative, including the
+		     jump_past_alt.  */
+                  p1 += mcnt;
+
+                  /* Break if it's the beginning of an n-th alternative
+                     that doesn't begin with an on_failure_jump.  */
+                  if ((re_opcode_t) *p1 != on_failure_jump)
+                    break;
+
+		  /* Still have to check that it's not an n-th
+		     alternative that starts with an on_failure_jump.  */
+		  p1++;
+                  EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (mcnt, p1);
+                  if ((re_opcode_t) p1[mcnt-(1+OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE)] !=
+		      jump_past_alt)
+                    {
+		      /* Get to the beginning of the n-th alternative.  */
+                      p1 -= 1 + OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE;
+                      break;
+                    }
+                }
+
+              /* Deal with the last alternative: go back and get number
+                 of the `jump_past_alt' just before it.  `mcnt' contains
+                 the length of the alternative.  */
+              EXTRACT_NUMBER (mcnt, p1 - OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE);
+
+              if (!PREFIX(alt_match_null_string_p) (p1, p1 + mcnt, reg_info))
+                return false;
+
+              p1 += mcnt;	/* Get past the n-th alternative.  */
+            } /* if mcnt > 0 */
+          break;
+
+
+        case stop_memory:
+	  assert (p1[1] == **p);
+          *p = p1 + 2;
+          return true;
+
+
+        default:
+          if (!PREFIX(common_op_match_null_string_p) (&p1, end, reg_info))
+            return false;
+        }
+    } /* while p1 < end */
+
+  return false;
+} /* group_match_null_string_p */
+
+
+/* Similar to group_match_null_string_p, but doesn't deal with alternatives:
+   It expects P to be the first byte of a single alternative and END one
+   byte past the last. The alternative can contain groups.  */
+
+static boolean
+PREFIX(alt_match_null_string_p) (UCHAR_T *p, UCHAR_T *end,
+				 PREFIX(register_info_type) *reg_info)
+{
+  int mcnt;
+  UCHAR_T *p1 = p;
+
+  while (p1 < end)
+    {
+      /* Skip over opcodes that can match nothing, and break when we get
+         to one that can't.  */
+
+      switch ((re_opcode_t) *p1)
+        {
+	/* It's a loop.  */
+        case on_failure_jump:
+          p1++;
+          EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (mcnt, p1);
+          p1 += mcnt;
+          break;
+
+	default:
+          if (!PREFIX(common_op_match_null_string_p) (&p1, end, reg_info))
+            return false;
+        }
+    }  /* while p1 < end */
+
+  return true;
+} /* alt_match_null_string_p */
+
+
+/* Deals with the ops common to group_match_null_string_p and
+   alt_match_null_string_p.
+
+   Sets P to one after the op and its arguments, if any.  */
+
+static boolean
+PREFIX(common_op_match_null_string_p) (UCHAR_T **p, UCHAR_T *end,
+				       PREFIX(register_info_type) *reg_info)
+{
+  int mcnt;
+  boolean ret;
+  int reg_no;
+  UCHAR_T *p1 = *p;
+
+  switch ((re_opcode_t) *p1++)
+    {
+    case no_op:
+    case begline:
+    case endline:
+    case begbuf:
+    case endbuf:
+    case wordbeg:
+    case wordend:
+    case wordbound:
+    case notwordbound:
+#ifdef emacs
+    case before_dot:
+    case at_dot:
+    case after_dot:
+#endif
+      break;
+
+    case start_memory:
+      reg_no = *p1;
+      assert (reg_no > 0 && reg_no <= MAX_REGNUM);
+      ret = PREFIX(group_match_null_string_p) (&p1, end, reg_info);
+
+      /* Have to set this here in case we're checking a group which
+         contains a group and a back reference to it.  */
+
+      if (REG_MATCH_NULL_STRING_P (reg_info[reg_no]) == MATCH_NULL_UNSET_VALUE)
+        REG_MATCH_NULL_STRING_P (reg_info[reg_no]) = ret;
+
+      if (!ret)
+        return false;
+      break;
+
+    /* If this is an optimized succeed_n for zero times, make the jump.  */
+    case jump:
+      EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (mcnt, p1);
+      if (mcnt >= 0)
+        p1 += mcnt;
+      else
+        return false;
+      break;
+
+    case succeed_n:
+      /* Get to the number of times to succeed.  */
+      p1 += OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE;
+      EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (mcnt, p1);
+
+      if (mcnt == 0)
+        {
+          p1 -= 2 * OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE;
+          EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR (mcnt, p1);
+          p1 += mcnt;
+        }
+      else
+        return false;
+      break;
+
+    case duplicate:
+      if (!REG_MATCH_NULL_STRING_P (reg_info[*p1]))
+        return false;
+      break;
+
+    case set_number_at:
+      p1 += 2 * OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE;
+
+    default:
+      /* All other opcodes mean we cannot match the empty string.  */
+      return false;
+  }
+
+  *p = p1;
+  return true;
+} /* common_op_match_null_string_p */
+
+
+/* Return zero if TRANSLATE[S1] and TRANSLATE[S2] are identical for LEN
+   bytes; nonzero otherwise.  */
+
+static int
+PREFIX(bcmp_translate) (const CHAR_T *s1, const CHAR_T *s2,
+			register int len,
+			RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE translate)
+{
+  register const UCHAR_T *p1 = (const UCHAR_T *) s1;
+  register const UCHAR_T *p2 = (const UCHAR_T *) s2;
+  while (len)
+    {
+#ifdef WCHAR
+      if (((*p1<=0xff)?translate[*p1++]:*p1++)
+	  != ((*p2<=0xff)?translate[*p2++]:*p2++))
+	return 1;
+#else /* BYTE */
+      if (translate[*p1++] != translate[*p2++]) return 1;
+#endif /* WCHAR */
+      len--;
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+#else /* not INSIDE_RECURSION */
+
+/* Entry points for GNU code.  */
+
+/* re_compile_pattern is the GNU regular expression compiler: it
+   compiles PATTERN (of length SIZE) and puts the result in BUFP.
+   Returns 0 if the pattern was valid, otherwise an error string.
+
+   Assumes the `allocated' (and perhaps `buffer') and `translate' fields
+   are set in BUFP on entry.
+
+   We call regex_compile to do the actual compilation.  */
+
+const char *
+re_compile_pattern (const char *pattern,
+		    size_t length,
+		    struct re_pattern_buffer *bufp)
+{
+  reg_errcode_t ret;
+
+  /* GNU code is written to assume at least RE_NREGS registers will be set
+     (and at least one extra will be -1).  */
+  bufp->regs_allocated = REGS_UNALLOCATED;
+
+  /* And GNU code determines whether or not to get register information
+     by passing null for the REGS argument to re_match, etc., not by
+     setting no_sub.  */
+  bufp->no_sub = 0;
+
+  /* Match anchors at newline.  */
+  bufp->newline_anchor = 1;
+
+# ifdef MBS_SUPPORT
+  if (MB_CUR_MAX != 1)
+    ret = wcs_regex_compile (pattern, length, re_syntax_options, bufp);
+  else
+# endif
+    ret = byte_regex_compile (pattern, length, re_syntax_options, bufp);
+
+  if (!ret)
+    return NULL;
+  return gettext (re_error_msgid + re_error_msgid_idx[(int) ret]);
+}
+#ifdef _LIBC
+weak_alias (__re_compile_pattern, re_compile_pattern)
+#endif
+
+/* Entry points compatible with 4.2 BSD regex library.  We don't define
+   them unless specifically requested.  */
+
+#if defined _REGEX_RE_COMP || defined _LIBC
+
+/* BSD has one and only one pattern buffer.  */
+static struct re_pattern_buffer re_comp_buf;
+
+char *
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Make these definitions weak in libc, so POSIX programs can redefine
+   these names if they don't use our functions, and still use
+   regcomp/regexec below without link errors.  */
+weak_function
+#endif
+re_comp (const char *s)
+{
+  reg_errcode_t ret;
+
+  if (!s)
+    {
+      if (!re_comp_buf.buffer)
+	return gettext ("No previous regular expression");
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  if (!re_comp_buf.buffer)
+    {
+      re_comp_buf.buffer = malloc (200);
+      if (re_comp_buf.buffer == NULL)
+        return (char *) gettext (re_error_msgid
+				 + re_error_msgid_idx[(int) REG_ESPACE]);
+      re_comp_buf.allocated = 200;
+
+      re_comp_buf.fastmap = malloc (1 << BYTEWIDTH);
+      if (re_comp_buf.fastmap == NULL)
+	return (char *) gettext (re_error_msgid
+				 + re_error_msgid_idx[(int) REG_ESPACE]);
+    }
+
+  /* Since `re_exec' always passes NULL for the `regs' argument, we
+     don't need to initialize the pattern buffer fields which affect it.  */
+
+  /* Match anchors at newlines.  */
+  re_comp_buf.newline_anchor = 1;
+
+# ifdef MBS_SUPPORT
+  if (MB_CUR_MAX != 1)
+    ret = wcs_regex_compile (s, strlen (s), re_syntax_options, &re_comp_buf);
+  else
+# endif
+    ret = byte_regex_compile (s, strlen (s), re_syntax_options, &re_comp_buf);
+
+  if (!ret)
+    return NULL;
+
+  /* Yes, we're discarding `const' here if !HAVE_LIBINTL.  */
+  return (char *) gettext (re_error_msgid + re_error_msgid_idx[(int) ret]);
+}
+
+
+int
+#ifdef _LIBC
+weak_function
+#endif
+re_exec (const char *s)
+{
+  const int len = strlen (s);
+  return
+    0 <= re_search (&re_comp_buf, s, len, 0, len, 0);
+}
+
+#endif /* _REGEX_RE_COMP */
+
+/* POSIX.2 functions.  Don't define these for Emacs.  */
+
+#ifndef emacs
+
+/* regcomp takes a regular expression as a string and compiles it.
+
+   PREG is a regex_t *.  We do not expect any fields to be initialized,
+   since POSIX says we shouldn't.  Thus, we set
+
+     `buffer' to the compiled pattern;
+     `used' to the length of the compiled pattern;
+     `syntax' to RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED if the
+       REG_EXTENDED bit in CFLAGS is set; otherwise, to
+       RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC;
+     `newline_anchor' to REG_NEWLINE being set in CFLAGS;
+     `fastmap' to an allocated space for the fastmap;
+     `fastmap_accurate' to zero;
+     `re_nsub' to the number of subexpressions in PATTERN.
+
+   PATTERN is the address of the pattern string.
+
+   CFLAGS is a series of bits which affect compilation.
+
+     If REG_EXTENDED is set, we use POSIX extended syntax; otherwise, we
+     use POSIX basic syntax.
+
+     If REG_NEWLINE is set, then . and [^...] don't match newline.
+     Also, regexec will try a match beginning after every newline.
+
+     If REG_ICASE is set, then we considers upper- and lowercase
+     versions of letters to be equivalent when matching.
+
+     If REG_NOSUB is set, then when PREG is passed to regexec, that
+     routine will report only success or failure, and nothing about the
+     registers.
+
+   It returns 0 if it succeeds, nonzero if it doesn't.  (See regex.h for
+   the return codes and their meanings.)  */
+
+int
+regcomp (regex_t *preg, const char *pattern, int cflags)
+{
+  reg_errcode_t ret;
+  reg_syntax_t syntax
+    = (cflags & REG_EXTENDED) ?
+      RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED : RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC;
+
+  /* regex_compile will allocate the space for the compiled pattern.  */
+  preg->buffer = 0;
+  preg->allocated = 0;
+  preg->used = 0;
+
+  /* Try to allocate space for the fastmap.  */
+  preg->fastmap = malloc (1 << BYTEWIDTH);
+
+  if (cflags & REG_ICASE)
+    {
+      unsigned i;
+
+      preg->translate = malloc (CHAR_SET_SIZE
+				* sizeof (*(RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE)0));
+      if (preg->translate == NULL)
+        return (int) REG_ESPACE;
+
+      /* Map uppercase characters to corresponding lowercase ones.  */
+      for (i = 0; i < CHAR_SET_SIZE; i++)
+        preg->translate[i] = ISUPPER (i) ? TOLOWER (i) : i;
+    }
+  else
+    preg->translate = NULL;
+
+  /* If REG_NEWLINE is set, newlines are treated differently.  */
+  if (cflags & REG_NEWLINE)
+    { /* REG_NEWLINE implies neither . nor [^...] match newline.  */
+      syntax &= ~RE_DOT_NEWLINE;
+      syntax |= RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE;
+      /* It also changes the matching behavior.  */
+      preg->newline_anchor = 1;
+    }
+  else
+    preg->newline_anchor = 0;
+
+  preg->no_sub = !!(cflags & REG_NOSUB);
+
+  /* POSIX says a null character in the pattern terminates it, so we
+     can use strlen here in compiling the pattern.  */
+# ifdef MBS_SUPPORT
+  if (MB_CUR_MAX != 1)
+    ret = wcs_regex_compile (pattern, strlen (pattern), syntax, preg);
+  else
+# endif
+    ret = byte_regex_compile (pattern, strlen (pattern), syntax, preg);
+
+  /* POSIX doesn't distinguish between an unmatched open-group and an
+     unmatched close-group: both are REG_EPAREN.  */
+  if (ret == REG_ERPAREN) ret = REG_EPAREN;
+
+  if (ret == REG_NOERROR && preg->fastmap)
+    {
+      /* Compute the fastmap now, since regexec cannot modify the pattern
+	 buffer.  */
+      if (re_compile_fastmap (preg) == -2)
+	{
+	  /* Some error occurred while computing the fastmap, just forget
+	     about it.  */
+	  free (preg->fastmap);
+	  preg->fastmap = NULL;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return (int) ret;
+}
+#ifdef _LIBC
+weak_alias (__regcomp, regcomp)
+#endif
+
+
+/* regexec searches for a given pattern, specified by PREG, in the
+   string STRING.
+
+   If NMATCH is zero or REG_NOSUB was set in the cflags argument to
+   `regcomp', we ignore PMATCH.  Otherwise, we assume PMATCH has at
+   least NMATCH elements, and we set them to the offsets of the
+   corresponding matched substrings.
+
+   EFLAGS specifies `execution flags' which affect matching: if
+   REG_NOTBOL is set, then ^ does not match at the beginning of the
+   string; if REG_NOTEOL is set, then $ does not match at the end.
+
+   We return 0 if we find a match and REG_NOMATCH if not.  */
+
+int
+regexec (const regex_t *preg, const char *string,
+	 size_t nmatch, regmatch_t pmatch[], int eflags)
+{
+  int ret;
+  struct re_registers regs;
+  regex_t private_preg;
+  int len = strlen (string);
+  boolean want_reg_info = !preg->no_sub && nmatch > 0;
+
+  private_preg = *preg;
+
+  private_preg.not_bol = !!(eflags & REG_NOTBOL);
+  private_preg.not_eol = !!(eflags & REG_NOTEOL);
+
+  /* The user has told us exactly how many registers to return
+     information about, via `nmatch'.  We have to pass that on to the
+     matching routines.  */
+  private_preg.regs_allocated = REGS_FIXED;
+
+  if (want_reg_info)
+    {
+      regs.num_regs = nmatch;
+      regs.start = TALLOC (nmatch * 2, regoff_t);
+      if (regs.start == NULL)
+        return (int) REG_NOMATCH;
+      regs.end = regs.start + nmatch;
+    }
+
+  /* Perform the searching operation.  */
+  ret = re_search (&private_preg, string, len,
+                   /* start: */ 0, /* range: */ len,
+                   want_reg_info ? &regs : 0);
+
+  /* Copy the register information to the POSIX structure.  */
+  if (want_reg_info)
+    {
+      if (ret >= 0)
+        {
+          unsigned r;
+
+          for (r = 0; r < nmatch; r++)
+            {
+              pmatch[r].rm_so = regs.start[r];
+              pmatch[r].rm_eo = regs.end[r];
+            }
+        }
+
+      /* If we needed the temporary register info, free the space now.  */
+      free (regs.start);
+    }
+
+  /* We want zero return to mean success, unlike `re_search'.  */
+  return ret >= 0 ? (int) REG_NOERROR : (int) REG_NOMATCH;
+}
+#ifdef _LIBC
+weak_alias (__regexec, regexec)
+#endif
+
+
+/* Returns a message corresponding to an error code, ERRCODE, returned
+   from either regcomp or regexec.   We don't use PREG here.  */
+
+size_t
+regerror (int errcode, const regex_t *preg, char *errbuf, size_t errbuf_size)
+{
+  const char *msg;
+  size_t msg_size;
+
+  if (errcode < 0
+      || errcode >= (int) (sizeof (re_error_msgid_idx)
+			   / sizeof (re_error_msgid_idx[0])))
+    /* Only error codes returned by the rest of the code should be passed
+       to this routine.  If we are given anything else, or if other regex
+       code generates an invalid error code, then the program has a bug.
+       Dump core so we can fix it.  */
+    abort ();
+
+  msg = gettext (re_error_msgid + re_error_msgid_idx[errcode]);
+
+  msg_size = strlen (msg) + 1; /* Includes the null.  */
+
+  if (errbuf_size != 0)
+    {
+      if (msg_size > errbuf_size)
+        {
+#if defined HAVE_MEMPCPY || defined _LIBC
+	  *((char *) __mempcpy (errbuf, msg, errbuf_size - 1)) = '\0';
+#else
+          memcpy (errbuf, msg, errbuf_size - 1);
+          errbuf[errbuf_size - 1] = 0;
+#endif
+        }
+      else
+        memcpy (errbuf, msg, msg_size);
+    }
+
+  return msg_size;
+}
+#ifdef _LIBC
+weak_alias (__regerror, regerror)
+#endif
+
+
+/* Free dynamically allocated space used by PREG.  */
+
+void
+regfree (regex_t *preg)
+{
+  if (preg->buffer != NULL)
+    free (preg->buffer);
+  preg->buffer = NULL;
+
+  preg->allocated = 0;
+  preg->used = 0;
+
+  if (preg->fastmap != NULL)
+    free (preg->fastmap);
+  preg->fastmap = NULL;
+  preg->fastmap_accurate = 0;
+
+  if (preg->translate != NULL)
+    free (preg->translate);
+  preg->translate = NULL;
+}
+#ifdef _LIBC
+weak_alias (__regfree, regfree)
+#endif
+
+#endif /* not emacs  */
+
+#endif /* not INSIDE_RECURSION */
+
+
+#undef STORE_NUMBER
+#undef STORE_NUMBER_AND_INCR
+#undef EXTRACT_NUMBER
+#undef EXTRACT_NUMBER_AND_INCR
+
+#undef DEBUG_PRINT_COMPILED_PATTERN
+#undef DEBUG_PRINT_DOUBLE_STRING
+
+#undef INIT_FAIL_STACK
+#undef RESET_FAIL_STACK
+#undef DOUBLE_FAIL_STACK
+#undef PUSH_PATTERN_OP
+#undef PUSH_FAILURE_POINTER
+#undef PUSH_FAILURE_INT
+#undef PUSH_FAILURE_ELT
+#undef POP_FAILURE_POINTER
+#undef POP_FAILURE_INT
+#undef POP_FAILURE_ELT
+#undef DEBUG_PUSH
+#undef DEBUG_POP
+#undef PUSH_FAILURE_POINT
+#undef POP_FAILURE_POINT
+
+#undef REG_UNSET_VALUE
+#undef REG_UNSET
+
+#undef PATFETCH
+#undef PATFETCH_RAW
+#undef PATUNFETCH
+#undef TRANSLATE
+
+#undef INIT_BUF_SIZE
+#undef GET_BUFFER_SPACE
+#undef BUF_PUSH
+#undef BUF_PUSH_2
+#undef BUF_PUSH_3
+#undef STORE_JUMP
+#undef STORE_JUMP2
+#undef INSERT_JUMP
+#undef INSERT_JUMP2
+#undef EXTEND_BUFFER
+#undef GET_UNSIGNED_NUMBER
+#undef FREE_STACK_RETURN
+
+# undef POINTER_TO_OFFSET
+# undef MATCHING_IN_FRST_STRING
+# undef PREFETCH
+# undef AT_STRINGS_BEG
+# undef AT_STRINGS_END
+# undef WORDCHAR_P
+# undef FREE_VAR
+# undef FREE_VARIABLES
+# undef NO_HIGHEST_ACTIVE_REG
+# undef NO_LOWEST_ACTIVE_REG
+
+# undef CHAR_T
+# undef UCHAR_T
+# undef COMPILED_BUFFER_VAR
+# undef OFFSET_ADDRESS_SIZE
+# undef CHAR_CLASS_SIZE
+# undef PREFIX
+# undef ARG_PREFIX
+# undef PUT_CHAR
+# undef BYTE
+# undef WCHAR
+
+# define DEFINED_ONCE
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/regex.h b/contrib/diff/lib/regex.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b4bbc01
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/regex.h
@@ -0,0 +1,556 @@
+/* Definitions for data structures and routines for the regular
+   expression library.
+   Copyright (C) 1985,1989-93,1995-98,2000,2001,2002,2003
+   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _REGEX_H
+#define _REGEX_H 1
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+/* Allow the use in C++ code.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* POSIX says that <sys/types.h> must be included (by the caller) before
+   <regex.h>.  */
+
+#if !defined _POSIX_C_SOURCE && !defined _POSIX_SOURCE && defined VMS
+/* VMS doesn't have `size_t' in <sys/types.h>, even though POSIX says it
+   should be there.  */
+# include <stddef.h>
+#endif
+
+/* The following two types have to be signed and unsigned integer type
+   wide enough to hold a value of a pointer.  For most ANSI compilers
+   ptrdiff_t and size_t should be likely OK.  Still size of these two
+   types is 2 for Microsoft C.  Ugh... */
+typedef long int s_reg_t;
+typedef unsigned long int active_reg_t;
+
+/* The following bits are used to determine the regexp syntax we
+   recognize.  The set/not-set meanings are chosen so that Emacs syntax
+   remains the value 0.  The bits are given in alphabetical order, and
+   the definitions shifted by one from the previous bit; thus, when we
+   add or remove a bit, only one other definition need change.  */
+typedef unsigned long int reg_syntax_t;
+
+/* If this bit is not set, then \ inside a bracket expression is literal.
+   If set, then such a \ quotes the following character.  */
+#define RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS ((unsigned long int) 1)
+
+/* If this bit is not set, then + and ? are operators, and \+ and \? are
+     literals.
+   If set, then \+ and \? are operators and + and ? are literals.  */
+#define RE_BK_PLUS_QM (RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then character classes are supported.  They are:
+     [:alpha:], [:upper:], [:lower:],  [:digit:], [:alnum:], [:xdigit:],
+     [:space:], [:print:], [:punct:], [:graph:], and [:cntrl:].
+   If not set, then character classes are not supported.  */
+#define RE_CHAR_CLASSES (RE_BK_PLUS_QM << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then ^ and $ are always anchors (outside bracket
+     expressions, of course).
+   If this bit is not set, then it depends:
+        ^  is an anchor if it is at the beginning of a regular
+           expression or after an open-group or an alternation operator;
+        $  is an anchor if it is at the end of a regular expression, or
+           before a close-group or an alternation operator.
+
+   This bit could be (re)combined with RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS, because
+   POSIX draft 11.2 says that * etc. in leading positions is undefined.
+   We already implemented a previous draft which made those constructs
+   invalid, though, so we haven't changed the code back.  */
+#define RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS (RE_CHAR_CLASSES << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then special characters are always special
+     regardless of where they are in the pattern.
+   If this bit is not set, then special characters are special only in
+     some contexts; otherwise they are ordinary.  Specifically,
+     * + ? and intervals are only special when not after the beginning,
+     open-group, or alternation operator.  */
+#define RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS (RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then *, +, ?, and { cannot be first in an re or
+     immediately after an alternation or begin-group operator.  */
+#define RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS (RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then . matches newline.
+   If not set, then it doesn't.  */
+#define RE_DOT_NEWLINE (RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then . doesn't match NUL.
+   If not set, then it does.  */
+#define RE_DOT_NOT_NULL (RE_DOT_NEWLINE << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, nonmatching lists [^...] do not match newline.
+   If not set, they do.  */
+#define RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE (RE_DOT_NOT_NULL << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, either \{...\} or {...} defines an
+     interval, depending on RE_NO_BK_BRACES.
+   If not set, \{, \}, {, and } are literals.  */
+#define RE_INTERVALS (RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, +, ? and | aren't recognized as operators.
+   If not set, they are.  */
+#define RE_LIMITED_OPS (RE_INTERVALS << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, newline is an alternation operator.
+   If not set, newline is literal.  */
+#define RE_NEWLINE_ALT (RE_LIMITED_OPS << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then `{...}' defines an interval, and \{ and \}
+     are literals.
+  If not set, then `\{...\}' defines an interval.  */
+#define RE_NO_BK_BRACES (RE_NEWLINE_ALT << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, (...) defines a group, and \( and \) are literals.
+   If not set, \(...\) defines a group, and ( and ) are literals.  */
+#define RE_NO_BK_PARENS (RE_NO_BK_BRACES << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then \<digit> matches <digit>.
+   If not set, then \<digit> is a back-reference.  */
+#define RE_NO_BK_REFS (RE_NO_BK_PARENS << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then | is an alternation operator, and \| is literal.
+   If not set, then \| is an alternation operator, and | is literal.  */
+#define RE_NO_BK_VBAR (RE_NO_BK_REFS << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then an ending range point collating higher
+     than the starting range point, as in [z-a], is invalid.
+   If not set, then when ending range point collates higher than the
+     starting range point, the range is ignored.  */
+#define RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES (RE_NO_BK_VBAR << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then an unmatched ) is ordinary.
+   If not set, then an unmatched ) is invalid.  */
+#define RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD (RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, succeed as soon as we match the whole pattern,
+   without further backtracking.  */
+#define RE_NO_POSIX_BACKTRACKING (RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, do not process the GNU regex operators.
+   If not set, then the GNU regex operators are recognized. */
+#define RE_NO_GNU_OPS (RE_NO_POSIX_BACKTRACKING << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, turn on internal regex debugging.
+   If not set, and debugging was on, turn it off.
+   This only works if regex.c is compiled -DDEBUG.
+   We define this bit always, so that all that's needed to turn on
+   debugging is to recompile regex.c; the calling code can always have
+   this bit set, and it won't affect anything in the normal case. */
+#define RE_DEBUG (RE_NO_GNU_OPS << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, a syntactically invalid interval is treated as
+   a string of ordinary characters.  For example, the ERE 'a{1' is
+   treated as 'a\{1'.  */
+#define RE_INVALID_INTERVAL_ORD (RE_DEBUG << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then ignore case when matching.
+   If not set, then case is significant.  */
+#define RE_ICASE (RE_INVALID_INTERVAL_ORD << 1)
+
+/* This global variable defines the particular regexp syntax to use (for
+   some interfaces).  When a regexp is compiled, the syntax used is
+   stored in the pattern buffer, so changing this does not affect
+   already-compiled regexps.  */
+extern reg_syntax_t re_syntax_options;
+
+/* Define combinations of the above bits for the standard possibilities.
+   (The [[[ comments delimit what gets put into the Texinfo file, so
+   don't delete them!)  */
+/* [[[begin syntaxes]]] */
+#define RE_SYNTAX_EMACS 0
+
+#define RE_SYNTAX_AWK							\
+  (RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS   | RE_DOT_NOT_NULL			\
+   | RE_NO_BK_PARENS              | RE_NO_BK_REFS			\
+   | RE_NO_BK_VBAR                | RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES			\
+   | RE_DOT_NEWLINE		  | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS		\
+   | RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD | RE_NO_GNU_OPS)
+
+#define RE_SYNTAX_GNU_AWK						\
+  ((RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED | RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS | RE_DEBUG)	\
+   & ~(RE_DOT_NOT_NULL | RE_INTERVALS | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS		\
+       | RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS ))
+
+#define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_AWK 						\
+  (RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED | RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS		\
+   | RE_INTERVALS	    | RE_NO_GNU_OPS)
+
+#define RE_SYNTAX_GREP							\
+  (RE_BK_PLUS_QM              | RE_CHAR_CLASSES				\
+   | RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE | RE_INTERVALS				\
+   | RE_NEWLINE_ALT)
+
+#define RE_SYNTAX_EGREP							\
+  (RE_CHAR_CLASSES        | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS			\
+   | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS | RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE			\
+   | RE_NEWLINE_ALT       | RE_NO_BK_PARENS				\
+   | RE_NO_BK_VBAR)
+
+#define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EGREP						\
+  (RE_SYNTAX_EGREP | RE_INTERVALS | RE_NO_BK_BRACES			\
+   | RE_INVALID_INTERVAL_ORD)
+
+/* P1003.2/D11.2, section 4.20.7.1, lines 5078ff.  */
+#define RE_SYNTAX_ED RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC
+
+#define RE_SYNTAX_SED RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC
+
+/* Syntax bits common to both basic and extended POSIX regex syntax.  */
+#define _RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON						\
+  (RE_CHAR_CLASSES | RE_DOT_NEWLINE      | RE_DOT_NOT_NULL		\
+   | RE_INTERVALS  | RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES)
+
+#define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_BASIC						\
+  (_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON | RE_BK_PLUS_QM)
+
+/* Differs from ..._POSIX_BASIC only in that RE_BK_PLUS_QM becomes
+   RE_LIMITED_OPS, i.e., \? \+ \| are not recognized.  Actually, this
+   isn't minimal, since other operators, such as \`, aren't disabled.  */
+#define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_MINIMAL_BASIC					\
+  (_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON | RE_LIMITED_OPS)
+
+#define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED					\
+  (_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON  | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS			\
+   | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS   | RE_NO_BK_BRACES				\
+   | RE_NO_BK_PARENS        | RE_NO_BK_VBAR				\
+   | RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS | RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD)
+
+/* Differs from ..._POSIX_EXTENDED in that RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS is
+   removed and RE_NO_BK_REFS is added.  */
+#define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_MINIMAL_EXTENDED				\
+  (_RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_COMMON  | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS			\
+   | RE_CONTEXT_INVALID_OPS | RE_NO_BK_BRACES				\
+   | RE_NO_BK_PARENS        | RE_NO_BK_REFS				\
+   | RE_NO_BK_VBAR	    | RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD)
+/* [[[end syntaxes]]] */
+
+/* Maximum number of duplicates an interval can allow.  Some systems
+   (erroneously) define this in other header files, but we want our
+   value, so remove any previous define.  */
+#ifdef RE_DUP_MAX
+# undef RE_DUP_MAX
+#endif
+/* If sizeof(int) == 2, then ((1 << 15) - 1) overflows.  */
+#define RE_DUP_MAX (0x7fff)
+
+
+/* POSIX `cflags' bits (i.e., information for `regcomp').  */
+
+/* If this bit is set, then use extended regular expression syntax.
+   If not set, then use basic regular expression syntax.  */
+#define REG_EXTENDED 1
+
+/* If this bit is set, then ignore case when matching.
+   If not set, then case is significant.  */
+#define REG_ICASE (REG_EXTENDED << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then anchors do not match at newline
+     characters in the string.
+   If not set, then anchors do match at newlines.  */
+#define REG_NEWLINE (REG_ICASE << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, then report only success or fail in regexec.
+   If not set, then returns differ between not matching and errors.  */
+#define REG_NOSUB (REG_NEWLINE << 1)
+
+
+/* POSIX `eflags' bits (i.e., information for regexec).  */
+
+/* If this bit is set, then the beginning-of-line operator doesn't match
+     the beginning of the string (presumably because it's not the
+     beginning of a line).
+   If not set, then the beginning-of-line operator does match the
+     beginning of the string.  */
+#define REG_NOTBOL 1
+
+/* Like REG_NOTBOL, except for the end-of-line.  */
+#define REG_NOTEOL (1 << 1)
+
+
+/* If any error codes are removed, changed, or added, update the
+   `re_error_msg' table in regex.c.  */
+typedef enum
+{
+#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE
+  REG_ENOSYS = -1,	/* This will never happen for this implementation.  */
+#endif
+
+  REG_NOERROR = 0,	/* Success.  */
+  REG_NOMATCH,		/* Didn't find a match (for regexec).  */
+
+  /* POSIX regcomp return error codes.  (In the order listed in the
+     standard.)  */
+  REG_BADPAT,		/* Invalid pattern.  */
+  REG_ECOLLATE,		/* Not implemented.  */
+  REG_ECTYPE,		/* Invalid character class name.  */
+  REG_EESCAPE,		/* Trailing backslash.  */
+  REG_ESUBREG,		/* Invalid back reference.  */
+  REG_EBRACK,		/* Unmatched left bracket.  */
+  REG_EPAREN,		/* Parenthesis imbalance.  */
+  REG_EBRACE,		/* Unmatched \{.  */
+  REG_BADBR,		/* Invalid contents of \{\}.  */
+  REG_ERANGE,		/* Invalid range end.  */
+  REG_ESPACE,		/* Ran out of memory.  */
+  REG_BADRPT,		/* No preceding re for repetition op.  */
+
+  /* Error codes we've added.  */
+  REG_EEND,		/* Premature end.  */
+  REG_ESIZE,		/* Compiled pattern bigger than 2^16 bytes.  */
+  REG_ERPAREN		/* Unmatched ) or \); not returned from regcomp.  */
+} reg_errcode_t;
+
+/* This data structure represents a compiled pattern.  Before calling
+   the pattern compiler, the fields `buffer', `allocated', `fastmap',
+   `translate', and `no_sub' can be set.  After the pattern has been
+   compiled, the `re_nsub' field is available.  All other fields are
+   private to the regex routines.  */
+
+#ifndef RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE
+# define RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE char *
+#endif
+
+struct re_pattern_buffer
+{
+/* [[[begin pattern_buffer]]] */
+	/* Space that holds the compiled pattern.  It is declared as
+          `unsigned char *' because its elements are
+           sometimes used as array indexes.  */
+  unsigned char *buffer;
+
+	/* Number of bytes to which `buffer' points.  */
+  unsigned long int allocated;
+
+	/* Number of bytes actually used in `buffer'.  */
+  unsigned long int used;
+
+        /* Syntax setting with which the pattern was compiled.  */
+  reg_syntax_t syntax;
+
+        /* Pointer to a fastmap, if any, otherwise zero.  re_search uses
+           the fastmap, if there is one, to skip over impossible
+           starting points for matches.  */
+  char *fastmap;
+
+        /* Either a translate table to apply to all characters before
+           comparing them, or zero for no translation.  The translation
+           is applied to a pattern when it is compiled and to a string
+           when it is matched.  */
+  RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE translate;
+
+	/* Number of subexpressions found by the compiler.  */
+  size_t re_nsub;
+
+        /* Zero if this pattern cannot match the empty string, one else.
+           Well, in truth it's used only in `re_search_2', to see
+           whether or not we should use the fastmap, so we don't set
+           this absolutely perfectly; see `re_compile_fastmap' (the
+           `duplicate' case).  */
+  unsigned can_be_null : 1;
+
+        /* If REGS_UNALLOCATED, allocate space in the `regs' structure
+             for `max (RE_NREGS, re_nsub + 1)' groups.
+           If REGS_REALLOCATE, reallocate space if necessary.
+           If REGS_FIXED, use what's there.  */
+#define REGS_UNALLOCATED 0
+#define REGS_REALLOCATE 1
+#define REGS_FIXED 2
+  unsigned regs_allocated : 2;
+
+        /* Set to zero when `regex_compile' compiles a pattern; set to one
+           by `re_compile_fastmap' if it updates the fastmap.  */
+  unsigned fastmap_accurate : 1;
+
+        /* If set, `re_match_2' does not return information about
+           subexpressions.  */
+  unsigned no_sub : 1;
+
+        /* If set, a beginning-of-line anchor doesn't match at the
+           beginning of the string.  */
+  unsigned not_bol : 1;
+
+        /* Similarly for an end-of-line anchor.  */
+  unsigned not_eol : 1;
+
+        /* If true, an anchor at a newline matches.  */
+  unsigned newline_anchor : 1;
+
+/* [[[end pattern_buffer]]] */
+};
+
+typedef struct re_pattern_buffer regex_t;
+
+/* Type for byte offsets within the string.  POSIX mandates this.  */
+typedef int regoff_t;
+
+
+/* This is the structure we store register match data in.  See
+   regex.texinfo for a full description of what registers match.  */
+struct re_registers
+{
+  unsigned num_regs;
+  regoff_t *start;
+  regoff_t *end;
+};
+
+
+/* If `regs_allocated' is REGS_UNALLOCATED in the pattern buffer,
+   `re_match_2' returns information about at least this many registers
+   the first time a `regs' structure is passed.  */
+#ifndef RE_NREGS
+# define RE_NREGS 30
+#endif
+
+
+/* POSIX specification for registers.  Aside from the different names than
+   `re_registers', POSIX uses an array of structures, instead of a
+   structure of arrays.  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  regoff_t rm_so;  /* Byte offset from string's start to substring's start.  */
+  regoff_t rm_eo;  /* Byte offset from string's start to substring's end.  */
+} regmatch_t;
+
+/* Declarations for routines.  */
+
+/* Sets the current default syntax to SYNTAX, and return the old syntax.
+   You can also simply assign to the `re_syntax_options' variable.  */
+extern reg_syntax_t re_set_syntax (reg_syntax_t syntax);
+
+/* Compile the regular expression PATTERN, with length LENGTH
+   and syntax given by the global `re_syntax_options', into the buffer
+   BUFFER.  Return NULL if successful, and an error string if not.  */
+extern const char *re_compile_pattern (const char *pattern, size_t length,
+				       struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer);
+
+
+/* Compile a fastmap for the compiled pattern in BUFFER; used to
+   accelerate searches.  Return 0 if successful and -2 if was an
+   internal error.  */
+extern int re_compile_fastmap (struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer);
+
+
+/* Search in the string STRING (with length LENGTH) for the pattern
+   compiled into BUFFER.  Start searching at position START, for RANGE
+   characters.  Return the starting position of the match, -1 for no
+   match, or -2 for an internal error.  Also return register
+   information in REGS (if REGS and BUFFER->no_sub are nonzero).  */
+extern int re_search (struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, const char *string,
+		      int length, int start, int range,
+		      struct re_registers *regs);
+
+
+/* Like `re_search', but search in the concatenation of STRING1 and
+   STRING2.  Also, stop searching at index START + STOP.  */
+extern int re_search_2 (struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, const char *string1,
+			int length1, const char *string2, int length2,
+			int start, int range, struct re_registers *regs,
+			int stop);
+
+
+/* Like `re_search', but return how many characters in STRING the regexp
+   in BUFFER matched, starting at position START.  */
+extern int re_match (struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, const char *string,
+		     int length, int start, struct re_registers *regs);
+
+
+/* Relates to `re_match' as `re_search_2' relates to `re_search'.  */
+extern int re_match_2 (struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, const char *string1,
+		       int length1, const char *string2, int length2,
+		       int start, struct re_registers *regs, int stop);
+
+
+/* Set REGS to hold NUM_REGS registers, storing them in STARTS and
+   ENDS.  Subsequent matches using BUFFER and REGS will use this memory
+   for recording register information.  STARTS and ENDS must be
+   allocated with malloc, and must each be at least `NUM_REGS * sizeof
+   (regoff_t)' bytes long.
+
+   If NUM_REGS == 0, then subsequent matches should allocate their own
+   register data.
+
+   Unless this function is called, the first search or match using
+   PATTERN_BUFFER will allocate its own register data, without
+   freeing the old data.  */
+extern void re_set_registers (struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer,
+			      struct re_registers *regs, unsigned num_regs,
+			      regoff_t *starts, regoff_t *ends);
+
+#if defined _REGEX_RE_COMP || defined _LIBC
+# ifndef _CRAY
+/* 4.2 bsd compatibility.  */
+extern char *re_comp (const char *);
+extern int re_exec (const char *);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* GCC 2.95 and later have "__restrict"; C99 compilers have
+   "restrict", and "configure" may have defined "restrict".  */
+#ifndef __restrict
+# if ! (2 < __GNUC__ || (2 == __GNUC__ && 95 <= __GNUC_MINOR__))
+#  if defined restrict || 199901L <= __STDC_VERSION__
+#   define __restrict restrict
+#  else
+#   define __restrict
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+/* gcc 3.1 and up support the [restrict] syntax.  */
+#ifndef __restrict_arr
+# if __GNUC__ > 3 || (__GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 1)
+#  define __restrict_arr __restrict
+# else
+#  define __restrict_arr
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* POSIX compatibility.  */
+extern int regcomp (regex_t *__restrict __preg,
+		    const char *__restrict __pattern,
+		    int __cflags);
+
+extern int regexec (const regex_t *__restrict __preg,
+		    const char *__restrict __string, size_t __nmatch,
+		    regmatch_t __pmatch[__restrict_arr],
+		    int __eflags);
+
+extern size_t regerror (int __errcode, const regex_t *__preg,
+			char *__errbuf, size_t __errbuf_size);
+
+extern void regfree (regex_t *__preg);
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif	/* C++ */
+
+#endif /* regex.h */
+
+/*
+Local variables:
+make-backup-files: t
+version-control: t
+trim-versions-without-asking: nil
+End:
+*/
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/setmode.c b/contrib/diff/lib/setmode.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b2b93a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/setmode.c
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+/* Set a file descriptor's mode to binary or to text.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2001, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; see the file COPYING.
+   If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_STDBOOL_H
+# include <stdbool.h>
+#else
+typedef enum {false = 0, true = 1} bool;
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_SETMODE_DOS
+# include <io.h>
+# if HAVE_FCNTL_H
+#  include <fcntl.h>
+# endif
+# if HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#  include <unistd.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include "setmode.h"
+#undef set_binary_mode
+
+#ifndef __attribute__
+# if __GNUC__ < 3 || __STRICT_ANSI__
+#  define __attribute__(x)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Set the binary mode of FD to MODE, returning its previous mode.
+   MODE is 1 for binary and 0 for text.  If setting the mode might
+   cause problems, ignore the request and return MODE.  Always return
+   1 on POSIX platforms, which do not distinguish between text and
+   binary.  */
+
+#if HAVE_SETMODE_DOS
+bool
+set_binary_mode (int fd, bool mode)
+{
+  if (isatty (fd))
+    return mode;
+  return setmode (fd, mode ? O_BINARY : O_TEXT) != O_TEXT;
+}
+#else
+static char dummy;
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/setmode.h b/contrib/diff/lib/setmode.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8381d12
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/setmode.h
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+/* Set a file descriptor's mode to binary or to text.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2001, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; see the file COPYING.
+   If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>  */
+
+#ifndef set_binary_mode
+bool set_binary_mode (int, bool);
+# if ! HAVE_SETMODE_DOS
+#  define set_binary_mode(fd, mode) true
+# endif
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/stdbool_.h b/contrib/diff/lib/stdbool_.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e33715a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/stdbool_.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>, 2001.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _STDBOOL_H
+#define _STDBOOL_H
+
+/* ISO C 99 <stdbool.h> for platforms that lack it.  */
+
+/* Usage suggestions:
+
+   Programs that use <stdbool.h> should be aware of some limitations
+   and standards compliance issues.
+
+   Standards compliance:
+
+       - <stdbool.h> must be #included before 'bool', 'false', 'true'
+         can be used.
+
+       - You cannot assume that sizeof (bool) == 1.
+
+       - Programs should not undefine the macros bool, true, and false,
+         as C99 lists that as an "obsolescent feature".
+
+   Limitations of this substitute, when used in a C89 environment:
+
+       - <stdbool.h> must be #included before the '_Bool' type can be used.
+
+       - You cannot assume that _Bool is a typedef; it might be a macro.
+
+       - In C99, casts and automatic conversions to '_Bool' or 'bool' are
+         performed in such a way that every nonzero value gets converted
+         to 'true', and zero gets converted to 'false'.  This doesn't work
+         with this substitute.  With this substitute, only the values 0 and 1
+         give the expected result when converted to _Bool' or 'bool'.
+
+   Also, it is suggested that programs use 'bool' rather than '_Bool';
+   this isn't required, but 'bool' is more common.  */
+
+
+/* 7.16. Boolean type and values */
+
+/* BeOS <sys/socket.h> already #defines false 0, true 1.  We use the same
+   definitions below, but temporarily we have to #undef them.  */
+#ifdef __BEOS__
+# include <OS.h> /* defines bool but not _Bool */
+# undef false
+# undef true
+#endif
+
+/* For the sake of symbolic names in gdb, we define true and false as
+   enum constants, not only as macros.
+   It is tempting to write
+      typedef enum { false = 0, true = 1 } _Bool;
+   so that gdb prints values of type 'bool' symbolically. But if we do
+   this, values of type '_Bool' may promote to 'int' or 'unsigned int'
+   (see ISO C 99 6.7.2.2.(4)); however, '_Bool' must promote to 'int'
+   (see ISO C 99 6.3.1.1.(2)).  So we add a negative value to the
+   enum; this ensures that '_Bool' promotes to 'int'.  */
+#if !(defined __cplusplus || defined __BEOS__)
+# if !@HAVE__BOOL@
+#  if defined __SUNPRO_C && (__SUNPRO_C < 0x550 || __STDC__ == 1)
+    /* Avoid stupid "warning: _Bool is a keyword in ISO C99".  */
+#   define _Bool signed char
+enum { false = 0, true = 1 };
+#  else
+typedef enum { _Bool_must_promote_to_int = -1, false = 0, true = 1 } _Bool;
+#  endif
+# endif
+#else
+typedef bool _Bool;
+#endif
+#define bool _Bool
+
+/* The other macros must be usable in preprocessor directives.  */
+#define false 0
+#define true 1
+#define __bool_true_false_are_defined 1
+
+#endif /* _STDBOOL_H */
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/strcase.h b/contrib/diff/lib/strcase.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f17e648
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/strcase.h
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+/* Case-insensitive string comparison functions.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1996, 2001, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _STRCASE_H
+#define _STRCASE_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/* Compare strings S1 and S2, ignoring case, returning less than, equal to or
+   greater than zero if S1 is lexicographically less than, equal to or greater
+   than S2.
+   Note: This function does not work correctly in multibyte locales.  */
+extern int strcasecmp (const char *s1, const char *s2);
+
+/* Compare no more than N characters of strings S1 and S2, ignoring case,
+   returning less than, equal to or greater than zero if S1 is
+   lexicographically less than, equal to or greater than S2.
+   Note: This function can not work correctly in multibyte locales.  */
+extern int strncasecmp (const char *s1, const char *s2, size_t n);
+
+#endif /* _STRCASE_H */
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/strcasecmp.c b/contrib/diff/lib/strcasecmp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cf4ab88
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/strcasecmp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/* strcasecmp.c -- case insensitive string comparator
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef LENGTH_LIMIT
+# define STRXCASECMP_FUNCTION strncasecmp
+# define STRXCASECMP_DECLARE_N , size_t n
+# define LENGTH_LIMIT_EXPR(Expr) Expr
+#else
+# define STRXCASECMP_FUNCTION strcasecmp
+# define STRXCASECMP_DECLARE_N /* empty */
+# define LENGTH_LIMIT_EXPR(Expr) 0
+#endif
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#define TOLOWER(Ch) (isupper (Ch) ? tolower (Ch) : (Ch))
+
+/* Compare {{no more than N characters of }}strings S1 and S2,
+   ignoring case, returning less than, equal to or
+   greater than zero if S1 is lexicographically less
+   than, equal to or greater than S2.  */
+
+int
+STRXCASECMP_FUNCTION (const char *s1, const char *s2 STRXCASECMP_DECLARE_N)
+{
+  register const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) s1;
+  register const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) s2;
+  unsigned char c1, c2;
+
+  if (p1 == p2 || LENGTH_LIMIT_EXPR (n == 0))
+    return 0;
+
+  do
+    {
+      c1 = TOLOWER (*p1);
+      c2 = TOLOWER (*p2);
+
+      if (LENGTH_LIMIT_EXPR (--n == 0) || c1 == '\0')
+	break;
+
+      ++p1;
+      ++p2;
+    }
+  while (c1 == c2);
+
+  return c1 - c2;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/strftime.c b/contrib/diff/lib/strftime.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dccbaf7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/strftime.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1330 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1991-1999, 2000, 2001, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
+   Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define HAVE_MBLEN 1
+# define HAVE_MBRLEN 1
+# define HAVE_STRUCT_ERA_ENTRY 1
+# define HAVE_TM_GMTOFF 1
+# define HAVE_TM_ZONE 1
+# define HAVE_TZNAME 1
+# define HAVE_TZSET 1
+# define MULTIBYTE_IS_FORMAT_SAFE 1
+# include "../locale/localeinfo.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>		/* Some systems define `time_t' here.  */
+
+#ifdef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
+# include <sys/time.h>
+# include <time.h>
+#else
+# ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
+#  include <sys/time.h>
+# else
+#  include <time.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+#if HAVE_TZNAME
+extern char *tzname[];
+#endif
+
+/* Do multibyte processing if multibytes are supported, unless
+   multibyte sequences are safe in formats.  Multibyte sequences are
+   safe if they cannot contain byte sequences that look like format
+   conversion specifications.  The GNU C Library uses UTF8 multibyte
+   encoding, which is safe for formats, but strftime.c can be used
+   with other C libraries that use unsafe encodings.  */
+#define DO_MULTIBYTE (HAVE_MBLEN && ! MULTIBYTE_IS_FORMAT_SAFE)
+
+#if DO_MULTIBYTE
+# if HAVE_MBRLEN
+#  include <wchar.h>
+# else
+   /* Simulate mbrlen with mblen as best we can.  */
+#  define mbstate_t int
+#  define mbrlen(s, n, ps) mblen (s, n)
+#  define mbsinit(ps) (*(ps) == 0)
+# endif
+  static const mbstate_t mbstate_zero;
+#endif
+
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#ifdef COMPILE_WIDE
+# include <endian.h>
+# define CHAR_T wchar_t
+# define UCHAR_T unsigned int
+# define L_(Str) L##Str
+# define NLW(Sym) _NL_W##Sym
+
+# define MEMCPY(d, s, n) __wmemcpy (d, s, n)
+# define STRLEN(s) __wcslen (s)
+
+#else
+# define CHAR_T char
+# define UCHAR_T unsigned char
+# define L_(Str) Str
+# define NLW(Sym) Sym
+
+# define MEMCPY(d, s, n) memcpy (d, s, n)
+# define STRLEN(s) strlen (s)
+
+# ifdef _LIBC
+#  define MEMPCPY(d, s, n) __mempcpy (d, s, n)
+# else
+#  ifndef HAVE_MEMPCPY
+#   define MEMPCPY(d, s, n) ((void *) ((char *) memcpy (d, s, n) + (n)))
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#define TYPE_SIGNED(t) ((t) -1 < 0)
+
+/* Bound on length of the string representing an integer value of type t.
+   Subtract one for the sign bit if t is signed;
+   302 / 1000 is log10 (2) rounded up;
+   add one for integer division truncation;
+   add one more for a minus sign if t is signed.  */
+#define INT_STRLEN_BOUND(t) \
+ ((sizeof (t) * CHAR_BIT - TYPE_SIGNED (t)) * 302 / 1000 + 1 + TYPE_SIGNED (t))
+
+#define TM_YEAR_BASE 1900
+
+#ifndef __isleap
+/* Nonzero if YEAR is a leap year (every 4 years,
+   except every 100th isn't, and every 400th is).  */
+# define __isleap(year)	\
+  ((year) % 4 == 0 && ((year) % 100 != 0 || (year) % 400 == 0))
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define tzname __tzname
+# define tzset __tzset
+#endif
+
+#if !HAVE_TM_GMTOFF
+/* Portable standalone applications should supply a "time_r.h" that
+   declares a POSIX-compliant localtime_r, for the benefit of older
+   implementations that lack localtime_r or have a nonstandard one.
+   See the gnulib time_r module for one way to implement this.  */
+# include "time_r.h"
+# undef __gmtime_r
+# undef __localtime_r
+# define __gmtime_r gmtime_r
+# define __localtime_r localtime_r
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef COMPILE_WIDE
+# define memset_space(P, Len) (wmemset (P, L' ', Len), (P) += (Len))
+# define memset_zero(P, Len) (wmemset (P, L'0', Len), (P) += (Len))
+#else
+# define memset_space(P, Len) (memset (P, ' ', Len), (P) += (Len))
+# define memset_zero(P, Len) (memset (P, '0', Len), (P) += (Len))
+#endif
+
+#define add(n, f)							      \
+  do									      \
+    {									      \
+      int _n = (n);							      \
+      int _delta = width - _n;						      \
+      int _incr = _n + (_delta > 0 ? _delta : 0);			      \
+      if ((size_t) _incr >= maxsize - i)				      \
+	return 0;							      \
+      if (p)								      \
+	{								      \
+	  if (_delta > 0)						      \
+	    {								      \
+	      if (pad == L_('0'))					      \
+		memset_zero (p, _delta);				      \
+	      else							      \
+		memset_space (p, _delta);				      \
+	    }								      \
+	  f;								      \
+	  p += _n;							      \
+	}								      \
+      i += _incr;							      \
+    } while (0)
+
+#define cpy(n, s) \
+    add ((n),								      \
+	 if (to_lowcase)						      \
+	   memcpy_lowcase (p, (s), _n LOCALE_ARG);			      \
+	 else if (to_uppcase)						      \
+	   memcpy_uppcase (p, (s), _n LOCALE_ARG);			      \
+	 else								      \
+	   MEMCPY ((void *) p, (void const *) (s), _n))
+
+#ifdef COMPILE_WIDE
+# ifndef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL
+#  undef __mbsrtowcs_l
+#  define __mbsrtowcs_l(d, s, l, st, loc) __mbsrtowcs (d, s, l, st)
+# endif
+# define widen(os, ws, l) \
+  {									      \
+    mbstate_t __st;							      \
+    const char *__s = os;						      \
+    memset (&__st, '\0', sizeof (__st));				      \
+    l = __mbsrtowcs_l (NULL, &__s, 0, &__st, loc);			      \
+    ws = (wchar_t *) alloca ((l + 1) * sizeof (wchar_t));		      \
+    (void) __mbsrtowcs_l (ws, &__s, l, &__st, loc);			      \
+  }
+#endif
+
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL
+/* We use this code also for the extended locale handling where the
+   function gets as an additional argument the locale which has to be
+   used.  To access the values we have to redefine the _NL_CURRENT
+   macro.  */
+# define strftime		__strftime_l
+# define wcsftime		__wcsftime_l
+# undef _NL_CURRENT
+# define _NL_CURRENT(category, item) \
+  (current->values[_NL_ITEM_INDEX (item)].string)
+# define LOCALE_ARG , loc
+# define LOCALE_PARAM_PROTO , __locale_t loc
+# define HELPER_LOCALE_ARG  , current
+#else
+# define LOCALE_PARAM_PROTO
+# define LOCALE_ARG
+# ifdef _LIBC
+#  define HELPER_LOCALE_ARG , _NL_CURRENT_DATA (LC_TIME)
+# else
+#  define HELPER_LOCALE_ARG
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef COMPILE_WIDE
+# ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL
+#  define TOUPPER(Ch, L) __towupper_l (Ch, L)
+#  define TOLOWER(Ch, L) __towlower_l (Ch, L)
+# else
+#  define TOUPPER(Ch, L) towupper (Ch)
+#  define TOLOWER(Ch, L) towlower (Ch)
+# endif
+#else
+# ifdef _LIBC
+#  ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL
+#   define TOUPPER(Ch, L) __toupper_l (Ch, L)
+#   define TOLOWER(Ch, L) __tolower_l (Ch, L)
+#  else
+#   define TOUPPER(Ch, L) toupper (Ch)
+#   define TOLOWER(Ch, L) tolower (Ch)
+#  endif
+# else
+#  define TOUPPER(Ch, L) (islower (Ch) ? toupper (Ch) : (Ch))
+#  define TOLOWER(Ch, L) (isupper (Ch) ? tolower (Ch) : (Ch))
+# endif
+#endif
+/* We don't use `isdigit' here since the locale dependent
+   interpretation is not what we want here.  We only need to accept
+   the arabic digits in the ASCII range.  One day there is perhaps a
+   more reliable way to accept other sets of digits.  */
+#define ISDIGIT(Ch) ((unsigned int) (Ch) - L_('0') <= 9)
+
+static CHAR_T *
+memcpy_lowcase (CHAR_T *dest, const CHAR_T *src,
+		size_t len LOCALE_PARAM_PROTO)
+{
+  while (len-- > 0)
+    dest[len] = TOLOWER ((UCHAR_T) src[len], loc);
+  return dest;
+}
+
+static CHAR_T *
+memcpy_uppcase (CHAR_T *dest, const CHAR_T *src,
+		size_t len LOCALE_PARAM_PROTO)
+{
+  while (len-- > 0)
+    dest[len] = TOUPPER ((UCHAR_T) src[len], loc);
+  return dest;
+}
+
+
+#if ! HAVE_TM_GMTOFF
+/* Yield the difference between *A and *B,
+   measured in seconds, ignoring leap seconds.  */
+# define tm_diff ftime_tm_diff
+static int
+tm_diff (const struct tm *a, const struct tm *b)
+{
+  /* Compute intervening leap days correctly even if year is negative.
+     Take care to avoid int overflow in leap day calculations,
+     but it's OK to assume that A and B are close to each other.  */
+  int a4 = (a->tm_year >> 2) + (TM_YEAR_BASE >> 2) - ! (a->tm_year & 3);
+  int b4 = (b->tm_year >> 2) + (TM_YEAR_BASE >> 2) - ! (b->tm_year & 3);
+  int a100 = a4 / 25 - (a4 % 25 < 0);
+  int b100 = b4 / 25 - (b4 % 25 < 0);
+  int a400 = a100 >> 2;
+  int b400 = b100 >> 2;
+  int intervening_leap_days = (a4 - b4) - (a100 - b100) + (a400 - b400);
+  int years = a->tm_year - b->tm_year;
+  int days = (365 * years + intervening_leap_days
+	      + (a->tm_yday - b->tm_yday));
+  return (60 * (60 * (24 * days + (a->tm_hour - b->tm_hour))
+		+ (a->tm_min - b->tm_min))
+	  + (a->tm_sec - b->tm_sec));
+}
+#endif /* ! HAVE_TM_GMTOFF */
+
+
+
+/* The number of days from the first day of the first ISO week of this
+   year to the year day YDAY with week day WDAY.  ISO weeks start on
+   Monday; the first ISO week has the year's first Thursday.  YDAY may
+   be as small as YDAY_MINIMUM.  */
+#define ISO_WEEK_START_WDAY 1 /* Monday */
+#define ISO_WEEK1_WDAY 4 /* Thursday */
+#define YDAY_MINIMUM (-366)
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+__inline__
+#endif
+static int
+iso_week_days (int yday, int wday)
+{
+  /* Add enough to the first operand of % to make it nonnegative.  */
+  int big_enough_multiple_of_7 = (-YDAY_MINIMUM / 7 + 2) * 7;
+  return (yday
+	  - (yday - wday + ISO_WEEK1_WDAY + big_enough_multiple_of_7) % 7
+	  + ISO_WEEK1_WDAY - ISO_WEEK_START_WDAY);
+}
+
+
+#if !(defined _NL_CURRENT || HAVE_STRFTIME)
+static CHAR_T const weekday_name[][10] =
+  {
+    L_("Sunday"), L_("Monday"), L_("Tuesday"), L_("Wednesday"),
+    L_("Thursday"), L_("Friday"), L_("Saturday")
+  };
+static CHAR_T const month_name[][10] =
+  {
+    L_("January"), L_("February"), L_("March"), L_("April"), L_("May"),
+    L_("June"), L_("July"), L_("August"), L_("September"), L_("October"),
+    L_("November"), L_("December")
+  };
+#endif
+
+
+/* When compiling this file, GNU applications can #define my_strftime
+   to a symbol (typically nstrftime) to get an extended strftime with
+   extra arguments UT and NS.  Emacs is a special case for now, but
+   this Emacs-specific code can be removed once Emacs's config.h
+   defines my_strftime.  */
+#if defined emacs && !defined my_strftime
+# define my_strftime nstrftime
+#endif
+
+#ifdef my_strftime
+# define extra_args , ut, ns
+# define extra_args_spec , int ut, int ns
+#else
+# ifdef COMPILE_WIDE
+#  define my_strftime wcsftime
+#  define nl_get_alt_digit _nl_get_walt_digit
+# else
+#  define my_strftime strftime
+#  define nl_get_alt_digit _nl_get_alt_digit
+# endif
+# define extra_args
+# define extra_args_spec
+/* We don't have this information in general.  */
+# define ut 0
+# define ns 0
+#endif
+
+#if ! defined _LIBC && ! HAVE_RUN_TZSET_TEST
+/* Solaris 2.5.x and 2.6 tzset sometimes modify the storage returned
+   by localtime.  On such systems, we must use the tzset and localtime
+   wrappers to work around the bug.  */
+"you must run the autoconf test for a working tzset function"
+#endif
+
+
+/* Write information from TP into S according to the format
+   string FORMAT, writing no more that MAXSIZE characters
+   (including the terminating '\0') and returning number of
+   characters written.  If S is NULL, nothing will be written
+   anywhere, so to determine how many characters would be
+   written, use NULL for S and (size_t) UINT_MAX for MAXSIZE.  */
+size_t
+my_strftime (CHAR_T *s, size_t maxsize, const CHAR_T *format,
+	     const struct tm *tp extra_args_spec LOCALE_PARAM_PROTO)
+{
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL
+  struct locale_data *const current = loc->__locales[LC_TIME];
+#endif
+
+  int hour12 = tp->tm_hour;
+#ifdef _NL_CURRENT
+  /* We cannot make the following values variables since we must delay
+     the evaluation of these values until really needed since some
+     expressions might not be valid in every situation.  The `struct tm'
+     might be generated by a strptime() call that initialized
+     only a few elements.  Dereference the pointers only if the format
+     requires this.  Then it is ok to fail if the pointers are invalid.  */
+# define a_wkday \
+  ((const CHAR_T *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, NLW(ABDAY_1) + tp->tm_wday))
+# define f_wkday \
+  ((const CHAR_T *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, NLW(DAY_1) + tp->tm_wday))
+# define a_month \
+  ((const CHAR_T *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, NLW(ABMON_1) + tp->tm_mon))
+# define f_month \
+  ((const CHAR_T *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, NLW(MON_1) + tp->tm_mon))
+# define ampm \
+  ((const CHAR_T *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, tp->tm_hour > 11		      \
+				 ? NLW(PM_STR) : NLW(AM_STR)))
+
+# define aw_len STRLEN (a_wkday)
+# define am_len STRLEN (a_month)
+# define ap_len STRLEN (ampm)
+#else
+# if !HAVE_STRFTIME
+#  define f_wkday (weekday_name[tp->tm_wday])
+#  define f_month (month_name[tp->tm_mon])
+#  define a_wkday f_wkday
+#  define a_month f_month
+#  define ampm (L_("AMPM") + 2 * (tp->tm_hour > 11))
+
+  size_t aw_len = 3;
+  size_t am_len = 3;
+  size_t ap_len = 2;
+# endif
+#endif
+  const char *zone;
+  size_t i = 0;
+  CHAR_T *p = s;
+  const CHAR_T *f;
+#if DO_MULTIBYTE && !defined COMPILE_WIDE
+  const char *format_end = NULL;
+#endif
+
+  zone = NULL;
+#if HAVE_TM_ZONE
+  /* The POSIX test suite assumes that setting
+     the environment variable TZ to a new value before calling strftime()
+     will influence the result (the %Z format) even if the information in
+     TP is computed with a totally different time zone.
+     This is bogus: though POSIX allows bad behavior like this,
+     POSIX does not require it.  Do the right thing instead.  */
+  zone = (const char *) tp->tm_zone;
+#endif
+#if HAVE_TZNAME
+  if (ut)
+    {
+      if (! (zone && *zone))
+	zone = "GMT";
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* POSIX.1 requires that local time zone information be used as
+	 though strftime called tzset.  */
+# if HAVE_TZSET
+      tzset ();
+# endif
+    }
+#endif
+
+  if (hour12 > 12)
+    hour12 -= 12;
+  else
+    if (hour12 == 0)
+      hour12 = 12;
+
+  for (f = format; *f != '\0'; ++f)
+    {
+      int pad = 0;		/* Padding for number ('-', '_', or 0).  */
+      int modifier;		/* Field modifier ('E', 'O', or 0).  */
+      int digits;		/* Max digits for numeric format.  */
+      int number_value;		/* Numeric value to be printed.  */
+      int negative_number;	/* 1 if the number is negative.  */
+      const CHAR_T *subfmt;
+      CHAR_T *bufp;
+      CHAR_T buf[1 + (sizeof (int) < sizeof (time_t)
+		      ? INT_STRLEN_BOUND (time_t)
+		      : INT_STRLEN_BOUND (int))];
+      int width = -1;
+      int to_lowcase = 0;
+      int to_uppcase = 0;
+      int change_case = 0;
+      int format_char;
+
+#if DO_MULTIBYTE && !defined COMPILE_WIDE
+      switch (*f)
+	{
+	case L_('%'):
+	  break;
+
+	case L_('\b'): case L_('\t'): case L_('\n'):
+	case L_('\v'): case L_('\f'): case L_('\r'):
+	case L_(' '): case L_('!'): case L_('"'): case L_('#'): case L_('&'):
+	case L_('\''): case L_('('): case L_(')'): case L_('*'): case L_('+'):
+	case L_(','): case L_('-'): case L_('.'): case L_('/'): case L_('0'):
+	case L_('1'): case L_('2'): case L_('3'): case L_('4'): case L_('5'):
+	case L_('6'): case L_('7'): case L_('8'): case L_('9'): case L_(':'):
+	case L_(';'): case L_('<'): case L_('='): case L_('>'): case L_('?'):
+	case L_('A'): case L_('B'): case L_('C'): case L_('D'): case L_('E'):
+	case L_('F'): case L_('G'): case L_('H'): case L_('I'): case L_('J'):
+	case L_('K'): case L_('L'): case L_('M'): case L_('N'): case L_('O'):
+	case L_('P'): case L_('Q'): case L_('R'): case L_('S'): case L_('T'):
+	case L_('U'): case L_('V'): case L_('W'): case L_('X'): case L_('Y'):
+	case L_('Z'): case L_('['): case L_('\\'): case L_(']'): case L_('^'):
+	case L_('_'): case L_('a'): case L_('b'): case L_('c'): case L_('d'):
+	case L_('e'): case L_('f'): case L_('g'): case L_('h'): case L_('i'):
+	case L_('j'): case L_('k'): case L_('l'): case L_('m'): case L_('n'):
+	case L_('o'): case L_('p'): case L_('q'): case L_('r'): case L_('s'):
+	case L_('t'): case L_('u'): case L_('v'): case L_('w'): case L_('x'):
+	case L_('y'): case L_('z'): case L_('{'): case L_('|'): case L_('}'):
+	case L_('~'):
+	  /* The C Standard requires these 98 characters (plus '%') to
+	     be in the basic execution character set.  None of these
+	     characters can start a multibyte sequence, so they need
+	     not be analyzed further.  */
+	  add (1, *p = *f);
+	  continue;
+
+	default:
+	  /* Copy this multibyte sequence until we reach its end, find
+	     an error, or come back to the initial shift state.  */
+	  {
+	    mbstate_t mbstate = mbstate_zero;
+	    size_t len = 0;
+	    size_t fsize;
+
+	    if (! format_end)
+	      format_end = f + strlen (f) + 1;
+	    fsize = format_end - f;
+
+	    do
+	      {
+		size_t bytes = mbrlen (f + len, fsize - len, &mbstate);
+
+		if (bytes == 0)
+		  break;
+
+		if (bytes == (size_t) -2)
+		  {
+		    len += strlen (f + len);
+		    break;
+		  }
+
+		if (bytes == (size_t) -1)
+		  {
+		    len++;
+		    break;
+		  }
+
+		len += bytes;
+	      }
+	    while (! mbsinit (&mbstate));
+
+	    cpy (len, f);
+	    f += len - 1;
+	    continue;
+	  }
+	}
+
+#else /* ! DO_MULTIBYTE */
+
+      /* Either multibyte encodings are not supported, they are
+	 safe for formats, so any non-'%' byte can be copied through,
+	 or this is the wide character version.  */
+      if (*f != L_('%'))
+	{
+	  add (1, *p = *f);
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+#endif /* ! DO_MULTIBYTE */
+
+      /* Check for flags that can modify a format.  */
+      while (1)
+	{
+	  switch (*++f)
+	    {
+	      /* This influences the number formats.  */
+	    case L_('_'):
+	    case L_('-'):
+	    case L_('0'):
+	      pad = *f;
+	      continue;
+
+	      /* This changes textual output.  */
+	    case L_('^'):
+	      to_uppcase = 1;
+	      continue;
+	    case L_('#'):
+	      change_case = 1;
+	      continue;
+
+	    default:
+	      break;
+	    }
+	  break;
+	}
+
+      /* As a GNU extension we allow to specify the field width.  */
+      if (ISDIGIT (*f))
+	{
+	  width = 0;
+	  do
+	    {
+	      if (width > INT_MAX / 10
+		  || (width == INT_MAX / 10 && *f - L_('0') > INT_MAX % 10))
+		/* Avoid overflow.  */
+		width = INT_MAX;
+	      else
+		{
+		  width *= 10;
+		  width += *f - L_('0');
+		}
+	      ++f;
+	    }
+	  while (ISDIGIT (*f));
+	}
+
+      /* Check for modifiers.  */
+      switch (*f)
+	{
+	case L_('E'):
+	case L_('O'):
+	  modifier = *f++;
+	  break;
+
+	default:
+	  modifier = 0;
+	  break;
+	}
+
+      /* Now do the specified format.  */
+      format_char = *f;
+      switch (format_char)
+	{
+#define DO_NUMBER(d, v) \
+	  digits = d > width ? d : width;				      \
+	  number_value = v; goto do_number
+#define DO_NUMBER_SPACEPAD(d, v) \
+	  digits = d > width ? d : width;				      \
+	  number_value = v; goto do_number_spacepad
+
+	case L_('%'):
+	  if (modifier != 0)
+	    goto bad_format;
+	  add (1, *p = *f);
+	  break;
+
+	case L_('a'):
+	  if (modifier != 0)
+	    goto bad_format;
+	  if (change_case)
+	    {
+	      to_uppcase = 1;
+	      to_lowcase = 0;
+	    }
+#if defined _NL_CURRENT || !HAVE_STRFTIME
+	  cpy (aw_len, a_wkday);
+	  break;
+#else
+	  goto underlying_strftime;
+#endif
+
+	case 'A':
+	  if (modifier != 0)
+	    goto bad_format;
+	  if (change_case)
+	    {
+	      to_uppcase = 1;
+	      to_lowcase = 0;
+	    }
+#if defined _NL_CURRENT || !HAVE_STRFTIME
+	  cpy (STRLEN (f_wkday), f_wkday);
+	  break;
+#else
+	  goto underlying_strftime;
+#endif
+
+	case L_('b'):
+	case L_('h'):
+	  if (change_case)
+	    {
+	      to_uppcase = 1;
+	      to_lowcase = 0;
+	    }
+	  if (modifier != 0)
+	    goto bad_format;
+#if defined _NL_CURRENT || !HAVE_STRFTIME
+	  cpy (am_len, a_month);
+	  break;
+#else
+	  goto underlying_strftime;
+#endif
+
+	case L_('B'):
+	  if (modifier != 0)
+	    goto bad_format;
+	  if (change_case)
+	    {
+	      to_uppcase = 1;
+	      to_lowcase = 0;
+	    }
+#if defined _NL_CURRENT || !HAVE_STRFTIME
+	  cpy (STRLEN (f_month), f_month);
+	  break;
+#else
+	  goto underlying_strftime;
+#endif
+
+	case L_('c'):
+	  if (modifier == L_('O'))
+	    goto bad_format;
+#ifdef _NL_CURRENT
+	  if (! (modifier == 'E'
+		 && (*(subfmt =
+		       (const CHAR_T *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME,
+						     NLW(ERA_D_T_FMT)))
+		     != '\0')))
+	    subfmt = (const CHAR_T *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, NLW(D_T_FMT));
+#else
+# if HAVE_STRFTIME
+	  goto underlying_strftime;
+# else
+	  subfmt = L_("%a %b %e %H:%M:%S %Y");
+# endif
+#endif
+
+	subformat:
+	  {
+	    CHAR_T *old_start = p;
+	    size_t len = my_strftime (NULL, (size_t) -1, subfmt,
+				      tp extra_args LOCALE_ARG);
+	    add (len, my_strftime (p, maxsize - i, subfmt,
+				   tp extra_args LOCALE_ARG));
+
+	    if (to_uppcase)
+	      while (old_start < p)
+		{
+		  *old_start = TOUPPER ((UCHAR_T) *old_start, loc);
+		  ++old_start;
+		}
+	  }
+	  break;
+
+#if HAVE_STRFTIME && ! (defined _NL_CURRENT && HAVE_STRUCT_ERA_ENTRY)
+	underlying_strftime:
+	  {
+	    /* The relevant information is available only via the
+	       underlying strftime implementation, so use that.  */
+	    char ufmt[4];
+	    char *u = ufmt;
+	    char ubuf[1024]; /* enough for any single format in practice */
+	    size_t len;
+	    /* Make sure we're calling the actual underlying strftime.
+	       In some cases, config.h contains something like
+	       "#define strftime rpl_strftime".  */
+# ifdef strftime
+#  undef strftime
+	    size_t strftime ();
+# endif
+
+	    *u++ = '%';
+	    if (modifier != 0)
+	      *u++ = modifier;
+	    *u++ = format_char;
+	    *u = '\0';
+	    len = strftime (ubuf, sizeof ubuf, ufmt, tp);
+	    if (len == 0 && ubuf[0] != '\0')
+	      return 0;
+	    cpy (len, ubuf);
+	  }
+	  break;
+#endif
+
+	case L_('C'):
+	  if (modifier == L_('O'))
+	    goto bad_format;
+	  if (modifier == L_('E'))
+	    {
+#if HAVE_STRUCT_ERA_ENTRY
+	      struct era_entry *era = _nl_get_era_entry (tp HELPER_LOCALE_ARG);
+	      if (era)
+		{
+# ifdef COMPILE_WIDE
+		  size_t len = __wcslen (era->era_wname);
+		  cpy (len, era->era_wname);
+# else
+		  size_t len = strlen (era->era_name);
+		  cpy (len, era->era_name);
+# endif
+		  break;
+		}
+#else
+# if HAVE_STRFTIME
+	      goto underlying_strftime;
+# endif
+#endif
+	    }
+
+	  {
+	    int year = tp->tm_year + TM_YEAR_BASE;
+	    DO_NUMBER (1, year / 100 - (year % 100 < 0));
+	  }
+
+	case L_('x'):
+	  if (modifier == L_('O'))
+	    goto bad_format;
+#ifdef _NL_CURRENT
+	  if (! (modifier == L_('E')
+		 && (*(subfmt =
+		       (const CHAR_T *)_NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, NLW(ERA_D_FMT)))
+		     != L_('\0'))))
+	    subfmt = (const CHAR_T *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, NLW(D_FMT));
+	  goto subformat;
+#else
+# if HAVE_STRFTIME
+	  goto underlying_strftime;
+# else
+	  /* Fall through.  */
+# endif
+#endif
+	case L_('D'):
+	  if (modifier != 0)
+	    goto bad_format;
+	  subfmt = L_("%m/%d/%y");
+	  goto subformat;
+
+	case L_('d'):
+	  if (modifier == L_('E'))
+	    goto bad_format;
+
+	  DO_NUMBER (2, tp->tm_mday);
+
+	case L_('e'):
+	  if (modifier == L_('E'))
+	    goto bad_format;
+
+	  DO_NUMBER_SPACEPAD (2, tp->tm_mday);
+
+	  /* All numeric formats set DIGITS and NUMBER_VALUE and then
+	     jump to one of these two labels.  */
+
+	do_number_spacepad:
+	  /* Force `_' flag unless overridden by `0' or `-' flag.  */
+	  if (pad != L_('0') && pad != L_('-'))
+	    pad = L_('_');
+
+	do_number:
+	  /* Format the number according to the MODIFIER flag.  */
+
+	  if (modifier == L_('O') && 0 <= number_value)
+	    {
+#ifdef _NL_CURRENT
+	      /* Get the locale specific alternate representation of
+		 the number NUMBER_VALUE.  If none exist NULL is returned.  */
+	      const CHAR_T *cp = nl_get_alt_digit (number_value
+						   HELPER_LOCALE_ARG);
+
+	      if (cp != NULL)
+		{
+		  size_t digitlen = STRLEN (cp);
+		  if (digitlen != 0)
+		    {
+		      cpy (digitlen, cp);
+		      break;
+		    }
+		}
+#else
+# if HAVE_STRFTIME
+	      goto underlying_strftime;
+# endif
+#endif
+	    }
+	  {
+	    unsigned int u = number_value;
+
+	    bufp = buf + sizeof (buf) / sizeof (buf[0]);
+	    negative_number = number_value < 0;
+
+	    if (negative_number)
+	      u = -u;
+
+	    do
+	      *--bufp = u % 10 + L_('0');
+	    while ((u /= 10) != 0);
+	  }
+
+	do_number_sign_and_padding:
+	  if (negative_number)
+	    *--bufp = L_('-');
+
+	  if (pad != L_('-'))
+	    {
+	      int padding = digits - (buf + (sizeof (buf) / sizeof (buf[0]))
+				      - bufp);
+
+	      if (padding > 0)
+		{
+		  if (pad == L_('_'))
+		    {
+		      if ((size_t) padding >= maxsize - i)
+			return 0;
+
+		      if (p)
+			memset_space (p, padding);
+		      i += padding;
+		      width = width > padding ? width - padding : 0;
+		    }
+		  else
+		    {
+		      if ((size_t) digits >= maxsize - i)
+			return 0;
+
+		      if (negative_number)
+			{
+			  ++bufp;
+
+			  if (p)
+			    *p++ = L_('-');
+			  ++i;
+			}
+
+		      if (p)
+			memset_zero (p, padding);
+		      i += padding;
+		      width = 0;
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  cpy (buf + sizeof (buf) / sizeof (buf[0]) - bufp, bufp);
+	  break;
+
+	case L_('F'):
+	  if (modifier != 0)
+	    goto bad_format;
+	  subfmt = L_("%Y-%m-%d");
+	  goto subformat;
+
+	case L_('H'):
+	  if (modifier == L_('E'))
+	    goto bad_format;
+
+	  DO_NUMBER (2, tp->tm_hour);
+
+	case L_('I'):
+	  if (modifier == L_('E'))
+	    goto bad_format;
+
+	  DO_NUMBER (2, hour12);
+
+	case L_('k'):		/* GNU extension.  */
+	  if (modifier == L_('E'))
+	    goto bad_format;
+
+	  DO_NUMBER_SPACEPAD (2, tp->tm_hour);
+
+	case L_('l'):		/* GNU extension.  */
+	  if (modifier == L_('E'))
+	    goto bad_format;
+
+	  DO_NUMBER_SPACEPAD (2, hour12);
+
+	case L_('j'):
+	  if (modifier == L_('E'))
+	    goto bad_format;
+
+	  DO_NUMBER (3, 1 + tp->tm_yday);
+
+	case L_('M'):
+	  if (modifier == L_('E'))
+	    goto bad_format;
+
+	  DO_NUMBER (2, tp->tm_min);
+
+	case L_('m'):
+	  if (modifier == L_('E'))
+	    goto bad_format;
+
+	  DO_NUMBER (2, tp->tm_mon + 1);
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+	case L_('N'):		/* GNU extension.  */
+	  if (modifier == L_('E'))
+	    goto bad_format;
+
+	  number_value = ns;
+	  if (width != -1)
+	    {
+	      /* Take an explicit width less than 9 as a precision.  */
+	      int j;
+	      for (j = width; j < 9; j++)
+		number_value /= 10;
+	    }
+
+	  DO_NUMBER (9, number_value);
+#endif
+
+	case L_('n'):
+	  add (1, *p = L_('\n'));
+	  break;
+
+	case L_('P'):
+	  to_lowcase = 1;
+#if !defined _NL_CURRENT && HAVE_STRFTIME
+	  format_char = L_('p');
+#endif
+	  /* FALLTHROUGH */
+
+	case L_('p'):
+	  if (change_case)
+	    {
+	      to_uppcase = 0;
+	      to_lowcase = 1;
+	    }
+#if defined _NL_CURRENT || !HAVE_STRFTIME
+	  cpy (ap_len, ampm);
+	  break;
+#else
+	  goto underlying_strftime;
+#endif
+
+	case L_('R'):
+	  subfmt = L_("%H:%M");
+	  goto subformat;
+
+	case L_('r'):
+#if !defined _NL_CURRENT && HAVE_STRFTIME
+	  goto underlying_strftime;
+#else
+# ifdef _NL_CURRENT
+	  if (*(subfmt = (const CHAR_T *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME,
+						       NLW(T_FMT_AMPM)))
+	      == L_('\0'))
+# endif
+	    subfmt = L_("%I:%M:%S %p");
+	  goto subformat;
+#endif
+
+	case L_('S'):
+	  if (modifier == L_('E'))
+	    goto bad_format;
+
+	  DO_NUMBER (2, tp->tm_sec);
+
+	case L_('s'):		/* GNU extension.  */
+	  {
+	    struct tm ltm;
+	    time_t t;
+
+	    ltm = *tp;
+	    t = mktime (&ltm);
+
+	    /* Generate string value for T using time_t arithmetic;
+	       this works even if sizeof (long) < sizeof (time_t).  */
+
+	    bufp = buf + sizeof (buf) / sizeof (buf[0]);
+	    negative_number = t < 0;
+
+	    do
+	      {
+		int d = t % 10;
+		t /= 10;
+
+		if (negative_number)
+		  {
+		    d = -d;
+
+		    /* Adjust if division truncates to minus infinity.  */
+		    if (0 < -1 % 10 && d < 0)
+		      {
+			t++;
+			d += 10;
+		      }
+		  }
+
+		*--bufp = d + L_('0');
+	      }
+	    while (t != 0);
+
+	    digits = 1;
+	    goto do_number_sign_and_padding;
+	  }
+
+	case L_('X'):
+	  if (modifier == L_('O'))
+	    goto bad_format;
+#ifdef _NL_CURRENT
+	  if (! (modifier == L_('E')
+		 && (*(subfmt =
+		       (const CHAR_T *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, NLW(ERA_T_FMT)))
+		     != L_('\0'))))
+	    subfmt = (const CHAR_T *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, NLW(T_FMT));
+	  goto subformat;
+#else
+# if HAVE_STRFTIME
+	  goto underlying_strftime;
+# else
+	  /* Fall through.  */
+# endif
+#endif
+	case L_('T'):
+	  subfmt = L_("%H:%M:%S");
+	  goto subformat;
+
+	case L_('t'):
+	  add (1, *p = L_('\t'));
+	  break;
+
+	case L_('u'):
+	  DO_NUMBER (1, (tp->tm_wday - 1 + 7) % 7 + 1);
+
+	case L_('U'):
+	  if (modifier == L_('E'))
+	    goto bad_format;
+
+	  DO_NUMBER (2, (tp->tm_yday - tp->tm_wday + 7) / 7);
+
+	case L_('V'):
+	case L_('g'):
+	case L_('G'):
+	  if (modifier == L_('E'))
+	    goto bad_format;
+	  {
+	    int year = tp->tm_year + TM_YEAR_BASE;
+	    int days = iso_week_days (tp->tm_yday, tp->tm_wday);
+
+	    if (days < 0)
+	      {
+		/* This ISO week belongs to the previous year.  */
+		year--;
+		days = iso_week_days (tp->tm_yday + (365 + __isleap (year)),
+				      tp->tm_wday);
+	      }
+	    else
+	      {
+		int d = iso_week_days (tp->tm_yday - (365 + __isleap (year)),
+				       tp->tm_wday);
+		if (0 <= d)
+		  {
+		    /* This ISO week belongs to the next year.  */
+		    year++;
+		    days = d;
+		  }
+	      }
+
+	    switch (*f)
+	      {
+	      case L_('g'):
+		DO_NUMBER (2, (year % 100 + 100) % 100);
+
+	      case L_('G'):
+		DO_NUMBER (1, year);
+
+	      default:
+		DO_NUMBER (2, days / 7 + 1);
+	      }
+	  }
+
+	case L_('W'):
+	  if (modifier == L_('E'))
+	    goto bad_format;
+
+	  DO_NUMBER (2, (tp->tm_yday - (tp->tm_wday - 1 + 7) % 7 + 7) / 7);
+
+	case L_('w'):
+	  if (modifier == L_('E'))
+	    goto bad_format;
+
+	  DO_NUMBER (1, tp->tm_wday);
+
+	case L_('Y'):
+	  if (modifier == 'E')
+	    {
+#if HAVE_STRUCT_ERA_ENTRY
+	      struct era_entry *era = _nl_get_era_entry (tp HELPER_LOCALE_ARG);
+	      if (era)
+		{
+# ifdef COMPILE_WIDE
+		  subfmt = era->era_wformat;
+# else
+		  subfmt = era->era_format;
+# endif
+		  goto subformat;
+		}
+#else
+# if HAVE_STRFTIME
+	      goto underlying_strftime;
+# endif
+#endif
+	    }
+	  if (modifier == L_('O'))
+	    goto bad_format;
+	  else
+	    DO_NUMBER (1, tp->tm_year + TM_YEAR_BASE);
+
+	case L_('y'):
+	  if (modifier == L_('E'))
+	    {
+#if HAVE_STRUCT_ERA_ENTRY
+	      struct era_entry *era = _nl_get_era_entry (tp HELPER_LOCALE_ARG);
+	      if (era)
+		{
+		  int delta = tp->tm_year - era->start_date[0];
+		  DO_NUMBER (1, (era->offset
+				 + delta * era->absolute_direction));
+		}
+#else
+# if HAVE_STRFTIME
+	      goto underlying_strftime;
+# endif
+#endif
+	    }
+	  DO_NUMBER (2, (tp->tm_year % 100 + 100) % 100);
+
+	case L_('Z'):
+	  if (change_case)
+	    {
+	      to_uppcase = 0;
+	      to_lowcase = 1;
+	    }
+
+#if HAVE_TZNAME
+	  /* The tzset() call might have changed the value.  */
+	  if (!(zone && *zone) && tp->tm_isdst >= 0)
+	    zone = tzname[tp->tm_isdst];
+#endif
+	  if (! zone)
+	    zone = "";
+
+#ifdef COMPILE_WIDE
+	  {
+	    /* The zone string is always given in multibyte form.  We have
+	       to transform it first.  */
+	    wchar_t *wczone;
+	    size_t len;
+	    widen (zone, wczone, len);
+	    cpy (len, wczone);
+	  }
+#else
+	  cpy (strlen (zone), zone);
+#endif
+	  break;
+
+	case L_('z'):
+	  if (tp->tm_isdst < 0)
+	    break;
+
+	  {
+	    int diff;
+#if HAVE_TM_GMTOFF
+	    diff = tp->tm_gmtoff;
+#else
+	    if (ut)
+	      diff = 0;
+	    else
+	      {
+		struct tm gtm;
+		struct tm ltm;
+		time_t lt;
+
+		ltm = *tp;
+		lt = mktime (&ltm);
+
+		if (lt == (time_t) -1)
+		  {
+		    /* mktime returns -1 for errors, but -1 is also a
+		       valid time_t value.  Check whether an error really
+		       occurred.  */
+		    struct tm tm;
+
+		    if (! __localtime_r (&lt, &tm)
+			|| ((ltm.tm_sec ^ tm.tm_sec)
+			    | (ltm.tm_min ^ tm.tm_min)
+			    | (ltm.tm_hour ^ tm.tm_hour)
+			    | (ltm.tm_mday ^ tm.tm_mday)
+			    | (ltm.tm_mon ^ tm.tm_mon)
+			    | (ltm.tm_year ^ tm.tm_year)))
+		      break;
+		  }
+
+		if (! __gmtime_r (&lt, &gtm))
+		  break;
+
+		diff = tm_diff (&ltm, &gtm);
+	      }
+#endif
+
+	    if (diff < 0)
+	      {
+		add (1, *p = L_('-'));
+		diff = -diff;
+	      }
+	    else
+	      add (1, *p = L_('+'));
+
+	    diff /= 60;
+	    DO_NUMBER (4, (diff / 60) * 100 + diff % 60);
+	  }
+
+	case L_('\0'):		/* GNU extension: % at end of format.  */
+	    --f;
+	    /* Fall through.  */
+	default:
+	  /* Unknown format; output the format, including the '%',
+	     since this is most likely the right thing to do if a
+	     multibyte string has been misparsed.  */
+	bad_format:
+	  {
+	    int flen;
+	    for (flen = 1; f[1 - flen] != L_('%'); flen++)
+	      continue;
+	    cpy (flen, &f[1 - flen]);
+	  }
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (p && maxsize != 0)
+    *p = L_('\0');
+  return i;
+}
+#ifdef _LIBC
+libc_hidden_def (my_strftime)
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef emacs
+/* For Emacs we have a separate interface which corresponds to the normal
+   strftime function plus the ut argument, but without the ns argument.  */
+size_t
+emacs_strftimeu (char *s, size_t maxsize, const char *format,
+		 const struct tm *tp, int ut)
+{
+  return my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp, ut, 0);
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/stripslash.c b/contrib/diff/lib/stripslash.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c6b319e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/stripslash.c
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/* stripslash.c -- remove redundant trailing slashes from a file name
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 2001, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "dirname.h"
+
+/* Remove trailing slashes from PATH.
+   Return nonzero if a trailing slash was removed.
+   This is useful when using filename completion from a shell that
+   adds a "/" after directory names (such as tcsh and bash), because
+   the Unix rename and rmdir system calls return an "Invalid argument" error
+   when given a path that ends in "/" (except for the root directory).  */
+
+int
+strip_trailing_slashes (char *path)
+{
+  char *base = base_name (path);
+  char *base_lim = base + base_len (base);
+  int had_slash = *base_lim;
+  *base_lim = '\0';
+  return had_slash;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/strncasecmp.c b/contrib/diff/lib/strncasecmp.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..68d95aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/strncasecmp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+#define LENGTH_LIMIT
+#include "strcasecmp.c"
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/strtoimax.c b/contrib/diff/lib/strtoimax.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4ce741c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/strtoimax.c
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/* Convert string representation of a number into an intmax_t value.
+   Copyright (C) 1999, 2001, 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert. */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+# include <inttypes.h>
+#elif HAVE_STDINT_H
+# include <stdint.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* Verify a requirement at compile-time (unlike assert, which is runtime).  */
+#define verify(name, assertion) struct name { char a[(assertion) ? 1 : -1]; }
+
+#ifdef UNSIGNED
+# ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRTOULL
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+# endif
+# if !HAVE_DECL_STRTOULL && HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG
+unsigned long long strtoull (char const *, char **, int);
+# endif
+
+#else
+
+# ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRTOLL
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+# endif
+# if !HAVE_DECL_STRTOLL && HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG
+long long strtoll (char const *, char **, int);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef UNSIGNED
+# undef HAVE_LONG_LONG
+# define HAVE_LONG_LONG HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG
+# define INT uintmax_t
+# define strtoimax strtoumax
+# define strtol strtoul
+# define strtoll strtoull
+#else
+# define INT intmax_t
+#endif
+
+INT
+strtoimax (char const *ptr, char **endptr, int base)
+{
+#if HAVE_LONG_LONG
+  verify (size_is_that_of_long_or_long_long,
+	  (sizeof (INT) == sizeof (long)
+	   || sizeof (INT) == sizeof (long long)));
+
+  if (sizeof (INT) != sizeof (long))
+    return strtoll (ptr, endptr, base);
+#else
+  verify (size_is_that_of_long,
+	  sizeof (INT) == sizeof (long));
+#endif
+
+  return strtol (ptr, endptr, base);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/strtol.c b/contrib/diff/lib/strtol.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e2b1589
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/strtol.c
@@ -0,0 +1,432 @@
+/* Convert string representation of a number into an integer value.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2003
+   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C
+   Library.  Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@gnu.org.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+   later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define USE_NUMBER_GROUPING
+#endif
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+#ifndef __set_errno
+# define __set_errno(Val) errno = (Val)
+#endif
+
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#ifdef USE_NUMBER_GROUPING
+# include "../locale/localeinfo.h"
+#endif
+
+/* Nonzero if we are defining `strtoul' or `strtoull', operating on
+   unsigned integers.  */
+#ifndef UNSIGNED
+# define UNSIGNED 0
+# define INT LONG int
+#else
+# define INT unsigned LONG int
+#endif
+
+/* Determine the name.  */
+#ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL
+# if UNSIGNED
+#  ifdef USE_WIDE_CHAR
+#   ifdef QUAD
+#    define strtol __wcstoull_l
+#   else
+#    define strtol __wcstoul_l
+#   endif
+#  else
+#   ifdef QUAD
+#    define strtol __strtoull_l
+#   else
+#    define strtol __strtoul_l
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# else
+#  ifdef USE_WIDE_CHAR
+#   ifdef QUAD
+#    define strtol __wcstoll_l
+#   else
+#    define strtol __wcstol_l
+#   endif
+#  else
+#   ifdef QUAD
+#    define strtol __strtoll_l
+#   else
+#    define strtol __strtol_l
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# endif
+#else
+# if UNSIGNED
+#  ifdef USE_WIDE_CHAR
+#   ifdef QUAD
+#    define strtol wcstoull
+#   else
+#    define strtol wcstoul
+#   endif
+#  else
+#   ifdef QUAD
+#    define strtol strtoull
+#   else
+#    define strtol strtoul
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# else
+#  ifdef USE_WIDE_CHAR
+#   ifdef QUAD
+#    define strtol wcstoll
+#   else
+#    define strtol wcstol
+#   endif
+#  else
+#   ifdef QUAD
+#    define strtol strtoll
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* If QUAD is defined, we are defining `strtoll' or `strtoull',
+   operating on `long long int's.  */
+#ifdef QUAD
+# define LONG long long
+# define STRTOL_LONG_MIN LONG_LONG_MIN
+# define STRTOL_LONG_MAX LONG_LONG_MAX
+# define STRTOL_ULONG_MAX ULONG_LONG_MAX
+
+/* The extra casts work around common compiler bugs,
+   e.g. Cray C 5.0.3.0 when t == time_t.  */
+# ifndef TYPE_SIGNED
+#  define TYPE_SIGNED(t) (! ((t) 0 < (t) -1))
+# endif
+# ifndef TYPE_MINIMUM
+#  define TYPE_MINIMUM(t) ((t) (TYPE_SIGNED (t) \
+				? ~ (t) 0 << (sizeof (t) * CHAR_BIT - 1) \
+				: (t) 0))
+# endif
+# ifndef TYPE_MAXIMUM
+#  define TYPE_MAXIMUM(t) ((t) (~ (t) 0 - TYPE_MINIMUM (t)))
+# endif
+
+# ifndef ULONG_LONG_MAX
+#  define ULONG_LONG_MAX TYPE_MAXIMUM (unsigned long long)
+# endif
+# ifndef LONG_LONG_MAX
+#  define LONG_LONG_MAX TYPE_MAXIMUM (long long int)
+# endif
+# ifndef LONG_LONG_MIN
+#  define LONG_LONG_MIN TYPE_MINIMUM (long long int)
+# endif
+
+# if __GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7
+   /* Work around gcc bug with using this constant.  */
+   static const unsigned long long int maxquad = ULONG_LONG_MAX;
+#  undef STRTOL_ULONG_MAX
+#  define STRTOL_ULONG_MAX maxquad
+# endif
+#else
+# define LONG long
+# define STRTOL_LONG_MIN LONG_MIN
+# define STRTOL_LONG_MAX LONG_MAX
+# define STRTOL_ULONG_MAX ULONG_MAX
+#endif
+
+
+/* We use this code also for the extended locale handling where the
+   function gets as an additional argument the locale which has to be
+   used.  To access the values we have to redefine the _NL_CURRENT
+   macro.  */
+#ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL
+# undef _NL_CURRENT
+# define _NL_CURRENT(category, item) \
+  (current->values[_NL_ITEM_INDEX (item)].string)
+# define LOCALE_PARAM , loc
+# define LOCALE_PARAM_PROTO , __locale_t loc
+#else
+# define LOCALE_PARAM
+# define LOCALE_PARAM_PROTO
+#endif
+
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_WCHAR_H
+# include <wchar.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef USE_WIDE_CHAR
+# include <wctype.h>
+# define L_(Ch) L##Ch
+# define UCHAR_TYPE wint_t
+# define STRING_TYPE wchar_t
+# ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL
+#  define ISSPACE(Ch) __iswspace_l ((Ch), loc)
+#  define ISALPHA(Ch) __iswalpha_l ((Ch), loc)
+#  define TOUPPER(Ch) __towupper_l ((Ch), loc)
+# else
+#  define ISSPACE(Ch) iswspace (Ch)
+#  define ISALPHA(Ch) iswalpha (Ch)
+#  define TOUPPER(Ch) towupper (Ch)
+# endif
+#else
+# if defined STDC_HEADERS || (!defined isascii && !defined HAVE_ISASCII)
+#  define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1
+# else
+#  define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) isascii(c)
+# endif
+# define L_(Ch) Ch
+# define UCHAR_TYPE unsigned char
+# define STRING_TYPE char
+# ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL
+#  define ISSPACE(Ch) __isspace_l ((Ch), loc)
+#  define ISALPHA(Ch) __isalpha_l ((Ch), loc)
+#  define TOUPPER(Ch) __toupper_l ((Ch), loc)
+# else
+#  define ISSPACE(Ch) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (Ch) && isspace (Ch))
+#  define ISALPHA(Ch) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (Ch) && isalpha (Ch))
+#  define TOUPPER(Ch) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (Ch) ? toupper (Ch) : (Ch))
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#define INTERNAL(X) INTERNAL1(X)
+#define INTERNAL1(X) __##X##_internal
+#define WEAKNAME(X) WEAKNAME1(X)
+
+#ifdef USE_NUMBER_GROUPING
+/* This file defines a function to check for correct grouping.  */
+# include "grouping.h"
+#endif
+
+
+
+/* Convert NPTR to an `unsigned long int' or `long int' in base BASE.
+   If BASE is 0 the base is determined by the presence of a leading
+   zero, indicating octal or a leading "0x" or "0X", indicating hexadecimal.
+   If BASE is < 2 or > 36, it is reset to 10.
+   If ENDPTR is not NULL, a pointer to the character after the last
+   one converted is stored in *ENDPTR.  */
+
+INT
+INTERNAL (strtol) (const STRING_TYPE *nptr, STRING_TYPE **endptr,
+		   int base, int group LOCALE_PARAM_PROTO)
+{
+  int negative;
+  register unsigned LONG int cutoff;
+  register unsigned int cutlim;
+  register unsigned LONG int i;
+  register const STRING_TYPE *s;
+  register UCHAR_TYPE c;
+  const STRING_TYPE *save, *end;
+  int overflow;
+
+#ifdef USE_NUMBER_GROUPING
+# ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL
+  struct locale_data *current = loc->__locales[LC_NUMERIC];
+# endif
+  /* The thousands character of the current locale.  */
+  wchar_t thousands = L'\0';
+  /* The numeric grouping specification of the current locale,
+     in the format described in <locale.h>.  */
+  const char *grouping;
+
+  if (group)
+    {
+      grouping = _NL_CURRENT (LC_NUMERIC, GROUPING);
+      if (*grouping <= 0 || *grouping == CHAR_MAX)
+	grouping = NULL;
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Figure out the thousands separator character.  */
+# if defined _LIBC || defined _HAVE_BTOWC
+	  thousands = __btowc (*_NL_CURRENT (LC_NUMERIC, THOUSANDS_SEP));
+	  if (thousands == WEOF)
+	    thousands = L'\0';
+# endif
+	  if (thousands == L'\0')
+	    grouping = NULL;
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    grouping = NULL;
+#endif
+
+  if (base < 0 || base == 1 || base > 36)
+    {
+      __set_errno (EINVAL);
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  save = s = nptr;
+
+  /* Skip white space.  */
+  while (ISSPACE (*s))
+    ++s;
+  if (*s == L_('\0'))
+    goto noconv;
+
+  /* Check for a sign.  */
+  if (*s == L_('-'))
+    {
+      negative = 1;
+      ++s;
+    }
+  else if (*s == L_('+'))
+    {
+      negative = 0;
+      ++s;
+    }
+  else
+    negative = 0;
+
+  /* Recognize number prefix and if BASE is zero, figure it out ourselves.  */
+  if (*s == L_('0'))
+    {
+      if ((base == 0 || base == 16) && TOUPPER (s[1]) == L_('X'))
+	{
+	  s += 2;
+	  base = 16;
+	}
+      else if (base == 0)
+	base = 8;
+    }
+  else if (base == 0)
+    base = 10;
+
+  /* Save the pointer so we can check later if anything happened.  */
+  save = s;
+
+#ifdef USE_NUMBER_GROUPING
+  if (group)
+    {
+      /* Find the end of the digit string and check its grouping.  */
+      end = s;
+      for (c = *end; c != L_('\0'); c = *++end)
+	if ((wchar_t) c != thousands
+	    && ((wchar_t) c < L_('0') || (wchar_t) c > L_('9'))
+	    && (!ISALPHA (c) || (int) (TOUPPER (c) - L_('A') + 10) >= base))
+	  break;
+      if (*s == thousands)
+	end = s;
+      else
+	end = correctly_grouped_prefix (s, end, thousands, grouping);
+    }
+  else
+#endif
+    end = NULL;
+
+  cutoff = STRTOL_ULONG_MAX / (unsigned LONG int) base;
+  cutlim = STRTOL_ULONG_MAX % (unsigned LONG int) base;
+
+  overflow = 0;
+  i = 0;
+  for (c = *s; c != L_('\0'); c = *++s)
+    {
+      if (s == end)
+	break;
+      if (c >= L_('0') && c <= L_('9'))
+	c -= L_('0');
+      else if (ISALPHA (c))
+	c = TOUPPER (c) - L_('A') + 10;
+      else
+	break;
+      if ((int) c >= base)
+	break;
+      /* Check for overflow.  */
+      if (i > cutoff || (i == cutoff && c > cutlim))
+	overflow = 1;
+      else
+	{
+	  i *= (unsigned LONG int) base;
+	  i += c;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Check if anything actually happened.  */
+  if (s == save)
+    goto noconv;
+
+  /* Store in ENDPTR the address of one character
+     past the last character we converted.  */
+  if (endptr != NULL)
+    *endptr = (STRING_TYPE *) s;
+
+#if !UNSIGNED
+  /* Check for a value that is within the range of
+     `unsigned LONG int', but outside the range of `LONG int'.  */
+  if (overflow == 0
+      && i > (negative
+	      ? -((unsigned LONG int) (STRTOL_LONG_MIN + 1)) + 1
+	      : (unsigned LONG int) STRTOL_LONG_MAX))
+    overflow = 1;
+#endif
+
+  if (overflow)
+    {
+      __set_errno (ERANGE);
+#if UNSIGNED
+      return STRTOL_ULONG_MAX;
+#else
+      return negative ? STRTOL_LONG_MIN : STRTOL_LONG_MAX;
+#endif
+    }
+
+  /* Return the result of the appropriate sign.  */
+  return negative ? -i : i;
+
+noconv:
+  /* We must handle a special case here: the base is 0 or 16 and the
+     first two characters are '0' and 'x', but the rest are no
+     hexadecimal digits.  This is no error case.  We return 0 and
+     ENDPTR points to the `x`.  */
+  if (endptr != NULL)
+    {
+      if (save - nptr >= 2 && TOUPPER (save[-1]) == L_('X')
+	  && save[-2] == L_('0'))
+	*endptr = (STRING_TYPE *) &save[-1];
+      else
+	/*  There was no number to convert.  */
+	*endptr = (STRING_TYPE *) nptr;
+    }
+
+  return 0L;
+}
+
+/* External user entry point.  */
+
+
+INT
+#ifdef weak_function
+weak_function
+#endif
+strtol (const STRING_TYPE *nptr, STRING_TYPE **endptr,
+	int base LOCALE_PARAM_PROTO)
+{
+  return INTERNAL (strtol) (nptr, endptr, base, 0 LOCALE_PARAM);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/strtoll.c b/contrib/diff/lib/strtoll.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8e9b261
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/strtoll.c
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/* Function to parse a `long long int' from text.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1999, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#define	QUAD	1
+
+#include <strtol.c>
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# ifdef SHARED
+#  include <shlib-compat.h>
+
+#  if SHLIB_COMPAT (libc, GLIBC_2_0, GLIBC_2_2)
+compat_symbol (libc, __strtoll_internal, __strtoq_internal, GLIBC_2_0);
+#  endif
+
+# endif
+weak_alias (strtoll, strtoq)
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/strtoul.c b/contrib/diff/lib/strtoul.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bb62f9b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/strtoul.c
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#define	UNSIGNED	1
+
+#include "strtol.c"
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/strtoull.c b/contrib/diff/lib/strtoull.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d6aa1f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/strtoull.c
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+/* Function to parse an `unsigned long long int' from text.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C
+   Library.  Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@gnu.org.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+   later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#define QUAD 1
+
+#include "strtoul.c"
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+strong_alias (__strtoull_internal, __strtouq_internal)
+weak_alias (strtoull, strtouq)
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/strtoumax.c b/contrib/diff/lib/strtoumax.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dc395d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/strtoumax.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+#define UNSIGNED 1
+#include "strtoimax.c"
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/tempname.c b/contrib/diff/lib/tempname.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b3d0874
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/tempname.c
@@ -0,0 +1,344 @@
+/* tempname.c - generate the name of a temporary file.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
+   2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifndef __set_errno
+# define __set_errno(Val) errno = (Val)
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#ifndef P_tmpdir
+# define P_tmpdir "/tmp"
+#endif
+#ifndef TMP_MAX
+# define TMP_MAX 238328
+#endif
+#ifndef __GT_FILE
+# define __GT_FILE	0
+# define __GT_BIGFILE	1
+# define __GT_DIR	2
+# define __GT_NOCREATE	3
+#endif
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#if HAVE_FCNTL_H || _LIBC
+# include <fcntl.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_SYS_TIME_H || _LIBC
+# include <sys/time.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_STDINT_H || _LIBC
+# include <stdint.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+# include <inttypes.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_UNISTD_H || _LIBC
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#if STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef S_ISDIR
+#endif
+#if !defined S_ISDIR && defined S_IFDIR
+# define S_ISDIR(mode) (((mode) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
+#endif
+#if !S_IRUSR && S_IREAD
+# define S_IRUSR S_IREAD
+#endif
+#if !S_IRUSR
+# define S_IRUSR 00400
+#endif
+#if !S_IWUSR && S_IWRITE
+# define S_IWUSR S_IWRITE
+#endif
+#if !S_IWUSR
+# define S_IWUSR 00200
+#endif
+#if !S_IXUSR && S_IEXEC
+# define S_IXUSR S_IEXEC
+#endif
+#if !S_IXUSR
+# define S_IXUSR 00100
+#endif
+
+#if _LIBC
+# define struct_stat64 struct stat64
+#else
+# define struct_stat64 struct stat
+# define __getpid getpid
+# define __gettimeofday gettimeofday
+# define __mkdir mkdir
+# define __open open
+# define __open64 open
+# define __lxstat64(version, path, buf) lstat (path, buf)
+# define __xstat64(version, path, buf) stat (path, buf)
+#endif
+
+#if ! (HAVE___SECURE_GETENV || _LIBC)
+# define __secure_getenv getenv
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <hp-timing.h>
+# if HP_TIMING_AVAIL
+#  define RANDOM_BITS(Var) \
+  if (__builtin_expect (value == UINT64_C (0), 0))			      \
+    {									      \
+      /* If this is the first time this function is used initialize	      \
+	 the variable we accumulate the value in to some somewhat	      \
+	 random value.  If we'd not do this programs at startup time	      \
+	 might have a reduced set of possible names, at least on slow	      \
+	 machines.  */							      \
+      struct timeval tv;						      \
+      __gettimeofday (&tv, NULL);					      \
+      value = ((uint64_t) tv.tv_usec << 16) ^ tv.tv_sec;		      \
+    }									      \
+  HP_TIMING_NOW (Var)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Use the widest available unsigned type if uint64_t is not
+   available.  The algorithm below extracts a number less than 62**6
+   (approximately 2**35.725) from uint64_t, so ancient hosts where
+   uintmax_t is only 32 bits lose about 3.725 bits of randomness,
+   which is better than not having mkstemp at all.  */
+#if !defined UINT64_MAX && !defined uint64_t
+# define uint64_t uintmax_t
+#endif
+
+/* Return nonzero if DIR is an existent directory.  */
+static int
+direxists (const char *dir)
+{
+  struct_stat64 buf;
+  return __xstat64 (_STAT_VER, dir, &buf) == 0 && S_ISDIR (buf.st_mode);
+}
+
+/* Path search algorithm, for tmpnam, tmpfile, etc.  If DIR is
+   non-null and exists, uses it; otherwise uses the first of $TMPDIR,
+   P_tmpdir, /tmp that exists.  Copies into TMPL a template suitable
+   for use with mk[s]temp.  Will fail (-1) if DIR is non-null and
+   doesn't exist, none of the searched dirs exists, or there's not
+   enough space in TMPL. */
+int
+__path_search (char *tmpl, size_t tmpl_len, const char *dir, const char *pfx,
+	       int try_tmpdir)
+{
+  const char *d;
+  size_t dlen, plen;
+
+  if (!pfx || !pfx[0])
+    {
+      pfx = "file";
+      plen = 4;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      plen = strlen (pfx);
+      if (plen > 5)
+	plen = 5;
+    }
+
+  if (try_tmpdir)
+    {
+      d = __secure_getenv ("TMPDIR");
+      if (d != NULL && direxists (d))
+	dir = d;
+      else if (dir != NULL && direxists (dir))
+	/* nothing */ ;
+      else
+	dir = NULL;
+    }
+  if (dir == NULL)
+    {
+      if (direxists (P_tmpdir))
+	dir = P_tmpdir;
+      else if (strcmp (P_tmpdir, "/tmp") != 0 && direxists ("/tmp"))
+	dir = "/tmp";
+      else
+	{
+	  __set_errno (ENOENT);
+	  return -1;
+	}
+    }
+
+  dlen = strlen (dir);
+  while (dlen > 1 && dir[dlen - 1] == '/')
+    dlen--;			/* remove trailing slashes */
+
+  /* check we have room for "${dir}/${pfx}XXXXXX\0" */
+  if (tmpl_len < dlen + 1 + plen + 6 + 1)
+    {
+      __set_errno (EINVAL);
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  sprintf (tmpl, "%.*s/%.*sXXXXXX", (int) dlen, dir, (int) plen, pfx);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* These are the characters used in temporary filenames.  */
+static const char letters[] =
+"abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789";
+
+/* Generate a temporary file name based on TMPL.  TMPL must match the
+   rules for mk[s]temp (i.e. end in "XXXXXX").  The name constructed
+   does not exist at the time of the call to __gen_tempname.  TMPL is
+   overwritten with the result.
+
+   KIND may be one of:
+   __GT_NOCREATE:	simply verify that the name does not exist
+			at the time of the call.
+   __GT_FILE:		create the file using open(O_CREAT|O_EXCL)
+			and return a read-write fd.  The file is mode 0600.
+   __GT_BIGFILE:	same as __GT_FILE but use open64().
+   __GT_DIR:		create a directory, which will be mode 0700.
+
+   We use a clever algorithm to get hard-to-predict names. */
+int
+__gen_tempname (char *tmpl, int kind)
+{
+  int len;
+  char *XXXXXX;
+  static uint64_t value;
+  uint64_t random_time_bits;
+  unsigned int count;
+  int fd = -1;
+  int save_errno = errno;
+  struct_stat64 st;
+
+  /* A lower bound on the number of temporary files to attempt to
+     generate.  The maximum total number of temporary file names that
+     can exist for a given template is 62**6.  It should never be
+     necessary to try all these combinations.  Instead if a reasonable
+     number of names is tried (we define reasonable as 62**3) fail to
+     give the system administrator the chance to remove the problems.  */
+  unsigned int attempts_min = 62 * 62 * 62;
+
+  /* The number of times to attempt to generate a temporary file.  To
+     conform to POSIX, this must be no smaller than TMP_MAX.  */
+  unsigned int attempts = attempts_min < TMP_MAX ? TMP_MAX : attempts_min;
+
+  len = strlen (tmpl);
+  if (len < 6 || strcmp (&tmpl[len - 6], "XXXXXX"))
+    {
+      __set_errno (EINVAL);
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  /* This is where the Xs start.  */
+  XXXXXX = &tmpl[len - 6];
+
+  /* Get some more or less random data.  */
+#ifdef RANDOM_BITS
+  RANDOM_BITS (random_time_bits);
+#else
+# if HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY || _LIBC
+  {
+    struct timeval tv;
+    __gettimeofday (&tv, NULL);
+    random_time_bits = ((uint64_t) tv.tv_usec << 16) ^ tv.tv_sec;
+  }
+# else
+  random_time_bits = time (NULL);
+# endif
+#endif
+  value += random_time_bits ^ __getpid ();
+
+  for (count = 0; count < attempts; value += 7777, ++count)
+    {
+      uint64_t v = value;
+
+      /* Fill in the random bits.  */
+      XXXXXX[0] = letters[v % 62];
+      v /= 62;
+      XXXXXX[1] = letters[v % 62];
+      v /= 62;
+      XXXXXX[2] = letters[v % 62];
+      v /= 62;
+      XXXXXX[3] = letters[v % 62];
+      v /= 62;
+      XXXXXX[4] = letters[v % 62];
+      v /= 62;
+      XXXXXX[5] = letters[v % 62];
+
+      switch (kind)
+	{
+	case __GT_FILE:
+	  fd = __open (tmpl, O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_EXCL, S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR);
+	  break;
+
+	case __GT_BIGFILE:
+	  fd = __open64 (tmpl, O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_EXCL, S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR);
+	  break;
+
+	case __GT_DIR:
+	  fd = __mkdir (tmpl, S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR | S_IXUSR);
+	  break;
+
+	case __GT_NOCREATE:
+	  /* This case is backward from the other three.  __gen_tempname
+	     succeeds if __xstat fails because the name does not exist.
+	     Note the continue to bypass the common logic at the bottom
+	     of the loop.  */
+	  if (__lxstat64 (_STAT_VER, tmpl, &st) < 0)
+	    {
+	      if (errno == ENOENT)
+		{
+		  __set_errno (save_errno);
+		  return 0;
+		}
+	      else
+		/* Give up now. */
+		return -1;
+	    }
+	  continue;
+
+	default:
+	  assert (! "invalid KIND in __gen_tempname");
+	}
+
+      if (fd >= 0)
+	{
+	  __set_errno (save_errno);
+	  return fd;
+	}
+      else if (errno != EEXIST)
+	return -1;
+    }
+
+  /* We got out of the loop because we ran out of combinations to try.  */
+  __set_errno (EEXIST);
+  return -1;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/time_r.c b/contrib/diff/lib/time_r.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6c42504
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/time_r.c
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+/* Reentrant time functions like localtime_r.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "time_r.h"
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+static char *
+copy_string_result (char *dest, char const *src)
+{
+  if (! src)
+    return 0;
+  return strcpy (dest, src);
+}
+
+static struct tm *
+copy_tm_result (struct tm *dest, struct tm const *src)
+{
+  if (! src)
+    return 0;
+  *dest = *src;
+  return dest;
+}
+
+
+char *
+asctime_r (struct tm const * restrict tm, char * restrict buf)
+{
+  return copy_string_result (buf, asctime (tm));
+}
+
+char *
+ctime_r (time_t const *t, char *buf)
+{
+  return copy_string_result (buf, ctime (t));
+}
+
+struct tm *
+gmtime_r (time_t const * restrict t, struct tm * restrict tp)
+{
+  return copy_tm_result (tp, gmtime (t));
+}
+
+struct tm *
+localtime_r (time_t const * restrict t, struct tm * restrict tp)
+{
+  return copy_tm_result (tp, localtime (t));
+}
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/time_r.h b/contrib/diff/lib/time_r.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fbd3375
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/time_r.h
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/* Reentrant time functions like localtime_r.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#ifndef _TIME_R_H
+#define _TIME_R_H
+
+/* Include <time.h> first, since it may declare these functions with
+   signatures that disagree with POSIX, and we don't want to rename
+   those declarations.  */
+#include <time.h>
+
+#if !HAVE_TIME_R_POSIX
+# undef asctime_r
+# undef ctime_r
+# undef gmtime_r
+# undef localtime_r
+
+# define asctime_r rpl_asctime_r
+# define ctime_r rpl_ctime_r
+# define gmtime_r rpl_gmtime_r
+# define localtime_r rpl_localtime_r
+
+char *asctime_r (struct tm const * restrict, char * restrict);
+char *ctime_r (time_t const *, char *);
+struct tm *gmtime_r (time_t const * restrict, struct tm * restrict);
+struct tm *localtime_r (time_t const * restrict, struct tm * restrict);
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/umaxtostr.c b/contrib/diff/lib/umaxtostr.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4f49a7f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/umaxtostr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+#define inttostr umaxtostr
+#define inttype uintmax_t
+#include "inttostr.c"
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/unlocked-io.h b/contrib/diff/lib/unlocked-io.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..36a7a48
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/unlocked-io.h
@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+/* Prefer faster, non-thread-safe stdio functions if available.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering.  */
+
+#ifndef UNLOCKED_IO_H
+# define UNLOCKED_IO_H 1
+
+# ifndef USE_UNLOCKED_IO
+#  define USE_UNLOCKED_IO 1
+# endif
+
+# if USE_UNLOCKED_IO
+
+/* These are wrappers for functions/macros from the GNU C library, and
+   from other C libraries supporting POSIX's optional thread-safe functions.
+
+   The standard I/O functions are thread-safe.  These *_unlocked ones are
+   more efficient but not thread-safe.  That they're not thread-safe is
+   fine since all of the applications in this package are single threaded.
+
+   Also, some code that is shared with the GNU C library may invoke
+   the *_unlocked functions directly.  On hosts that lack those
+   functions, invoke the non-thread-safe versions instead.  */
+
+#  include <stdio.h>
+
+#  if HAVE_DECL_CLEARERR_UNLOCKED
+#   undef clearerr
+#   define clearerr(x) clearerr_unlocked (x)
+#  else
+#   define clearerr_unlocked(x) clearerr (x)
+#  endif
+#  if HAVE_DECL_FEOF_UNLOCKED
+#   undef feof
+#   define feof(x) feof_unlocked (x)
+#  else
+#   define feof_unlocked(x) feof (x)
+#  endif
+#  if HAVE_DECL_FERROR_UNLOCKED
+#   undef ferror
+#   define ferror(x) ferror_unlocked (x)
+#  else
+#   define ferror_unlocked(x) ferror (x)
+#  endif
+#  if HAVE_DECL_FFLUSH_UNLOCKED
+#   undef fflush
+#   define fflush(x) fflush_unlocked (x)
+#  else
+#   define fflush_unlocked(x) fflush (x)
+#  endif
+#  if HAVE_DECL_FGETS_UNLOCKED
+#   undef fgets
+#   define fgets(x,y,z) fgets_unlocked (x,y,z)
+#  else
+#   define fgets_unlocked(x,y,z) fgets (x,y,z)
+#  endif
+#  if HAVE_DECL_FPUTC_UNLOCKED
+#   undef fputc
+#   define fputc(x,y) fputc_unlocked (x,y)
+#  else
+#   define fputc_unlocked(x,y) fputc (x,y)
+#  endif
+#  if HAVE_DECL_FPUTS_UNLOCKED
+#   undef fputs
+#   define fputs(x,y) fputs_unlocked (x,y)
+#  else
+#   define fputs_unlocked(x,y) fputs (x,y)
+#  endif
+#  if HAVE_DECL_FREAD_UNLOCKED
+#   undef fread
+#   define fread(w,x,y,z) fread_unlocked (w,x,y,z)
+#  else
+#   define fread_unlocked(w,x,y,z) fread (w,x,y,z)
+#  endif
+#  if HAVE_DECL_FWRITE_UNLOCKED
+#   undef fwrite
+#   define fwrite(w,x,y,z) fwrite_unlocked (w,x,y,z)
+#  else
+#   define fwrite_unlocked(w,x,y,z) fwrite (w,x,y,z)
+#  endif
+#  if HAVE_DECL_GETC_UNLOCKED
+#   undef getc
+#   define getc(x) getc_unlocked (x)
+#  else
+#   define getc_unlocked(x) getc (x)
+#  endif
+#  if HAVE_DECL_GETCHAR_UNLOCKED
+#   undef getchar
+#   define getchar() getchar_unlocked ()
+#  else
+#   define getchar_unlocked() getchar ()
+#  endif
+#  if HAVE_DECL_PUTC_UNLOCKED
+#   undef putc
+#   define putc(x,y) putc_unlocked (x,y)
+#  else
+#   define putc_unlocked(x,y) putc (x,y)
+#  endif
+#  if HAVE_DECL_PUTCHAR_UNLOCKED
+#   undef putchar
+#   define putchar(x) putchar_unlocked (x)
+#  else
+#   define putchar_unlocked(x) putchar (x)
+#  endif
+
+#  undef flockfile
+#  define flockfile(x) ((void) 0)
+
+#  undef ftrylockfile
+#  define ftrylockfile(x) 0
+
+#  undef funlockfile
+#  define funlockfile(x) ((void) 0)
+
+# endif /* USE_UNLOCKED_IO */
+#endif /* UNLOCKED_IO_H */
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/version-etc.c b/contrib/diff/lib/version-etc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7523b08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/version-etc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
+/* Utility to help print --version output in a consistent format.
+   Copyright (C) 1999-2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering. */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "version-etc.h"
+
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "unlocked-io.h"
+
+#include "gettext.h"
+#define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
+
+/* Default copyright goes to the FSF. */
+
+const char* version_etc_copyright =
+  /* Do *not* mark this string for translation.  */
+  "Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.";
+
+
+/* Like version_etc, below, but with the NULL-terminated author list
+   provided via a variable of type va_list.  */
+void
+version_etc_va (FILE *stream,
+		const char *command_name, const char *package,
+		const char *version, va_list authors)
+{
+  unsigned int n_authors;
+
+  /* Count the number of authors.  */
+  {
+    va_list tmp_authors;
+
+#ifdef __va_copy
+    __va_copy (tmp_authors, authors);
+#else
+    tmp_authors = authors;
+#endif
+
+    n_authors = 0;
+    while (va_arg (tmp_authors, const char *) != NULL)
+      ++n_authors;
+  }
+
+  if (command_name)
+    fprintf (stream, "%s (%s) %s\n", command_name, package, version);
+  else
+    fprintf (stream, "%s %s\n", package, version);
+
+  switch (n_authors)
+    {
+    case 0:
+      /* The caller must provide at least one author name.  */
+      abort ();
+    case 1:
+      /* TRANSLATORS: %s denotes an author name.  */
+      vfprintf (stream, _("Written by %s.\n"), authors);
+      break;
+    case 2:
+      /* TRANSLATORS: Each %s denotes an author name.  */
+      vfprintf (stream, _("Written by %s and %s.\n"), authors);
+      break;
+    case 3:
+      /* TRANSLATORS: Each %s denotes an author name.  */
+      vfprintf (stream, _("Written by %s, %s, and %s.\n"), authors);
+      break;
+    case 4:
+      /* TRANSLATORS: Each %s denotes an author name.
+	 You can use line breaks, estimating that each author name occupies
+	 ca. 16 screen columns and that a screen line has ca. 80 columns.  */
+      vfprintf (stream, _("Written by %s, %s, %s,\nand %s.\n"), authors);
+      break;
+    case 5:
+      /* TRANSLATORS: Each %s denotes an author name.
+	 You can use line breaks, estimating that each author name occupies
+	 ca. 16 screen columns and that a screen line has ca. 80 columns.  */
+      vfprintf (stream, _("Written by %s, %s, %s,\n%s, and %s.\n"), authors);
+      break;
+    case 6:
+      /* TRANSLATORS: Each %s denotes an author name.
+	 You can use line breaks, estimating that each author name occupies
+	 ca. 16 screen columns and that a screen line has ca. 80 columns.  */
+      vfprintf (stream, _("Written by %s, %s, %s,\n%s, %s, and %s.\n"),
+		authors);
+      break;
+    case 7:
+      /* TRANSLATORS: Each %s denotes an author name.
+	 You can use line breaks, estimating that each author name occupies
+	 ca. 16 screen columns and that a screen line has ca. 80 columns.  */
+      vfprintf (stream, _("Written by %s, %s, %s,\n%s, %s, %s, and %s.\n"),
+		authors);
+      break;
+    case 8:
+      /* TRANSLATORS: Each %s denotes an author name.
+	 You can use line breaks, estimating that each author name occupies
+	 ca. 16 screen columns and that a screen line has ca. 80 columns.  */
+      vfprintf (stream, _("\
+Written by %s, %s, %s,\n%s, %s, %s, %s,\nand %s.\n"),
+		authors);
+      break;
+    case 9:
+      /* TRANSLATORS: Each %s denotes an author name.
+	 You can use line breaks, estimating that each author name occupies
+	 ca. 16 screen columns and that a screen line has ca. 80 columns.  */
+      vfprintf (stream, _("\
+Written by %s, %s, %s,\n%s, %s, %s, %s,\n%s, and %s.\n"),
+		authors);
+      break;
+    default:
+      /* 10 or more authors.  Use an abbreviation, since the human reader
+	 will probably not want to read the entire list anyway.  */
+      /* TRANSLATORS: Each %s denotes an author name.
+	 You can use line breaks, estimating that each author name occupies
+	 ca. 16 screen columns and that a screen line has ca. 80 columns.  */
+      vfprintf (stream, _("\
+Written by %s, %s, %s,\n%s, %s, %s, %s,\n%s, %s, and others.\n"),
+		authors);
+      break;
+    }
+  va_end (authors);
+  putc ('\n', stream);
+
+  fputs (version_etc_copyright, stream);
+  putc ('\n', stream);
+
+  fputs (_("\
+This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO\n\
+warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.\n"),
+	 stream);
+}
+
+
+/* Display the --version information the standard way.
+
+   If COMMAND_NAME is NULL, the PACKAGE is asumed to be the name of
+   the program.  The formats are therefore:
+
+   PACKAGE VERSION
+
+   or
+
+   COMMAND_NAME (PACKAGE) VERSION.
+
+   The author names are passed as separate arguments, with an additional
+   NULL argument at the end.  */
+void
+version_etc (FILE *stream,
+	     const char *command_name, const char *package,
+	     const char *version, /* const char *author1, ...*/ ...)
+{
+  va_list authors;
+
+  va_start (authors, version);
+  version_etc_va (stream, command_name, package, version, authors);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/version-etc.h b/contrib/diff/lib/version-etc.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d505e75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/version-etc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/* Utility to help print --version output in a consistent format.
+   Copyright (C) 1999, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering. */
+
+#ifndef VERSION_ETC_H
+# define VERSION_ETC_H 1
+
+# include <stdarg.h>
+# include <stdio.h>
+
+extern const char *version_etc_copyright;
+
+extern void version_etc_va (FILE *stream,
+			    const char *command_name, const char *package,
+			    const char *version, va_list authors);
+
+extern void version_etc (FILE *stream,
+			 const char *command_name, const char *package,
+			 const char *version,
+		         /* const char *author1, ...*/ ...);
+
+#endif /* VERSION_ETC_H */
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/waitpid.c b/contrib/diff/lib/waitpid.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bc07898
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/waitpid.c
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+/* Emulate waitpid on systems that just have wait.
+   Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; see the file COPYING.
+   If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+#define WAITPID_CHILDREN 8
+static pid_t waited_pid[WAITPID_CHILDREN];
+static int waited_status[WAITPID_CHILDREN];
+
+pid_t
+waitpid (pid_t pid, int *stat_loc, int options)
+{
+  int i;
+  pid_t p;
+
+  if (!options && (pid == -1 || 0 < pid))
+    {
+      /* If we have already waited for this child, return it immediately.  */
+      for (i = 0;  i < WAITPID_CHILDREN;  i++)
+	{
+	  p = waited_pid[i];
+	  if (p && (p == pid || pid == -1))
+	    {
+	      waited_pid[i] = 0;
+	      goto success;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      /* The child has not returned yet; wait for it, accumulating status.  */
+      for (i = 0;  i < WAITPID_CHILDREN;  i++)
+	if (! waited_pid[i])
+	  {
+	    p = wait (&waited_status[i]);
+	    if (p < 0)
+	      return p;
+	    if (p == pid || pid == -1)
+	      goto success;
+	    waited_pid[i] = p;
+	  }
+    }
+
+  /* We cannot emulate this wait call, e.g. because of too many children.  */
+  errno = EINVAL;
+  return -1;
+
+success:
+  if (stat_loc)
+    *stat_loc = waited_status[i];
+  return p;
+}
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/xalloc.h b/contrib/diff/lib/xalloc.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4b65858
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/xalloc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/* xalloc.h -- malloc with out-of-memory checking
+
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998,
+   1999, 2000, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef XALLOC_H_
+# define XALLOC_H_
+
+# include <stddef.h>
+
+# ifndef __attribute__
+#  if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 8) || __STRICT_ANSI__
+#   define __attribute__(x)
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+# ifndef ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
+#  define ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN __attribute__ ((__noreturn__))
+# endif
+
+/* If this pointer is non-zero, run the specified function upon each
+   allocation failure.  It is initialized to zero. */
+extern void (*xalloc_fail_func) (void);
+
+/* If XALLOC_FAIL_FUNC is undefined or a function that returns, this
+   message is output.  It is translated via gettext.
+   Its value is "memory exhausted".  */
+extern char const xalloc_msg_memory_exhausted[];
+
+/* This function is always triggered when memory is exhausted.  It is
+   in charge of honoring the two previous items.  It exits with status
+   exit_failure (defined in exitfail.h).  This is the
+   function to call when one wants the program to die because of a
+   memory allocation failure.  */
+extern void xalloc_die (void) ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN;
+
+void *xmalloc (size_t s);
+void *xnmalloc (size_t n, size_t s);
+void *xzalloc (size_t s);
+void *xcalloc (size_t n, size_t s);
+void *xrealloc (void *p, size_t s);
+void *xnrealloc (void *p, size_t n, size_t s);
+void *x2realloc (void *p, size_t *pn);
+void *x2nrealloc (void *p, size_t *pn, size_t s);
+void *xclone (void const *p, size_t s);
+char *xstrdup (const char *str);
+
+/* Return 1 if an array of N objects, each of size S, cannot exist due
+   to size arithmetic overflow.  S must be positive and N must be
+   nonnegative.  This is a macro, not an inline function, so that it
+   works correctly even when SIZE_MAX < N.
+
+   By gnulib convention, SIZE_MAX represents overflow in size
+   calculations, so the conservative dividend to use here is
+   SIZE_MAX - 1, since SIZE_MAX might represent an overflowed value.
+   However, malloc (SIZE_MAX) fails on all known hosts where
+   sizeof (ptrdiff_t) <= sizeof (size_t), so do not bother to test for
+   exactly-SIZE_MAX allocations on such hosts; this avoids a test and
+   branch when S is known to be 1.  */
+# define xalloc_oversized(n, s) \
+    ((size_t) (sizeof (ptrdiff_t) <= sizeof (size_t) ? -1 : -2) / (s) < (n))
+
+/* These macros are deprecated; they will go away soon, and are retained
+   temporarily only to ease conversion to the functions described above.  */
+# define CCLONE(p, n) xclone (p, (n) * sizeof *(p))
+# define CLONE(p) xclone (p, sizeof *(p))
+# define NEW(type, var) type *var = xmalloc (sizeof (type))
+# define XCALLOC(type, n) xcalloc (n, sizeof (type))
+# define XMALLOC(type, n) xnmalloc (n, sizeof (type))
+# define XREALLOC(p, type, n) xnrealloc (p, n, sizeof (type))
+# define XFREE(p) free (p)
+
+#endif /* !XALLOC_H_ */
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/xmalloc.c b/contrib/diff/lib/xmalloc.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..181006b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/xmalloc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,255 @@
+/* xmalloc.c -- malloc with out of memory checking
+
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 2003,
+   1999, 2000, 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "xalloc.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "gettext.h"
+#define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
+#define N_(msgid) msgid
+
+#include "error.h"
+#include "exitfail.h"
+
+#ifndef SIZE_MAX
+# define SIZE_MAX ((size_t) -1)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_MALLOC
+"you must run the autoconf test for a GNU libc compatible malloc"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_REALLOC
+"you must run the autoconf test for a GNU libc compatible realloc"
+#endif
+
+/* If non NULL, call this function when memory is exhausted. */
+void (*xalloc_fail_func) (void) = 0;
+
+/* If XALLOC_FAIL_FUNC is NULL, or does return, display this message
+   before exiting when memory is exhausted.  Goes through gettext. */
+char const xalloc_msg_memory_exhausted[] = N_("memory exhausted");
+
+void
+xalloc_die (void)
+{
+  if (xalloc_fail_func)
+    (*xalloc_fail_func) ();
+  error (exit_failure, 0, "%s", _(xalloc_msg_memory_exhausted));
+  /* The `noreturn' cannot be given to error, since it may return if
+     its first argument is 0.  To help compilers understand the
+     xalloc_die does terminate, call abort.  */
+  abort ();
+}
+
+/* Allocate an array of N objects, each with S bytes of memory,
+   dynamically, with error checking.  S must be nonzero.  */
+
+static inline void *
+xnmalloc_inline (size_t n, size_t s)
+{
+  void *p;
+  if (xalloc_oversized (n, s) || ! (p = malloc (n * s)))
+    xalloc_die ();
+  return p;
+}
+
+void *
+xnmalloc (size_t n, size_t s)
+{
+  return xnmalloc_inline (n, s);
+}
+
+/* Allocate N bytes of memory dynamically, with error checking.  */
+
+void *
+xmalloc (size_t n)
+{
+  return xnmalloc_inline (n, 1);
+}
+
+/* Change the size of an allocated block of memory P to an array of N
+   objects each of S bytes, with error checking.  S must be nonzero.  */
+
+static inline void *
+xnrealloc_inline (void *p, size_t n, size_t s)
+{
+  if (xalloc_oversized (n, s) || ! (p = realloc (p, n * s)))
+    xalloc_die ();
+  return p;
+}
+
+void *
+xnrealloc (void *p, size_t n, size_t s)
+{
+  return xnrealloc_inline (p, n, s);
+}
+
+/* Change the size of an allocated block of memory P to N bytes,
+   with error checking.  */
+
+void *
+xrealloc (void *p, size_t n)
+{
+  return xnrealloc_inline (p, n, 1);
+}
+
+
+/* If P is null, allocate a block of at least *PN such objects;
+   otherwise, reallocate P so that it contains more than *PN objects
+   each of S bytes.  *PN must be nonzero unless P is null, and S must
+   be nonzero.  Set *PN to the new number of objects, and return the
+   pointer to the new block.  *PN is never set to zero, and the
+   returned pointer is never null.
+
+   Repeated reallocations are guaranteed to make progress, either by
+   allocating an initial block with a nonzero size, or by allocating a
+   larger block.
+
+   In the following implementation, nonzero sizes are doubled so that
+   repeated reallocations have O(N log N) overall cost rather than
+   O(N**2) cost, but the specification for this function does not
+   guarantee that sizes are doubled.
+
+   Here is an example of use:
+
+     int *p = NULL;
+     size_t used = 0;
+     size_t allocated = 0;
+
+     void
+     append_int (int value)
+       {
+	 if (used == allocated)
+	   p = x2nrealloc (p, &allocated, sizeof *p);
+	 p[used++] = value;
+       }
+
+   This causes x2nrealloc to allocate a block of some nonzero size the
+   first time it is called.
+
+   To have finer-grained control over the initial size, set *PN to a
+   nonzero value before calling this function with P == NULL.  For
+   example:
+
+     int *p = NULL;
+     size_t used = 0;
+     size_t allocated = 0;
+     size_t allocated1 = 1000;
+
+     void
+     append_int (int value)
+       {
+	 if (used == allocated)
+	   {
+	     p = x2nrealloc (p, &allocated1, sizeof *p);
+	     allocated = allocated1;
+	   }
+	 p[used++] = value;
+       }
+
+   */
+
+static inline void *
+x2nrealloc_inline (void *p, size_t *pn, size_t s)
+{
+  size_t n = *pn;
+
+  if (! p)
+    {
+      if (! n)
+	{
+	  /* The approximate size to use for initial small allocation
+	     requests, when the invoking code specifies an old size of
+	     zero.  64 bytes is the largest "small" request for the
+	     GNU C library malloc.  */
+	  enum { DEFAULT_MXFAST = 64 };
+
+	  n = DEFAULT_MXFAST / s;
+	  n += !n;
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (SIZE_MAX / 2 / s < n)
+	xalloc_die ();
+      n *= 2;
+    }
+
+  *pn = n;
+  return xrealloc (p, n * s);
+}
+
+void *
+x2nrealloc (void *p, size_t *pn, size_t s)
+{
+  return x2nrealloc_inline (p, pn, s);
+}
+
+/* If P is null, allocate a block of at least *PN bytes; otherwise,
+   reallocate P so that it contains more than *PN bytes.  *PN must be
+   nonzero unless P is null.  Set *PN to the new block's size, and
+   return the pointer to the new block.  *PN is never set to zero, and
+   the returned pointer is never null.  */
+
+void *
+x2realloc (void *p, size_t *pn)
+{
+  return x2nrealloc_inline (p, pn, 1);
+}
+
+/* Allocate S bytes of zeroed memory dynamically, with error checking.
+   There's no need for xnzalloc (N, S), since it would be equivalent
+   to xcalloc (N, S).  */
+
+void *
+xzalloc (size_t s)
+{
+  return memset (xmalloc (s), 0, s);
+}
+
+/* Allocate zeroed memory for N elements of S bytes, with error
+   checking.  S must be nonzero.  */
+
+void *
+xcalloc (size_t n, size_t s)
+{
+  void *p;
+  /* Test for overflow, since some calloc implementations don't have
+     proper overflow checks.  */
+  if (xalloc_oversized (n, s) || ! (p = calloc (n, s)))
+    xalloc_die ();
+  return p;
+}
+
+/* Clone an object P of size S, with error checking.  There's no need
+   for xnclone (P, N, S), since xclone (P, N * S) works without any
+   need for an arithmetic overflow check.  */
+
+void *
+xclone (void const *p, size_t s)
+{
+  return memcpy (xmalloc (s), p, s);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/xstrdup.c b/contrib/diff/lib/xstrdup.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..58f18be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/xstrdup.c
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/* xstrdup.c -- copy a string with out of memory checking
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1996, 1998, 2001, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "xalloc.h"
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* Return a newly allocated copy of STRING.  */
+
+char *
+xstrdup (const char *string)
+{
+  return xclone (string, strlen (string) + 1);
+}
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/xstrtol.c b/contrib/diff/lib/xstrtol.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d0aa0a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/xstrtol.c
@@ -0,0 +1,295 @@
+/* A more useful interface to strtol.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003 Free
+   Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering. */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __strtol
+# define __strtol strtol
+# define __strtol_t long int
+# define __xstrtol xstrtol
+# define STRTOL_T_MINIMUM LONG_MIN
+# define STRTOL_T_MAXIMUM LONG_MAX
+#endif
+
+/* Some pre-ANSI implementations (e.g. SunOS 4)
+   need stderr defined if assertion checking is enabled.  */
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+#include <limits.h>
+
+/* The extra casts work around common compiler bugs.  */
+#define TYPE_SIGNED(t) (! ((t) 0 < (t) -1))
+#define TYPE_MINIMUM(t) ((t) (TYPE_SIGNED (t) \
+			      ? ~ (t) 0 << (sizeof (t) * CHAR_BIT - 1) \
+			      : (t) 0))
+#define TYPE_MAXIMUM(t) ((t) (~ (t) 0 - TYPE_MINIMUM (t)))
+
+#ifndef STRTOL_T_MINIMUM
+# define STRTOL_T_MINIMUM TYPE_MINIMUM (__strtol_t)
+# define STRTOL_T_MAXIMUM TYPE_MAXIMUM (__strtol_t)
+#endif
+
+#if defined (STDC_HEADERS) || (!defined (isascii) && !defined (HAVE_ISASCII))
+# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1
+#else
+# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) isascii(c)
+#endif
+
+#define ISSPACE(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isspace (c))
+
+#include "xstrtol.h"
+
+#if !HAVE_DECL_STRTOIMAX && !defined strtoimax
+intmax_t strtoimax ();
+#endif
+
+#if !HAVE_DECL_STRTOUMAX && !defined strtoumax
+uintmax_t strtoumax ();
+#endif
+
+static strtol_error
+bkm_scale (__strtol_t *x, int scale_factor)
+{
+  if (TYPE_SIGNED (__strtol_t) && *x < STRTOL_T_MINIMUM / scale_factor)
+    {
+      *x = STRTOL_T_MINIMUM;
+      return LONGINT_OVERFLOW;
+    }
+  if (STRTOL_T_MAXIMUM / scale_factor < *x)
+    {
+      *x = STRTOL_T_MAXIMUM;
+      return LONGINT_OVERFLOW;
+    }
+  *x *= scale_factor;
+  return LONGINT_OK;
+}
+
+static strtol_error
+bkm_scale_by_power (__strtol_t *x, int base, int power)
+{
+  strtol_error err = LONGINT_OK;
+  while (power--)
+    err |= bkm_scale (x, base);
+  return err;
+}
+
+/* FIXME: comment.  */
+
+strtol_error
+__xstrtol (const char *s, char **ptr, int strtol_base,
+	   __strtol_t *val, const char *valid_suffixes)
+{
+  char *t_ptr;
+  char **p;
+  __strtol_t tmp;
+  strtol_error err = LONGINT_OK;
+
+  assert (0 <= strtol_base && strtol_base <= 36);
+
+  p = (ptr ? ptr : &t_ptr);
+
+  if (! TYPE_SIGNED (__strtol_t))
+    {
+      const char *q = s;
+      while (ISSPACE ((unsigned char) *q))
+	++q;
+      if (*q == '-')
+	return LONGINT_INVALID;
+    }
+
+  errno = 0;
+  tmp = __strtol (s, p, strtol_base);
+
+  if (*p == s)
+    {
+      /* If there is no number but there is a valid suffix, assume the
+	 number is 1.  The string is invalid otherwise.  */
+      if (valid_suffixes && **p && strchr (valid_suffixes, **p))
+	tmp = 1;
+      else
+	return LONGINT_INVALID;
+    }
+  else if (errno != 0)
+    {
+      if (errno != ERANGE)
+	return LONGINT_INVALID;
+      err = LONGINT_OVERFLOW;
+    }
+
+  /* Let valid_suffixes == NULL mean `allow any suffix'.  */
+  /* FIXME: update all callers except the ones that allow suffixes
+     after the number, changing last parameter NULL to `""'.  */
+  if (!valid_suffixes)
+    {
+      *val = tmp;
+      return err;
+    }
+
+  if (**p != '\0')
+    {
+      int base = 1024;
+      int suffixes = 1;
+      strtol_error overflow;
+
+      if (!strchr (valid_suffixes, **p))
+	{
+	  *val = tmp;
+	  return err | LONGINT_INVALID_SUFFIX_CHAR;
+	}
+
+      if (strchr (valid_suffixes, '0'))
+	{
+	  /* The ``valid suffix'' '0' is a special flag meaning that
+	     an optional second suffix is allowed, which can change
+	     the base.  A suffix "B" (e.g. "100MB") stands for a power
+	     of 1000, whereas a suffix "iB" (e.g. "100MiB") stands for
+	     a power of 1024.  If no suffix (e.g. "100M"), assume
+	     power-of-1024.  */
+
+	  switch (p[0][1])
+	    {
+	    case 'i':
+	      if (p[0][2] == 'B')
+		suffixes += 2;
+	      break;
+
+	    case 'B':
+	    case 'D': /* 'D' is obsolescent */
+	      base = 1000;
+	      suffixes++;
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      switch (**p)
+	{
+	case 'b':
+	  overflow = bkm_scale (&tmp, 512);
+	  break;
+
+	case 'B':
+	  overflow = bkm_scale (&tmp, 1024);
+	  break;
+
+	case 'c':
+	  overflow = 0;
+	  break;
+
+	case 'E': /* exa or exbi */
+	  overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 6);
+	  break;
+
+	case 'G': /* giga or gibi */
+	case 'g': /* 'g' is undocumented; for compatibility only */
+	  overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 3);
+	  break;
+
+	case 'k': /* kilo */
+	case 'K': /* kibi */
+	  overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 1);
+	  break;
+
+	case 'M': /* mega or mebi */
+	case 'm': /* 'm' is undocumented; for compatibility only */
+	  overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 2);
+	  break;
+
+	case 'P': /* peta or pebi */
+	  overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 5);
+	  break;
+
+	case 'T': /* tera or tebi */
+	case 't': /* 't' is undocumented; for compatibility only */
+	  overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 4);
+	  break;
+
+	case 'w':
+	  overflow = bkm_scale (&tmp, 2);
+	  break;
+
+	case 'Y': /* yotta or 2**80 */
+	  overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 8);
+	  break;
+
+	case 'Z': /* zetta or 2**70 */
+	  overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 7);
+	  break;
+
+	default:
+	  *val = tmp;
+	  return err | LONGINT_INVALID_SUFFIX_CHAR;
+	}
+
+      err |= overflow;
+      *p += suffixes;
+      if (**p)
+	err |= LONGINT_INVALID_SUFFIX_CHAR;
+    }
+
+  *val = tmp;
+  return err;
+}
+
+#ifdef TESTING_XSTRTO
+
+# include <stdio.h>
+# include "error.h"
+
+char *program_name;
+
+int
+main (int argc, char **argv)
+{
+  strtol_error s_err;
+  int i;
+
+  program_name = argv[0];
+  for (i=1; i<argc; i++)
+    {
+      char *p;
+      __strtol_t val;
+
+      s_err = __xstrtol (argv[i], &p, 0, &val, "bckmw");
+      if (s_err == LONGINT_OK)
+	{
+	  printf ("%s->%lu (%s)\n", argv[i], val, p);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  STRTOL_FATAL_ERROR (argv[i], "arg", s_err);
+	}
+    }
+  exit (0);
+}
+
+#endif /* TESTING_XSTRTO */
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/xstrtol.h b/contrib/diff/lib/xstrtol.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5765c88
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/xstrtol.h
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+/* A more useful interface to strtol.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free
+   Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef XSTRTOL_H_
+# define XSTRTOL_H_ 1
+
+# include "exitfail.h"
+
+/* Get uintmax_t.  */
+# if HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+#  include <inttypes.h>
+# else
+#  if HAVE_STDINT_H
+#   include <stdint.h>
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+# ifndef _STRTOL_ERROR
+enum strtol_error
+  {
+    LONGINT_OK = 0,
+
+    /* These two values can be ORed together, to indicate that both
+       errors occurred.  */
+    LONGINT_OVERFLOW = 1,
+    LONGINT_INVALID_SUFFIX_CHAR = 2,
+
+    LONGINT_INVALID_SUFFIX_CHAR_WITH_OVERFLOW = (LONGINT_INVALID_SUFFIX_CHAR
+						 | LONGINT_OVERFLOW),
+    LONGINT_INVALID = 4
+  };
+typedef enum strtol_error strtol_error;
+# endif
+
+# define _DECLARE_XSTRTOL(name, type) \
+  strtol_error name (const char *, char **, int, type *, const char *);
+_DECLARE_XSTRTOL (xstrtol, long int)
+_DECLARE_XSTRTOL (xstrtoul, unsigned long int)
+_DECLARE_XSTRTOL (xstrtoimax, intmax_t)
+_DECLARE_XSTRTOL (xstrtoumax, uintmax_t)
+
+# define _STRTOL_ERROR(Exit_code, Str, Argument_type_string, Err)	\
+  do									\
+    {									\
+      switch ((Err))							\
+	{								\
+	default:							\
+	  abort ();							\
+									\
+	case LONGINT_INVALID:						\
+	  error ((Exit_code), 0, "invalid %s `%s'",			\
+		 (Argument_type_string), (Str));			\
+	  break;							\
+									\
+	case LONGINT_INVALID_SUFFIX_CHAR:				\
+	case LONGINT_INVALID_SUFFIX_CHAR | LONGINT_OVERFLOW:		\
+	  error ((Exit_code), 0, "invalid character following %s in `%s'", \
+		 (Argument_type_string), (Str));			\
+	  break;							\
+									\
+	case LONGINT_OVERFLOW:						\
+	  error ((Exit_code), 0, "%s `%s' too large",			\
+		 (Argument_type_string), (Str));			\
+	  break;							\
+	}								\
+    }									\
+  while (0)
+
+# define STRTOL_FATAL_ERROR(Str, Argument_type_string, Err)		\
+  _STRTOL_ERROR (exit_failure, Str, Argument_type_string, Err)
+
+# define STRTOL_FAIL_WARN(Str, Argument_type_string, Err)		\
+  _STRTOL_ERROR (0, Str, Argument_type_string, Err)
+
+#endif /* not XSTRTOL_H_ */
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/xstrtoul.c b/contrib/diff/lib/xstrtoul.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..285f7b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/xstrtoul.c
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+#define __strtol strtoul
+#define __strtol_t unsigned long int
+#define __xstrtol xstrtoul
+#define STRTOL_T_MINIMUM 0
+#define STRTOL_T_MAXIMUM ULONG_MAX
+#include "xstrtol.c"
diff --git a/contrib/diff/lib/xstrtoumax.c b/contrib/diff/lib/xstrtoumax.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a8858bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/contrib/diff/lib/xstrtoumax.c
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/* xstrtoumax.c -- A more useful interface to strtoumax.
+   Copyright (C) 1999, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert. */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+# include <inttypes.h>
+#elif HAVE_STDINT_H
+# include <stdint.h>
+#endif
+
+#define __strtol strtoumax
+#define __strtol_t uintmax_t
+#define __xstrtol xstrtoumax
+#ifdef UINTMAX_MAX
+# define STRTOL_T_MINIMUM 0
+# define STRTOL_T_MAXIMUM UINTMAX_MAX
+#endif
+#include "xstrtol.c"